Daikin VRV III-S RXYSQ4-5-6PA7Y1B, PA7V1B Heat Pump Service Manual

SiENBE34-802
Service
Manual
RXYSQ4-5-6PA7Y1B, PA7V1B
R-410A
HEAT Pump 50Hz
SiENBE34-802
R-410A
Heat Pump
50Hz
1. Introduction ........................................................................................... vi
1.1 Safety Cautions ....................................................................................... vi
1.2 PREFACE ................................................................................................x
Part 1 General Information ........................................................... 1
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
2. External Appearance...............................................................................3
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3
3. Capacity Range.......................................................................................4
Part 2 Specifications .................................................................... 5
1. Specifications ..........................................................................................6
1.1 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................6
1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................10
Part 3 List of Electrical and Functional Parts............................ 29
1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts ...................................................30
1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................30
1.2 Indoor Unit..............................................................................................32
Part 4 Refrigerant Circuit ........................................................... 39
1. Refrigerant Circuit............................................................................................40
1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................40
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................44
2.1 RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B .........................................................................44
2.2 RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B .........................................................................45
Part 5 Function............................................................................ 47
1. Operation Mode.......................................................................................48
2. Basic Control ...................................................................................................49
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Normal Operation ...................................................................................49
Compressor PI Control...........................................................................50
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control...................................................51
Cooling Operation Fan Control...............................................................52
3. Special Control ................................................................................................53
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Table of Contents
Startup Control .......................................................................................53
Oil Return Operation ..............................................................................54
Defrosting Operation ..............................................................................56
Pump-down Residual Operation ............................................................57
i
SiENBE34-802
3.5 Restart Standby......................................................................................58
3.6 Stopping Operation ................................................................................59
4. Protection Control ............................................................................................60
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
High Pressure Protection Control...........................................................60
Low Pressure Protection Control............................................................61
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................................................62
Inverter Protection Control .....................................................................63
5. Other Control ...................................................................................................64
5.1 Demand Operation .................................................................................64
5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition ................................................................64
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) .............................................................65
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
Drain Pump Control................................................................................65
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt..............................................67
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control...................................................68
Freeze Prevention ..................................................................................70
View of Operations of Swing Flaps ........................................................71
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................72
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)........................................72
Part 6 Test Operation ................................................................. 73
1. Test Operation .................................................................................................74
1.1 Procedure and Outline ...........................................................................74
1.2 Operation when Power is Turned On .....................................................85
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ........................................................................86
3. Field Setting.....................................................................................................87
3.1 Field Setting from remote control ...........................................................87
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit............................................................104
Part 7 Troubleshooting ............................................................. 123
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................125
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Control ...................................................128
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................128
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Control .............................................129
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Control .........................................130
Operation of the Remote Control’s Inspection / Test Operation Button.....132
Remote Control Service Mode .............................................................133
Remote Control Self-Diagnosis Function .............................................135
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ........................142
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device ...........................142
“A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect ........................................................143
“A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L)......144
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ..............................146
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) ....................147
Abnormal Power Supply Voltage..........................................................149
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic
Expansion Valve (Y1E) ........................................................................150
3.8 “AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit .............................................152
3.9 “AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device..........153
3.10 “C1” Indoor Unit: Failure of Transmission
(Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board)............................154
ii
Table of Contents
SiENBE34-802
3.11 “C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger 156
3.12 “C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes .........157
3.13 “C6” Indoor Unit: Failure of Combination
(Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board)............................158
3.14 “C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air ........159
3.15 “CA” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air ..............160
3.16 “CC” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System ....................161
3.17 “CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control ....162
3.18 “E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect......................................................163
3.19 “E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch..........................164
3.20 “E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .........................166
3.21 “E5” Inverter Compressor Motor Lock...................................................168
3.22 “E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor .........................................169
3.23 “E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic
Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E)................................................................170
3.24 “F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature..................172
3.25 “F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged ........................................173
3.26 “H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Outdoor Air ....174
3.27 “J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T)....175
3.28 “J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T)
for Suction Pipe 1, 2 .............................................................................176
3.29 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T).............................177
3.30 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for
Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe ......................................................................178
3.31 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T).............................179
3.32 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor .....................180
3.33 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ......................181
3.34 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board ..........................................182
3.35 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature Rise 183
3.36 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal...............................184
3.37 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal ......................................185
3.38 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error .............................................186
3.39 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter
and Control PC Board ..........................................................................187
3.40 “P1” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit...188
3.41 “U0” Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
Electronic Expansion Valve Failure......................................................189
3.42 “U2” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure......................191
3.43 “U3” Check Operation not Executed .....................................................193
3.44 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and Outdoor Units 194
3.45 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Control and Indoor Unit 196
3.46 “U8” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub Remote Controls 197
3.47 “U9” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor
Units in the Same System ....................................................................198
3.48 “UA” Excessive Number of Indoor Units................................................200
3.49 “UC” Address Duplication of Central Remote Control ...........................201
3.50 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote Control
and Indoor Unit.....................................................................................202
3.51 “UF” System is not Set yet ....................................................................203
3.52 “UH” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined ..204
Table of Contents
iii
SiENBE34-802
4. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Control ...............205
4.1 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized Remote
Control and Indoor Unit ........................................................................205
4.2 “M1” PC Board Defect ............................................................................206
4.3 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional Controllers
for Centralized Control .........................................................................207
4.4 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for Centralized Control 208
4.5 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting..........................................210
5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller .................211
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................211
5.2 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................213
5.3 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................216
Part 8 Appendix......................................................................... 221
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................222
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................222
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................224
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................227
2.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................227
2.2 Field Wiring ..........................................................................................229
2.3 Indoor Unit............................................................................................231
3. Option List .....................................................................................................246
3.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................246
3.2 Option List of Outdoor Unit...................................................................248
4.
5.
6.
7.
Example of connection........................................................................249
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics ..................................251
Pressure Sensor ............................................................................................253
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules ...................254
Part 9 Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .................... 257
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) ....................................................258
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................258
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................260
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................261
Index
............................................................................................. i
Drawings & Flow Charts ............................................................... iii
iv
Table of Contents
Introduction
SiENBE34-802
1. Introduction
1.1
Safety Cautions
Cautions and
Warnings
„ Be sure to read the following safety cautions before conducting repair work.
„ The caution items are classified into “
Warning” and “
Caution”. The “
Warning”
items are especially important since they can lead to death or serious injury if they are not
followed closely. The “
Caution” items can also lead to serious accidents under some
conditions if they are not followed. Therefore, be sure to observe all the safety caution items
described below.
„ About the pictograms
This symbol indicates an item for which caution must be exercised.
The pictogram shows the item to which attention must be paid.
This symbol indicates a prohibited action.
The prohibited item or action is shown inside or near the symbol.
This symbol indicates an action that must be taken, or an instruction.
The instruction is shown inside or near the symbol.
„ After the repair work is complete, be sure to conduct a test operation to ensure that the
equipment operates normally, and explain the cautions for operating the product to the
customer
1.1.1 Caution in Repair
Warning
Be sure to disconnect the power cable plug from the plug socket before
disassembling the equipment for a repair.
Working on the equipment that is connected to a power supply can cause an
electrical shook.
If it is necessary to supply power to the equipment to conduct the repair or
inspecting the circuits, do not touch any electrically charged sections of the
equipment.
If the refrigerant gas discharges during the repair work, do not touch the
discharging refrigerant gas.
The refrigerant gas can cause frostbite.
When disconnecting the suction or discharge pipe of the compressor at the
welded section, release the refrigerant gas completely at a well-ventilated
place first.
If there is a gas remaining inside the compressor, the refrigerant gas or
refrigerating machine oil discharges when the pipe is disconnected, and it can
cause injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks during the repair work, ventilate the area. The
refrigerant gas can generate toxic gases when it contacts flames.
The step-up capacitor supplies high-voltage electricity to the electrical
components of the outdoor unit.
Be sure to discharge the capacitor completely before conducting repair work.
A charged capacitor can cause an electrical shock.
Do not start or stop the air conditioner operation by plugging or unplugging the
power cable plug.
Plugging or unplugging the power cable plug to operate the equipment can
cause an electrical shock or fire.
vi
SiENBE34-802
Introduction
Caution
Do not repair the electrical components with wet hands.
Working on the equipment with wet hands can cause an electrical shock.
Do not clean the air conditioner by splashing water.
Washing the unit with water can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to provide the grounding when repairing the equipment in a humid or
wet place, to avoid electrical shocks.
Be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cable when cleaning
the equipment.
The internal fan rotates at a high speed, and cause injury.
Do not tilt the unit when removing it.
The water inside the unit can spill and wet the furniture and floor.
Be sure to check that the refrigerating cycle section has cooled down
sufficiently before conducting repair work.
Working on the unit when the refrigerating cycle section is hot can cause burns.
Use the welder in a well-ventilated place.
Using the welder in an enclosed room can cause oxygen deficiency.
1.1.2 Cautions Regarding Products after Repair
Warning
Be sure to use parts listed in the service parts list of the applicable model and
appropriate tools to conduct repair work. Never attempt to modify the
equipment.
The use of inappropriate parts or tools can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
When relocating the equipment, make sure that the new installation site has
sufficient strength to withstand the weight of the equipment.
If the installation site does not have sufficient strength and if the installation
work is not conducted securely, the equipment can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to install the product correctly by using the provided standard
installation frame.
Incorrect use of the installation frame and improper installation can cause the
equipment to fall, resulting in injury.
Be sure to install the product securely in the installation frame mounted on a
window frame.
If the unit is not securely mounted, it can fall and cause injury.
Be sure to use an exclusive power circuit for the equipment, and follow the
technical standards related to the electrical equipment, the internal wiring
regulations and the instruction manual for installation when conducting
electrical work.
Insufficient power circuit capacity and improper electrical work can cause an
electrical shock or fire.
For integral units
only
For integral units
only
vii
Introduction
SiENBE34-802
Warning
Be sure to use the specified cable to connect between the indoor and outdoor
units. Make the connections securely and route the cable properly so that there
is no force pulling the cable at the connection terminals.
Improper connections can cause excessive heat generation or fire.
When connecting the cable between the indoor and outdoor units, make sure
that the terminal cover does not lift off or dismount because of the cable.
If the cover is not mounted properly, the terminal connection section can cause
an electrical shock, excessive heat generation or fire.
Do not damage or modify the power cable.
Damaged or modified power cable can cause an electrical shock or fire.
Placing heavy items on the power cable, and heating or pulling the power cable
can damage the cable.
Do not mix air or gas other than the specified refrigerant (R-410A) in the
refrigerant system.
If air enters the refrigerating system, an excessively high pressure results,
causing equipment damage and injury.
If the refrigerant gas leaks, be sure to locate the leak and repair it before
charging the refrigerant. After charging refrigerant, make sure that there is no
refrigerant leak.
If the leak cannot be located and the repair work must be stopped, be sure to
perform pump-down and close the service valve, to prevent the refrigerant gas
from leaking into the room. The refrigerant gas itself is harmless, but it can
generate toxic gases when it contacts flames, such as fan and other heaters,
stoves and ranges.
When replacing the coin battery in the Remote Control, be sure to disposed of
the old battery to prevent children from swallowing it.
If a child swallows the coin battery, see a doctor immediately.
Caution
Installation of a leakage breaker is necessary in some cases depending on the
conditions of the installation site, to prevent electrical shocks.
Do not install the equipment in a place where there is a possibility of
combustible gas leaks.
If a combustible gas leaks and remains around the unit, it can cause a fire.
Be sure to install the packing and seal on the installation frame properly.
For integral units
If the packing and seal are not installed properly, water can enter the room and only
wet the furniture and floor.
1.1.3 Inspection after Repair
Warning
Check to make sure that the power cable plug is not dirty or loose, then insert
the plug into a power outlet all the way.
If the plug has dust or loose connection, it can cause an electrical shock or fire.
If the power cable and lead wires have scratches or deteriorated, be sure to
replace them.
Damaged cable and wires can cause an electrical shock, excessive heat
generation or fire.
Do not use a joined power cable or extension cable, or share the same power
outlet with other electrical appliances, since it can cause an electrical shock,
excessive heat generation or fire.
viii
SiENBE34-802
Introduction
Caution
Check to see if the parts and wires are mounted and connected properly, and
if the connections at the soldered or crimped terminals are secure.
Improper installation and connections can cause excessive heat generation,
fire or an electrical shock.
If the installation platform or frame has corroded, replace it.
Corroded installation platform or frame can cause the unit to fall, resulting in
injury.
Check the grounding, and repair it if the equipment is not properly grounded.
Improper grounding can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to measure the insulation resistance after the repair, and make sure
that the resistance is 1 Mohm or higher.
Faulty insulation can cause an electrical shock.
Be sure to check the drainage of the indoor unit after the repair.
Faulty drainage can cause the water to enter the room and wet the furniture
and floor.
1.1.4 Using Icons
Icons are used to attract the attention of the reader to specific information. The meaning of each
icon is described in the table below:
1.1.5 Using Icons List
Icon
Type of
Information
Note
Description
A “note” provides information that is not indispensable, but may
nevertheless be valuable to the reader, such as tips and tricks.
Note:
Caution
A “caution” is used when there is danger that the reader, through
incorrect manipulation, may damage equipment, loose data, get
an unexpected result or has to restart (part of) a procedure.
Warning
A “warning” is used when there is danger of personal injury.
Reference
A “reference” guides the reader to other places in this binder or
in this manual, where he/she will find additional information on a
specific topic.
Caution
Warning
ix
Introduction
1.2
SiENBE34-802
PREFACE
Thank you for your continued patronage of Daikin products.
This is the new service manual for Daikin's Year 2008 VRVIII-S series Heat Pump System.
Daikin offers a wide range of models to respond to building and office air conditioning needs.
We are confident that customers will be able to find the models that best suit their needs.
This service manual contains information regarding the servicing of VRVIII-S series R-410A
Heat Pump System.
July, 2008
After Sales Service Division
x
SiENBE34-802
Part 1
General Information
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units....................................................2
2. External Appearance...............................................................................3
2.1 Indoor Units ..............................................................................................3
3. Capacity Range.......................................................................................4
General Information
1
Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
SiENBE34-802
1. Model Names of Indoor/Outdoor Units
*Indoor Units
Type
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Double Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Round Flow)
600×600 Ceiling
Mounted Cassette
Type (Mult Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Corner
Type
Model Name
Power Supply
FXCQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
—
125M
V3
FXFQ
20P
25P
32P
40P
50P
63P
80P
100P
125P
VE
FXZQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
—
—
—
—
V1
FXKQ
—
25MA
32MA
40MA
—
63MA
—
—
—
FXDQ
20P
25P
32P
40NA
50NA
63NA
—
—
—
FXDQM8
20M8
25M8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
V3
Ceiling Mounted
Built-In Type
FXSQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
100M
125M
V3
Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
FXMQ
—
—
—
40P
50P
63P
80P
100P
125P
Ceiling Suspended FXHQ
Type
—
—
32MA
—
—
63MA
—
100MA
—
Slim Ceiling
Mounted Duct
Type
VE
Wall Mounted
Type
FXAQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Floor Standing
Type
FXLQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Concealed Floor
Standing Type
FXNQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Ceiling Suspended
Cassette Type
FXUQ
—
—
—
—
—
—
71MA
100MA
125MA
V1
Connection Unit
BEVQM(A)
—
—
—
—
—
—
71MA
100MA
125MA
VE
VE
Note: BEV unit is required for FXUQ only.
VE :1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz, 1φ, 220V, 60Hz
V1 :1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
V3 :1φ, 230V, 50Hz
Outdoor Units
Series
Inverter
Heat Pump
Model Name
RXYSQ
4PA
5PA
Power Supply
6PA
Y1, V1
Y1 :3φ, 380~415V, 50Hz
V1 :1φ, 220~240V, 50Hz
2
General Information
SiENBE34-802
External Appearance
2. External Appearance
2.1
Indoor Units
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)
FXCQ20M8
FXCQ25M8
FXCQ32M8
FXCQ40M8
FXCQ50M8
FXCQ63M8
FXCQ80M8
FXCQ125M8
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round Flow)
FXFQ20P7
FXFQ25P7
FXFQ32P7
FXFQ40P7
FXFQ50P7
FXFQ63P7
FXFQ80P7
FXFQ100P7
FXFQ125P7
600×600 Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type (Multi Flow)
FXZQ20M8
FXZQ25M8
FXZQ32M8
FXZQ40M8
FXZQ50M8
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type
FXKQ25MA
FXKQ32MA
FXKQ40MA
FXKQ63MA
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
FXDQ20P
FXDQ25P
FXDQ32P
FXDQ40NA
FXDQ50NA
FXDQ63NA
Ceiling Concealed Type (small)
FXDQ20M8
FXDQ25M8
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
FXMQ40P
FXMQ50P
FXMQ63P
FXMQ80P
FXMQ100P
FXMQ125P
Ceiling Suspended Type
FXHQ32MA
FXHQ63MA
FXHQ100MA
Wall Mounted Type
FXAQ20MA
FXAQ25MA
FXAQ32MA
FXAQ40MA
FXAQ50MA
FXAQ63MA
Floor Standing Type
FXLQ20MA
FXLQ25MA
FXLQ32MA
FXLQ40MA
FXLQ50MA
FXLQ63MA
Concealed Floor Standing Type
FXNQ20MA
FXNQ25MA
FXNQ32MA
FXNQ40MA
FXNQ50MA
FXNQ63MA
Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type
(Connection Unit Series)
FXUQ71MA + BEVQ71MA
FXUQ100MA + BEVQ100MA
FXUQ125MA + BEVQ125MA
Connection Unit
Ceiling Mounted Built-In Type
FXSQ20M
FXSQ25M
FXSQ32M
FXSQ40M
FXSQ50M
FXSQ63M
FXSQ80M
FXSQ100M
FXSQ125M
General Information
3
Capacity Range
SiENBE34-802
3. Capacity Range
Outdoor Units
Capacity Range
RXYSQ
No of Indoor
Units to be
Connected
Total Capacity
Index of Indoor
Units to be
Connected
4HP
4PA
5HP
5PA
6HP
6PA
6
8
9
50~130
62.5~162.5
70~182
Indoor Units
Capacity Range
Capacity Index
0.8HP
20
1HP
25
1.25HP
31.25
1.6HP
40
2HP
50
2.5HP
62.5
3.2HP
80
4HP
100
5HP
125
FXCQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
—
125M
FXFQ
20P
25P
32P
40P
50P
63P
80P
100P
125P
FXZQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
—
—
—
—
—
25MA
32MA
40MA
—
63MA
—
—
—
20P
25P
32P
40NA
50NA
63NA
—
—
—
FXDQ-M8
20M8
25M8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Ceiling Mounted
Built-In Type
FXSQ
20M
25M
32M
40M
50M
63M
80M
100M
125M
Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
FXMQ
—
—
—
40P
50P
63P
80P
100P
125P
Ceiling Suspended
Type
FXHQ
—
—
32MA
—
—
63MA
—
100MA
—
Wall Mounted Type
FXAQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Floor Standing Type
FXLQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Concealed Floor
Standing Type
FXNQ
20MA
25MA
32MA
40MA
50MA
63MA
—
—
—
Ceiling Suspended
Cassette Type
FXUQ
—
—
—
—
—
—
71MA
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Double Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Type
(Round Flow)
600×600 Ceiling
Mounted Cassette
Type (Multi Flow)
Ceiling Mounted
Cassette Corner Type FXKQ
FXDQ
Slim Ceiling Mounted
Duct Type
4
100MA 125MA
General Information
SiENBE34-802
Part 2
Specifications
1. Specifications ..........................................................................................6
1.1 Outdoor Units ...........................................................................................6
1.2 Indoor Units ............................................................................................10
Specifications
5
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
1. Specifications
1.1
Outdoor Units
Heat Pump 50Hz <RXYSQ-PA7Y1B>
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
COP
RXYSQ4PA7Y1B
RXYSQ5PA7Y1B
RXYSQ6PA7Y1B
Cooling
kW
11.2
14.0
15.5
Heating
kW
12.5
16.0
18.0
Cooling
3.88
3.88
3.33
Heating
4.43
4.03
3.83
5
6
Capacity range
HP
4
PED category
Category I
Max n° of indoor units to be connected
Indoor index
connection
Casing
6
8
9
Minimum
50
62.5
70
Maximum
130
162.5
182
Colour
Material
Packing
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Packing
Daikin White
Painted galvanised steel
Height
mm
Width
mm
980
1,524
980
980
Depth
mm
420
420
420
Height
mm
Width
mm
900
1,345
900
900
Depth
mm
320
320
320
Unit
kg
120
120
120
Packed Unit
kg
130
130
130
kg
8
8
8
857
857
857
Nr of Rows
2
2
2
Fin Pitch
2
2
2
10
10
10
Material
Carton, wood + EPS
Weight
Length
Dimensions
Heat
Exchanger
mm
mm
Nr of Passes
Face Area m²
Nr of Stages
1,131
60
Tube type
Fin
Fin type
Corrosion resistant
Propeller
Quantity
Fan
2
2
2
Cooling m³/min
106
106
106
Heating m³/min
102
105
105
Discharge direction
Motor
Motor
Fan
Speed
(nominal)
Motor
Horizontal
Quantity
2
Model
Cooling rpm
Heating rpm
70
70
1
1
1
1
1
1
JT100G-VDLYR
Type
Hermetically sealed scroll compressor
rpm
Motor Output kW
6,480
2.5
Starting Method
Crankcase W
Heater
Operation
Range
6
840/805
70
Model
Cooling
840/805
Direct drive
Output motor W
Speed
2
850/815
820/785
Drive
Quantity
Motor
2
Brushless DC motor
Quantity
Compressor
60
Non-symmetric waffle louvre
Treatment
Type
Air Flow Rate
(nominal at 230V)
60
Hi-XSS (8)
3.0
3.5
Direct on line
33
33
33
Standard
Min
°CDB
-5
-5
-5
Cooling
Max
°CDB
46
46
46
Min
°CWB
-20
-20
-20
Max
°CWB
15.5
15.5
15.5
Heating
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Sound Power
dBA
(Nominal)
Sound level
RXYSQ4PA7Y1B
RXYSQ5PA7Y1B
RXYSQ6PA7Y1B
66
67
69
Cooling Sound
Pressure
(Nominal)
dBA
50
51
53
Sound
Heating Pressure
(Nominal)
dBA
52
53
55
kg
4.0
Name
Refrigerant
R-410A
Charge
1
1
Name
l
Piping
connections
1.5
Diameter
(OD)
Diameter
(OD)
Diameter
(OD)
mm
mm
9.52
9.52
9.52
Flare connection
Flare connection
Braze connection
15.9
15.9
19.1
3
3
3
mm
26 × 3
Heat Insulation
Max total length
1.5
Flare connection
Quantity
Drain
1.5
Type
Type
Gas
1
Daphne FVC68D
Charged Volume
Liquid
(OD)
4.0
Expansion valve (electronic type)
Nr of Circuits
Refrigerant
Oil
4.0
Control
Both liquid and gas pipes
m
300
300
300
Defrost Method
Reversed cycle
Defrost Control
Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature
Capacity Control Method
Capacity Control
Inverter controlled
24 to 100
Safety devices
HPS, Fan motor thermal protection, Inverter overload protector, PC board fuse
Standard Accessories
Installation manual, Operation manual
Installation manual, Operation manual,
Connection pipes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on: indoor temperature: 20°CDB, outdoor temperature: 7°CDB, 6°CWB, equivalent
refrigerant piping: 5m, level difference: 0m.
Notes
Sound power level is an absolute value that a sound source generates.
Sound pressure level is a relative value, depending on the distance and acoustic environment. For more details, please
refer to sound level drawings.
Sound values are measured in a semi-anechoic room.
Specifications
7
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Heat pump 50Hz <RXYSQ-PA7V1B>
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
COP
RXYSQ4PA7V1B
RXYSQ5PA7V1B
RXYSQ6PA7V1B
Cooling
kW
11.2
14.0
15.5
Heating
kW
12.5
16.0
18.0
Cooling
3.99
3.99
3.42
Heating
4.56
4.15
3.94
5
6
Capacity range
HP
4
PED category
Category I
Max n° of indoor units to be connected
Indoor index
connection
Casing
6
8
9
Minimum
50
62.5
70
Maximum
130
162.5
182
Colour
Material
Packing
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Packing
Daikin White
Painted galvanised steel
Height
mm
Width
mm
980
1,524
980
980
Depth
mm
420
420
420
Height
mm
Width
mm
900
1,345
900
900
Depth
mm
320
320
320
Unit
kg
120
120
120
Packed Unit
kg
130
130
130
kg
8
8
8
857
857
857
Nr of Rows
2
2
2
Fin Pitch
2
2
2
10
10
10
Material
Carton, wood + EPS
Weight
Length
Dimensions
Heat
Exchanger
mm
mm
Nr of Passes
Face Area m²
Nr of Stages
1,131
60
Tube type
Fin
Fin type
Corrosion resistant
Propeller
Quantity
Air Flow Rate
(nominal at 230V)
2
2
2
Cooling m³/min
106
106
106
Heating m³/min
102
105
105
Discharge direction
Motor
Motor
Fan
Speed
(nominal)
Motor
Horizontal
Quantity
2
Model
Cooling rpm
Heating rpm
70
70
1
1
1
1
1
1
JT100G-VDL
Type
Hermetically sealed scroll compressor
rpm
Motor Output kW
6,480
2.5
Starting Method
Operation
Range
Sound Level
3.0
3.5
Direct on line
Crankcase W
Heater
33
33
Standard
Min
°CDB
-5
-5
-5
Cooling
Max
°CDB
46
46
46
Min
°CWB
-20
-20
-20
Max
°CWB
15.5
15.5
15.5
Sound Power dBA
66
67
69
Sound Pressure dBA
50
51
53
Sound Pressure dBA
52
53
55
Heating
Cooling
Heating
8
840/805
70
Model
Cooling
840/805
Direct drive
Output motor W
Speed
2
850/815
820/785
Drive
Quantity
Motor
2
Brushless DC motor
Quantity
Compressor
60
Non-symmetric waffle louvre
Treatment
Type
Fan
60
Hi-XSS (8)
33
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
RXYSQ4PA7V1B
Name
Refrigerant
Charge
kg
4.0
4.0
Control
1
1
l
1.5
Diameter
(OD)
Diameter
(OD)
Diameter
(OD)
mm
mm
9.52
9.52
9.52
Flare connection
Flare connection
Braze connection
15.9
15.9
19.1
3
3
3
mm
26 × 3
Heat Insulation
Max total length
1.5
Flare connection
Quantity
Drain
1.5
Type
Type
Piping
connections
1
Daphne FVC68D
Charged Volume
Gas
4.0
Expansion valve (electronic type)
Name
Liquid
(OD)
RXYSQ6PA7V1B
R-410A
N× of circuits
Refrigerant
Oil
RXYSQ5PA7V1B
Both liquid and gas pipes
m
300
300
300
Defrost Method
Reversed cycle
Defrost Control
Sensor for outdoor heat exchanger temperature
Capacity Control Method
Capacity Control
Inverter controlled
24 to 100
Safety devices
HPS, Fan motor thermal protection, Inverter overload protector, PC board fuse
Standard Accessories
Installation manual, Operation manual
Installation manual, Operation manual,
Connection pipes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m.
8 meter 1
Notes
Sound pressure
Sound values
Sound values are measured in a semi-anechoic room.
Specifications
9
Specifications
1.2
SiENBE34-802
Indoor Units
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXCQ20M8V3B
FXCQ25M8V3B
FXCQ32M8V3B
FXCQ40M8V3B
FXCQ50M8V3B
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
2.20
2.80
3.60
4.50
5.60
Heating
kW
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.077
0.092
0.092
0.130
0.130
Heating
kW
0.044
0.059
0.059
0.097
0.097
Casing
Colour
Material
Packing
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
405
405
405
405
405
Width
mm
1060
1060
1060
1280
1280
Depth
mm
665
665
665
665
665
Height
mm
305
305
305
305
305
Width
mm
780
780
780
995
995
Depth
mm
600
600
600
600
600
Unit
kg
26
26
26
31
32
Packed Unit
kg
30
30
30
37
38
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Non painted
Required Ceiling Void
Length
mm
350
350
350
350
350
mm
475×2
475×2
475×2
690×2
475×2
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
0.145×2
0.145×2
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
Dimensions
mm
Nr of Passes
Face Area m²
Heat
Exchanger
2×2
3×2
0.1×2
0.1×2
Nr of Stages
0.1×2
10×2
Empty Tubeplate
Hole
6
Tube type
Fin
Fan
Hi-XSS (7)
Fin type
Symmetric waffle louvre
Treatment
Hydrophilic
Type
Sirocco fan
Quantity
Cooling
Air Flow Rate
Heating
High
m³/min
1
1
1
2
2
7.0
9.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
Low
m³/min
5.0
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
High
m³/min
7.0
9.0
9.0
12.0
12.0
Low
m³/min
5.0
6.5
6.5
9.0
9.0
1
1
1
1
1
20
20
50.0
Quantity
Steps
Fan
Motor
Refrigerant
Name
Output
(high)
Phase cut control
W
10
15
Drive
15
Direct drive
R-410A
Sound
dBA
power
(nominal)
45.0
50.0
50.0
50.0
Sound Level
Cooling
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
33.0
35.0
35.0
35.5
35.5
Low
dBA
28.0
29.0
29.0
30.5
30.5
Heating
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
33.0
35.0
35.0
35.5
35.5
Low
dBA
28.0
29.0
29.0
30.5
30.5
Diameter mm
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
Type
Flare connection
Type
Diameter mm
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
Diameter mm
32
32
32
32
32
BYBC50GJW1
BYBC50GJW1
Heat Insulation
Both liquid and gas pipes
Model
BYBC32GJW1
BYBC32GJW1
Colour
Decoration
Panel
Dimensions
Weight
Drain-up Height
10
6.35
Flare connection
BYBC32GJW1
White (10Y9/0,5)
Height
mm
53
53
53
53
53
Width
mm
1030
1030
1030
1245
1245
Depth
mm
680
680
680
680
680
kg
8.0
8.0
8.0
8.5
8.5
mm
600
600
600
600
600
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Air Filter
Specifications
FXCQ20M8V3B
FXCQ25M8V3B
FXCQ32M8V3B
Air direction control
Up and downwards
Refrigerant control
Electronic expansion valve
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
FXCQ40M8V3B
FXCQ50M8V3B
Resin net with mold resistance
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal fuse, Drain pump fuse
Screws for fixing the paper pattern for installation, Washer for hanging bracket, Installation and operation manual, Paper
pattern for installation, Insulation for fitting, Drain hose
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 270CDB, 190CWB, outdoor temperature : 350CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Notes
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 200CDB, outdoor temperature : 70CDB, 60CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Specifications
11
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Double Flow)
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXCQ63M8V3B
FXCQ80M8V3B
FXCQ125M8V3B
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
7.10
9.00
14.00
Heating
kW
8.00
10.00
16.00
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.161
0.209
0.256
Heating
kW
0.126
0.176
0.223
Casing
Colour
Material
Packing
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
405
405
405
Width
mm
1460
1808
1808
Depth
mm
665
645
645
Height
mm
305
305
305
Width
mm
1180
1670
1670
Depth
mm
600
600
600
Unit
kg
35
47
48
Packed Unit
kg
42
55
56
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Non painted
Required Ceiling Void
mm
350
350
350
mm
875×2
1365
1365
1.50
1.50
Nr of Passes
6×2
5×2
6
Face Area m²
0.184×2
0.287×2
0.287×2
Length
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
Dimensions
Heat
Exchanger
mm
2×2
Nr of Stages
10×2
Empty Tubeplate
Hole
8
Tube type
Fin
Fan
Hi-XSS (7)
Fin type
Symmetric waffle louvre
Treatment
Hydrophilic
Type
Sirocco fan
Quantity
Cooling
Air Flow Rate
Heating
High
m³/min
2
3
3
16.5
26.0
33.0
25.0
Low
m³/min
13.0
21.0
High
m³/min
16.5
26.0
33.0
Low
m³/min
13.0
21.0
25.0
1
1
Quantity
1
Steps
Fan
Motor
Refrigerant
Name
1.50
Output
(high)
Phase cut control
W
30
50
Drive
85
Direct drive
R-410A
Sound
power
dBA
(nominal)
52.0
Sound Level
Cooling
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
38.0
40.0
45.0
Low
dBA
33.0
35.0
39.0
Heating
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
38.0
40.0
45.0
Low
dBA
33.0
35.0
39.0
Diameter mm
9.5
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
54.0
Type
Flare connection
9.5
Type
Diameter mm
15.9
15.9
15.9
Diameter mm
32
32
32
Both liquid and gas pipes
Model
BYBC63GJW1
BYBC125GJW1
Colour
Dimensions
Drain-up Height
Height
mm
53
53
53
Width
mm
1430
1920
1920
mm
680
680
680
kg
9.5
12.0
12.0
mm
600
600
600
Air Filter
Resin net with mold resistance
Air direction control
Up and downwards
Refrigerant control
Electronic expansion valve
Temperature control
BYBC125GJW1
White (10Y9/0,5)
Depth
Weight
9.5
Flare connection
Heat Insulation
Decoration
Panel
60.0
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Safety devices
PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal fuse,
Drain pump fuse
Standard Accessories
Screws for fixing the paper pattern for installation, Washer for hanging bracket, Clamps, Installation and operation manual,
Paper pattern for installation, Insulation for fitting, Drain hose
PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector, Drain pump fuse
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Notes
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
12
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round-flow)
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
Power Input
Casing
FXFQ20P7VEB
FXFQ25P7VEB
FXFQ32P7VEB
FXFQ40P7VEB
FXFQ50P7VEB
Cooling
kW
2.2
2.8
3.6
4.5
5.6
Heating
kW
2.5
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.3
Cooling
kW
0.053
0.053
0.053
0.063
0.083
Heating
kW
0.045
0.045
0.045
0.055
0.067
Material
Packing
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Dimensions
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
220
220
220
220
220
Width
mm
882
882
882
882
882
Depth
mm
882
882
882
882
882
Height
mm
204
204
204
204
204
Width
mm
840
840
840
840
840
Depth
mm
840
840
840
840
840
kg
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
21.0
kg
24.0
24.0
24.0
24.0
26.0
Unit
Packed Unit
Length
Inside
mm
Outside mm
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions
Fin
Fan
2,096
mm
2,152
2
2
2
2
2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
Nr of Passes
2
2
3
3
7
Face Area m²
0.267
0.267
0.267
0.267
0.357
Nr of Stages
6
6
6
6
8
Empty Tubeplate
Hole
4
4
Fin type
Cross fin coil (Multi louver fins and Hi-XSS tubes)
Type
Turbo fan
Quantity
Cooling
Air Flow Rate
Heating
High
m³/min
1
1
1
1
1
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.5
15.5
Low
m³/min
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
10.0
High
m³/min
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.5
15.0
Low
m³/min
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.5
2
2
2
56
56
56
51
Model
Fan
Motor
Steps
Output
(high)
Refrigerant
Name
Sound Level
Cooling
Cooling
Heating
W
2
2
56
56
R-410A
Sound
power
dBA
(nominal)
49
49
49
50
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
31
31
31
32
33
Low
dBA
28
28
28
28
28
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
31
31
31
32
33
Low
dBA
28
28
28
28
28
6.35
6.4
6.4
6.4
12.7
12.7
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
QTS48D11M
Gas
Drain
Type
Flare connection
Diameter mm
Type
Diameter mm
12.7
12.7
Diameter mm
Foamed polystyrene/polyethylene
Sound absorbing insulation
(Foamed Polyurethane)
Model
BYCQ140CW1
Colour
Dimensions
RAL9010
Height
mm
50
50
50
50
50
Width
mm
950
950
950
950
950
mm
950
950
950
950
950
kg
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
Depth
Weight
Air Filter
Standard Accessories
12.7
VP25 (I.D. 25/O.D. 32)
Heat Insulation
Decoration
Panel
6.4
Flare connection
Resin net with mold resistance
Installation and operation manual, Drain hose, Washer for hanging bracket, Screws, Sealing Pads, Insulation for fitting,
Clamp for drain hose, Installation guide, Drain sealing pad
The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction
The sound power level is an absolute value indicating the power wich a sound source generates.
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Specifications
13
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Round-flow)
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
Power Input
Casing
FXFQ63P7VEB
FXFQ80P7VEB
FXFQ100P7VEB
FXFQ125P7VEB
Cooling
kW
7.1
9.0
11.2
14.0
Heating
kW
8.0
10.0
12.5
16.0
Cooling
kW
0.095
0.120
0.173
0.258
Heating
kW
0.114
0.108
0.176
0.246
Material
Packing
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Dimensions
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
220
262
262
304
Width
mm
882
882
882
882
Depth
mm
882
882
882
882
Height
mm
204
246
246
288
Width
mm
840
840
840
840
Depth
mm
840
840
840
840
kg
21.0
24.0
24.0
26.0
kg
26.0
28.0
28.0
31.0
Unit
Packed Unit
Length
Inside
mm
Outside mm
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions
Fin
Fan
2
2
2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
Nr of Passes
7
9
9
11
Face Area m²
0.357
0.446
0.446
0.535
Nr of Stages
8
10
10
12
Fin type
Cross fin coil (Multi louver fins and Hi-XSS tubes)
Turbo fan
Quantity
Air Flow Rate
Heating
Motor
High
m³/min
1
1
1
1
16.5
23.5
26.5
33.0
20.0
Low
m³/min
11.0
14.5
17.0
High
m³/min
17.5
23.5
28.0
33.0
Low
m³/min
12.0
14.5
17.5
20.0
Model
QTS48D11M
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
QTS48C15M
Steps
2
2
2
2
56
120
120
120
61
Output
(high)
Refrigerant
mm
2,152
2
Type
Cooling
Fan
2,096
W
Name
R-410A
Sound
power
dBA
(nominal)
52
55
58
Sound Level
Cooling
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
34
38
41
44
Low
dBA
29
32
33
34
Heating
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
36
38
42
44
Low
dBA
30
32
34
34
Diameter mm
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
15.9
15.9
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
Type
Flare connection
Type
Flare connection
Diameter mm
15.9
15.9
Diameter mm
VP25 (I.D. 25/O.D. 32)
Heat Insulation
Foamed polystyrene/polyethylene
Sound absorbing insulation
(Foamed Polyurethane)
Model
BYCQ140CW1
Colour
Decoration
Panel
Dimensions
RAL9010
Height
mm
50
50
50
50
Width
mm
950
950
950
950
mm
950
950
950
950
kg
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
Depth
Weight
Air Filter
Standard Accessories
Resin net with mold resistance
Installation and operation manual, Drain hose, Washer for hanging bracket, Screws, Sealing Pads, Insulation for fitting,
Clamp for drain hose, Installation guide, Drain sealing pad
The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction
The sound power level is an absolute value indicating the power wich a sound source generates.
Notes
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
14
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
600×600 Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (Multi Flow)
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXZQ20M8V1B
FXZQ25M8V1B
FXZQ32M8V1B
FXZQ40M8V1B
FXZQ50M8V1B
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
2.20
2.80
3.60
4.50
5.60
Heating
kW
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.073
0.073
0.076
0.089
0.115
Heating
kW
0.064
0.064
0.068
0.080
0.107
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Unit
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
286
286
286
286
286
Width
mm
575
575
575
575
575
mm
575
575
575
575
575
kg
18
18
18
18
18
2
2
2
2
2
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
Face Area m²
0.269
0.269
0.269
0.269
0.269
Nr of Stages
10
10
10
10
10
Depth
Nr of Rows
Heat
Exchanger
Fan
Dimensions
Fin Pitch
mm
Type
Turbo fan
Quantity
Air Flow Rate Cooling
1
1
1
1
1
High
m³/min
9.00
9.00
9.50
11.00
14.00
Low
m³/min
7.00
7.00
7.50
8.00
10.00
1
1
1
1
1
55
55
58.0
Quantity
Model
Fan
Motor
Output
(high)
QTS32C15M
W
55
55
Drive
Refrigerant
Name
Sound Level
Cooling
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
R-410A
Sound
dBA
power
(nominal)
47.0
47.0
49.0
53.0
High
dBA
30.0
30.0
32.0
36.0
41.0
Low
dBA
25.0
25.0
26.0
28.0
33.0
Diameter mm
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
Type
Flare connection
Type
6.4
Flare connection
Diameter mm
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
Diameter mm
26
26
26
26
26
Heat Insulation
Decoration
Panel
55
Direct drive
Foamed polystyrene/polyethylene
Model
BYFQ60B7W1
Colour
White (Ral 9010)
Dimensions
Height
mm
55
55
55
55
55
Width
mm
700
700
700
700
700
mm
700
700
700
700
700
kg
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
2.7
Depth
Weight
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Resin net with mold resistance
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector
Installation and operation manual, Paper pattern for installation, Drain hose, Clamp metal, Washer fixing plate,
Sealing Pads, Clamps, Screws, Washer for hanger bracket, Insulation for fitting
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal)
Notes
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Specifications
15
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Ceiling Mounted Cassette Corner Type
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXKQ25MAVE
FXKQ32MAVE
FXKQ40MAVE
FXKQ63MAVE
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
2.80
3.60
4.50
7.10
Heating
kW
3.20
4.00
5.00
8.00
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.066
0.066
0.076
0.105
Heating
kW
0.046
0.046
0.056
0.085
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Unit
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
215
215
215
215
Width
mm
1110
1110
1110
1310
mm
710
710
710
710
kg
31
31
31
34
2
2
2
3
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
Face Area m²
0.180
0.180
0.180
0.226
Nr of Stages
11
11
11
11
Depth
Nr of Rows
Heat
Exchanger
Fan
Dimensions
Fin Pitch
mm
Sirocco fan
Type
Quantity
Air Flow Rate Cooling
1
1
1
1
High
m³/min
11.00
11.00
13.00
18.00
Low
m³/min
9.00
9.00
10.00
15.00
1
1
1
1
3D12H1AN1V1
3D12H1AN1V1
3D12H1AP1V1
4D12H1AJ1V1
15
15
20
45
Quantity
Model
Fan
Motor
Output
(high)
W
Drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
Direct drive
R-410A
High
dBA
38.0
38.0
40.0
42.0
Low
dBA
33.0
33.0
34.0
37.0
6.4
9.5
Type
Flare connection
Diameter mm
6.4
6.4
Type
Flare connection
Diameter mm
12.7
12.7
12.7
15.9
Diameter mm
32
32
32
32
BYK45FJW1
BYK71FJW1
Heat Insulation
Foamed Polyethylene
Model
BYK45FJW1
BYK45FJW1
White
Colour
Decoration
Panel
Dimensions
Height
mm
70
70
70
70
Width
mm
1240
1240
1240
1440
mm
800
800
800
800
kg
8.5
8.5
8.5
9.5
Depth
Weight
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Resin net with mold resistance
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PC board fuse, Drain pump fuse, Fan motor thermal
Installation and operation manual, Metal clamp for drain hose, Clamps, Insulation for hangar bracket,
Positioning Jig for Installation, Paper pattern for installation, Drain hose, Insulation for fitting, Sealing Pads, Screws,
Washer, Air Outlet blocking pad
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal)
Notes
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V
16
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXDQ20PVE
FXDQ25PVE
FXDQ32PVE
FXDQ40NAVE
FXDQ50NAVE
FXDQ63NAVE
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
2.20
2.80
3.60
4.50
5.60
7.10
Heating
kW
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30
8.00
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.086
0.086
0.089
0.160
0.165
0.181
Heating
kW
0.067
0.067
0.070
0.147
0.152
0.168
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Unit
Galvanised steel plate
Height
mm
200
200
200
200
200
200
Width
mm
700
700
700
900
900
1100
Depth
mm
620
620
620
620
620
620
kg
23.0
23.0
23.0
27.0
28.0
31.0
Nr of Rows
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions
Fin
Fan
2
2
3
3
3
3
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
Face Area m²
0.126
0.126
0.126
0.176
0.176
0.227
Nr of Stages
12
12
12
12
12
12
Fin Pitch
mm
Fin type
Cross fin coil
Sirocco fan
Type
Quantity
Air Flow Rate Cooling
High
Low
External static High
pressure
Standard
Fan
Motor
Output
(high)
1
1
1
1
1
1
m³/min
8.0
8.0
8.0
10.50
12.50
16.50
m³/min
6.4
6.4
6.4
8.50
10.00
13.00
Pa
Pa
30
30
30
44
44
44
10
10
10
15
15
15
W
62
62
62
62
130
130
Drive
Refrigerant
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Direct drive
Name
Gas
Drain
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
R-410A
High
dBA
33.0
33.0
33.0
34.0
35.0
36.0
Low
dBA
29.0
29.0
29.0
30.0
31.0
32.0
6.4
6.4
9.5
12.7
12.7
15.9
Type
Diameter mm
Flare connection
6.4
6.4
Type
Diameter mm
Diameter mm
6.4
Flare connection
12.7
12.7
12.7
VP20 (I.D. 20/O.D. 26)
Removable/washable/Mildew proof
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Fuse, Fan motor thermal protector
Installation and operation manual, Drain hose, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Washer, Insulation for fitting, Clamp metal,
Washer fixing plate, Screws for duct flanges, Air filter
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Notes
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure can be changed by the remote control.
The operation sound levels are conversion values in anechoic chamber. In practice, sound levels tend to be higher
than the specified values due to ambient noise or reflection. When the suction place is changed to bottom suction,
sound level will increase by approximately 5dBA.
Specifications
17
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Slim Ceiling Mounted Duct Type (with Drain Pump)
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXDQ20M8V3B
FXDQ25M8V3B
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
2.20
2.80
Heating
kW
2.50
3.20
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.050
0.050
Heating
kW
0.050
Casing
Colour
Material
Packing
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
301
301
Width
mm
584
584
Depth
mm
753
753
Height
mm
230
230
Width
mm
502
502
Depth
mm
652
652
Unit
kg
17
17
Packed Unit
kg
18
18
mm
250
250
mm
430
430
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Required Ceiling Void
Length
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
Dimensions
Heat
Exchanger
mm
2
2
1.40
1.40
Nr of Passes
2
2
Face Area m²
0.108
0.108
Nr of Stages
12
Empty Tubeplate
Hole
Fin
Hi-XSS (7)
Fin type
Symmetric waffle louvre
Treatment
Hydrophilic
Type
Sirocco fan
Quantity
Cooling
Air Flow Rate
Heating
High
m³/min
1
1
6.70
7.40
5.80
Low
m³/min
5.20
High
m³/min
6.70
7.40
Low
m³/min
5.20
5.80
Quantity
1
Steps
Fan
Motor
Refrigerant
Name
12
4
Tube type
Fan
0.050
Non painted
Output
(high)
1
step motor
W
10
Drive
10
Direct drive
R-410A
Sound
dBA
power
(nominal)
50.0
50.0
Sound Level
Cooling
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
37.0
37.0
Low
dBA
32.0
32.0
Heating
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
37.0
37.0
Low
dBA
32.0
32.0
Diameter mm
6.4
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
Air Filter
Type
Flare connection
Type
6.4
Flare connection
Diameter mm
12.7
Diameter mm
27.2
12.7
27.2
Resin net with mold resistance
Air direction control
Up and downwards
Refrigerant control
Electronic expansion valve
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector
Installation and operation manual, Fuse, Caution for servicing sticker, Suction air filter
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Notes
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
18
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
Cooling
kW
(Conditions
Heating
kW
specified in 1)
Cooling
kW
Power input
(Nominal)
Heating
kW
Colour
Casing
Material
Height mm
Packing
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Dimensions
Height mm
Unit
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Unit
kg
Weight
Packed Unit
kg
Required Ceiling Void
mm
Length mm
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch mm
Dimensions
Nr of Passes
Face Area m²
Heat
Exchanger
Nr of Stages
Empty Tubeplate Hole
Tube type
Fin type
Fin
Treatment
Type
Fan
Quantity
High
m³/min
Cooling
Low
m³/min
Air Flow Rate
High
m³/min
Heating
Low
m³/min
High
Pa
External static
Standard Pa
pressure
Low
Pa
Quantity
Fan
Model
Steps
Motor
Output
W
(high)
Drive
Refrigerant
Name
Sound
dBA
Sound Level Cooling
power
(nominal)
High
dBA
Sound
Cooling
Pressure
Low
dBA
High
dBA
Sound
Heating
Pressure
Low
dBA
Type
Liquid (OD)
Diameter mm
Type
Piping
Gas
connections
Diameter mm
Diameter mm
Drain
Heat Insulation
Model
Colour
Height mm
Decoration
Panel
Dimensions
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Weight
kg
Drain-up Height
mm
Air Filter
Air direction control
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Notes
Specifications
FXSQ20M8V3B
2.20
FXSQ25M8V3B
2.80
FXSQ32M8V3B
3.60
FXSQ40M8V3B
4.50
FXSQ50M8V3B
5.60
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30
0.110
0.090
0.110
0.090
0.127
0.107
0.143
0.123
354
742
936
300
550
800
30
34
350
300
3
1.75
3
0.088
14
354
742
936
300
550
800
30
34
350
300
3
1.75
3
0.088
14
354
892
936
300
700
800
30
34
350
450
3
1.75
4
0.132
14
354
892
936
300
700
800
31
35
350
450
3
1.75
4
0.132
14
1
9.00
6.50
9.00
6.50
125
105
96
1
D18H3AA1V1
1
9.00
6.50
9.00
6.50
125
105
96
1
D18H3AA1V1
0.114
0.094
Non painted
Galvanised steel
354
742
936
300
550
800
30
34
350
300
3
1.75
3
0.088
14
14
Hi-XSS (7)
Symmetric waffle louvre
Hydrophilic
Sirocco fan
1
9.50
7.00
9.50
7.00
104
88
78
1
D18H3AA1V1
step motor
1
11.50
9.00
11.50
9.00
116
98
85
1
D18H2AC1V1
1
15.00
11.00
15.00
11.00
136
114
99
1
D18H2AB1V1
50
50
65
85
56.0
58.0
50
Direct drive
R-410A
50.0
50.0
32.0
28.0
32.0
28.0
32.0
28.0
32.0
28.0
51.0
33.0
33.0
35.0
28.0
29.0
31.0
33.0
33.0
35.0
28.0
29.0
31.0
Flare connection
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
6.35
Flare connection
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
32
32
32
32
32
Both liquid and gas pipes
BYBS32DJW1
BYBS32DJW1
BYBS32DJW1
BYBS45DJW1
BYBS45DJW1
White (10Y9/0,5)
55
55
55
55
55
650
650
650
800
800
500
500
500
500
500
3
3
3
3.5
3.5
600
600
600
600
600
Resin net with mold resistance
Up and downwards
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PC board fuse, Drain pump fuse, Fan motor thermal fuse
Metal clamp for drain hose, Paper pattern for installation, Drain hose, Insulation for fitting, Washer for hanger bracket,
Screws for duct flanges, Screws for fixing the paper pattern for installation, Fuse, Installation and operation manual
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
The external static pressure is changeable : change the connectors inside the electrical box, this pressure means :
High static pressure -standard - low static pressure
The external static pressure is changeable : change the connectors inside the electrical box, this pressure means :
High static pressure -standard
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction
19
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Ceiling Mounted Built-in Type
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
Cooling
kW
(Conditions
Heating
kW
specified in 1)
Cooling
kW
Power input
(Nominal)
Heating
kW
Colour
Casing
Material
Height mm
Packing
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Dimensions
Height mm
Unit
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Unit
kg
Weight
Packed Unit
kg
Required Ceiling Void
mm
Length mm
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch mm
Dimensions
Nr of Passes
Heat
Face Area m²
Exchanger
Nr of Stages
Tube type
Fin type
Fin
Treatment
Type
Fan
Quantity
High
m³/min
Cooling
Low
m³/min
Air Flow Rate
High
m³/min
Heating
Low
m³/min
High
Pa
External static
Standard Pa
pressure
Low
Pa
Quantity
Fan
Model
Steps
Motor
Output W
(high)
Drive
Refrigerant
Name
Sound
dBA
Sound Level Cooling
power
(nominal)
High
dBA
Sound
Cooling
Pressure
Low
dBA
High
dBA
Sound
Heating
Pressure
Low
dBA
Type
Liquid (OD)
Diameter mm
Type
Piping
Gas
connections
Diameter mm
Diameter mm
Drain
Heat Insulation
Model
Colour
Height mm
Decoration
Panel
Dimensions
Width
mm
Depth
mm
Weight
kg
Drain-up Height
mm
Air Filter
Air direction control
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Notes
20
FXSQ63M8V3B
7.10
FXSQ80M8V3B
9.00
FXSQ100M8V3B
11.20
FXSQ125M8V3B
14.00
8.00
10.00
12.50
16.00
0.189
0.169
0.234
0.214
0.242
0.222
0.321
0.301
356
1596
938
300
1400
800
51
58
350
1150
3
1.75
10
0.338
14
356
1596
938
300
1400
800
52
59
350
1150
3
1.75
10
0.338
14
3
28.00
20.50
28.00
20.50
141
125
3
38.00
28.00
38.00
28.00
109
93
1
3D18H2AH1V1
1
3D18H2AG1V1
135
225
Non painted
Galvanised steel
354
1192
936
300
1000
800
41
47
350
750
3
1.75
7
0.221
14
356
1596
938
300
1400
800
51
58
350
1150
3
1.75
10
0.338
14
Hi-XSS (7)
Symmetric waffle louvre
Hydrophilic
Sirocco fan
2
21.00
15.50
21.00
15.50
123
111
3
27.00
20.00
27.00
20.00
141
125
1
2D18H2AB1V1
1
3D18H2AH1V1
125
135
98
step motor
Direct drive
R-410A
56.0
55.0
56.0
65.0
35.0
30.0
35.0
30.0
37.0
31.0
37.0
31.0
38.0
33.0
38.0
33.0
40.0
35.0
40.0
35.0
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
15.9
32
15.9
32
Flare connection
Flare connection
15.9
32
BYBS71DJW1
55
1100
500
4.5
600
15.9
32
Both liquid and gas pipes
BYBS125DJW1
BYBS125DJW1
White (10Y9/0,5)
55
55
1500
1500
500
500
6.5
6.5
600
600
Resin net with mold resistance
Up and downwards
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
BYBS125DJW1
55
1500
500
6.5
600
PC board fuse, Drain pump
PC board fuse, Drain pump fuse, Fan motor thermal protector
fuse, Fan motor thermal fuse
Metal clamp for drain hose, Paper pattern for installation, Drain hose, Insulation for fitting, Washer for hanger bracket,
Screws for duct flanges, Screws for fixing the paper pattern for installation, Fuse, Installation and operation manual
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 8m, level difference : 0m.
The external static pressure is changeable : change the connectors inside the electrical box, this pressure means :
High static pressure -standard - low static pressure
The external static pressure is changeable : change the connectors inside the electrical box, this pressure means :
High static pressure -standard
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
The sound pressure values are mentioned for a unit installed with rear suction
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
Ceiling Mounted Duct Type
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Capacity
Power Input
FXMQ40PVE
FXMQ50PVE
FXMQ63PVE
FXMQ80PVE
FXMQ100PVE
Cooling
kW
4.5
5.6
7.1
9.0
11.2
14.0
Heating
kW
5.0
6.3
8.0
10.0
12.5
16.0
Cooling
kW
0.194 (1)
0.193 (2)
0.215 (1)
0.214 (2)
0.230 (1)
0.229 (2)
0.298 (1)
0.297 (2)
0.376 (1)
0.375 (2)
0.461 (1)
0.460 (2)
Heating
kW
0.182
0.203
0.218
0.286
0.364
0.449
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Unit
Galvanised steel plate
Height
mm
300
300
300
300
300
300
Width
mm
700
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,400
1,400
mm
700
700
700
700
700
700
kg
28
36
36
36
46
46
3
3
3
3
3
3
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.75
Face Area m²
0.148
0.249
0.249
0.249
0.383
0.383
Nr of Stages
16
16
16
16
16
16
Depth
Nr of Rows
Heat
Exchanger
Fan
Dimensions
Fan
mm
Sirocco fan
High high m³/min
16
18
19.5
25
32
39
High
13
16.5
17.5
22.5
27
33
m³/min
Low
m³/min
11
15
16
20
23
28
High
Pa
160
200
200
200
200
200
External static Standard Pa
pressure
Low
Pa
100
100
100
100
100
100
30
50
50
50
50
50
140
350
350
350
350
350
9.52
9.52
15.9
15.9
Motor
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Fin Pitch
Type
Air Flow Rate Cooling
FXMQ125PVE
Gas
Drain
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Output
(high)
W
Drive
Direct drive
Type
Flare connection
Diameter mm
6.35
9.52
Type
Diameter mm
Diameter mm
9.52
9.52
Flare connection
12.7
15.9
15.9
15.9
VP25 (I.D. 32/O.D. 25)
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
Fuse, Fan driver overload protector
Operation manual, Installation manual, Drain hose, Sealing pads, Clamps, Washer, Screws, Insulation for fitting,
Clamp metal, Air discharge flange, Air suction flange
Nominal cooling capacities are based on following conditions: return air temperature: 27°CDB/19°CWB; outdoor
temperature: 35°CDB; standard external static pressure: 100Pa; equivalent refrigerant piping: 7.5m (horizontal)
Nominal heating capacities are based on following conditions: return air temperature: 20°CDB; outdoor temperature:
7°CDB/6°CWB; standard external static pressure: 100Pa; equivalent refrigerant piping: 7.5m (horizontal)
Notes
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
External static pressure is changeable in 13 or 14 stages within the ( ) range by the remote control.
Air filter is not standard accessory, but please mount it in the duct system of the suction side. Select its colorimetric
method(gravity method) 50% or more.
Specifications
21
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Ceiling Suspended Type
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXHQ32MAVE
FXHQ63MAVE
FXHQ100MAVE
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
3.60
7.10
11.20
Heating
kW
4.00
8.00
12.50
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.111
0.115
0.135
Heating
kW
0.111
0.115
0.135
Casing
Colour
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Unit
White (10Y9/0,5)
Height
mm
195
195
195
Width
mm
960
1160
1400
mm
680
680
680
kg
24
28
33
2
3
3
1.75
1.75
1.75
Face Area m²
0.182
0.233
0.293
Nr of Stages
12
12
12
Depth
Nr of Rows
Heat
Exchanger
Fan
Dimensions
Fin Pitch
mm
Type
Sirocco fan
Quantity
Air Flow Rate Cooling
1
1
1
High
m³/min
12.00
17.50
25.00
Low
m³/min
10.00
14.00
19.50
1
1
1
3D12K1AA1
4D12K1AA1
3D12K2AA1
62
130
Quantity
Model
Fan
Motor
Output
(high)
W
62
Drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
Heat Insulation
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Direct drive
R-410A
High
dBA
36.0
39.0
45.0
Low
dBA
31.0
34.0
37.0
Diameter mm
6.4
Type
Flare connection
Type
9.5
9.5
Flare connection
Diameter mm
12.7
15.9
15.9
Diameter mm
26
26
26
Glass wool
Resin net with mold resistance
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector
Installation and operation manual, Drain hose, Paper pattern for installation, Clamp metal, Insulation for fitting
Clamps, Washer
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal)
Notes
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
22
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
Wall Mounted Type
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXAQ20MAVE
FXAQ25MAVE
FXAQ32MAVE
FXAQ40MAVE
FXAQ50MAVE
FXAQ63MAVE
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
2.20
2.80
3.60
4.50
5.60
7.10
Heating
kW
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30
8.00
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.016
0.022
0.027
0.020
0.027
0.050
Heating
kW
0.024
0.027
0.032
0.020
0.032
0.060
Casing
Colour
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Unit
white (3.0Y8.5/0.5)
Height
mm
290
290
290
290
290
290
Width
mm
795
795
795
1050
1050
1050
mm
230
230
230
230
230
230
kg
11
11
11
14
14
14
2
2
2
2
2
2
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.40
1.40
Face Area m²
0.161
0.161
0.161
0.213
0.213
0.213
Nr of Stages
14
14
14
14
14
14
Depth
Nr of Rows
Heat
Exchanger
Fan
Dimensions
Fin Pitch
mm
Type
Cross flow fan
Quantity
Air Flow Rate Cooling
1
1
1
1
High
m³/min
7.50
8.00
9.00
12.00
15.00
19.00
Low
m³/min
4.50
5.00
5.50
9.00
12.00
14.00
1
1
1
1
1
1
QCL9661M
QCL9661M
QCL9661M
QCL9686M
QCL9686M
QCL9686M
40
40
40
43
43
43
Quantity
Model
Fan
Motor
Output
(high)
W
Drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
Heat Insulation
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Direct drive
R-410A
High
dBA
35.0
36.0
37.0
39.0
42.0
46.0
Low
dBA
29.0
29.0
29.0
34.0
36.0
39.0
6.4
6.35
9.5
Type
Diameter mm
Flare connection
6.4
6.4
6.4
Type
Flare connection
Diameter mm
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
15.9
Diameter mm
18
18
18
18
18
18
Foamed polystyrene/polyethylene
Washable resin net
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PC board fuse
Installation and operation manual, Installation panel, Paper pattern for installation, Insulation tape, Clamps, Screws
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m (horizontal)
Notes
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Specifications
23
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Floor Standing Type
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXLQ20MAVE
FXLQ25MAVE
FXLQ32MAVE
FXLQ40MAVE
FXLQ50MAVE
FXLQ63MAVE
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
2.20
2.80
3.60
4.50
5.60
7.10
Heating
kW
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30
8.00
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.049
0.049
0.090
0.090
0.110
0.110
Heating
kW
0.049
0.049
0.090
0.090
0.110
0.110
Casing
Colour
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Unit
Ivory white (5Y7,5/1)
Height
mm
600
600
600
600
600
600
Width
mm
1000
1000
1140
1140
1420
1420
mm
222
222
222
222
222
222
kg
25
25
30
30
36
36
3
3
3
3
3
3
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
Face Area m²
0.159
0.159
0.200
0.200
0.282
0.282
Nr of Stages
14
14
14
14
14
14
Depth
Nr of Rows
Heat
Exchanger
Fan
Dimensions
Fin Pitch
mm
Type
Sirocco fan
Quantity
Air Flow Rate Cooling
1
1
1
1
1
1
High
m³/min
7.00
7.00
8.00
11.00
14.00
16.00
Low
m³/min
6.00
6.00
6.00
8.50
11.00
12.00
1
1
1
1
1
1
D14B20
D14B20
2D14B13
2D14B13
2D14B20
2D14B20
15
15
25
25
35
35
Quantity
Model
Fan
Motor
Output
(high)
W
Drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
Heat Insulation
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Direct drive
R-410A
High
dBA
35.0
35.0
35.0
38.0
39.0
40.0
Low
dBA
32.0
32.0
32.0
33.0
34.0
35.0
6.4
6.4
9.5
12.7
12.7
15.9
Type
Diameter mm
Flare connection
6.4
6.4
Type
Diameter mm
Diameter mm
6.4
Flare connection
12.7
12.7
12.7
O.D. 21
Glass Fiber/Urethane Foam
Resin net with mold resistance
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector
Installation and operation manual, Insulation for fitting, Drain hose, Clamps, Screws, Level adjustment screw, Washer
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal)
Notes
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, includinga deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V
24
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
Concealed Floor Standing Type
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FXNQ20MAVE
FXNQ25MAVE
FXNQ32MAVE
FXNQ40MAVE
FXNQ50MAVE
FXNQ63MAVE
Nominal
Capacity
Cooling
kW
2.20
2.80
3.60
4.50
5.60
7.10
Heating
kW
2.50
3.20
4.00
5.00
6.30
8.00
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.049
0.049
0.090
0.090
0.110
0.110
Heating
kW
0.049
0.049
0.090
0.090
0.110
0.110
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
Unit
Galvanised steel
Height
mm
610
610
610
610
610
610
Width
mm
930
930
1070
1070
1350
1350
mm
220
220
220
220
220
220
kg
19
19
23
23
27
27
3
3
3
3
3
3
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
Face Area m²
0.159
0.159
0.200
0.200
0.282
0.282
Nr of Stages
14
14
14
14
14
14
Depth
Nr of Rows
Heat
Exchanger
Fan
Dimensions
Fin Pitch
mm
Type
Sirocco fan
Quantity
Air Flow Rate Cooling
1
1
1
1
1
1
High
m³/min
7.00
7.00
8.00
11.00
14.00
16.00
Low
m³/min
6.00
6.00
6.00
8.50
11.00
12.00
1
1
1
1
1
1
D14B20
D14B20
2D14B13
2D14B13
2D14B20
2D14B20
15
15
25
25
35
35
Quantity
Model
Fan
Motor
Output
(high)
W
Drive
Refrigerant
Name
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
Heat Insulation
Air Filter
Refrigerant control
Temperature control
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Direct drive
R-410A
High
dBA
35.0
35.0
35.0
38.0
39.0
40.0
Low
dBA
32.0
32.0
32.0
33.0
34.0
35.0
6.4
6.4
9.5
12.7
12.7
15.9
Type
Diameter mm
Flare connection
6.4
6.4
Type
Diameter mm
Diameter mm
6.4
Flare connection
12.7
12.7
12.7
O.D. 21
Glass Fiber/Urethane Foam
Resin net with mold resistance
Electronic expansion valve
Microprocessor thermostat for cooling and heating
PC board fuse, Fan motor thermal protector
Installation and operation manual, Insulation for fitting, Drain hose, Clamps, Screws, Washer, Level adjustment screw
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal)
Notes
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V
Specifications
25
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Ceiling Suspended Cassette Type
1-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power input
(Nominal)
Casing
FXUQ71MAV1
FXUQ100MAV1
FXUQ125MAV1
Cooling
kW
0.180
0.289
0.289
Heating
kW
0.160
0.269
0.269
Colour
Material
Packing
Resin
Height
mm
230
295
295
Width
mm
960
960
960
Depth
mm
960
960
960
Height
mm
165
230
230
Width
mm
895
895
895
Depth
mm
895
895
895
Unit
kg
25
31
31
Packed Unit
kg
35
42
42
2101
2101
2101
3
3
3
1.50
1.50
1.50
Dimensions
Unit
Weight
White
Length
mm
Nr of Rows
Fin Pitch
Heat
Exchanger
Dimensions
mm
Nr of Passes
8
8
12
Face Area m²
0.265
0.353
0.353
Nr of Stages
6
8
8
Empty Tubeplate
Hole
Fin
Fan
4
Fin type
Cross fin coil (Multi louver fins and N-hix tubes)
Type
Turbo fan
Quantity
Cooling
Air Flow Rate
Heating
High
m³/min
Motor
Refrigerant
Name
1
1
19.00
29.00
32.00
Low
m³/min
14.00
21.00
23.00
High
m³/min
19.00
29.00
32.00
Low
m³/min
14.00
21.00
23.00
2
2
2
45
90
90
Steps
Fan
1
Output
(high)
W
R-410A
Sound
dBA
power
(nominal)
56.0
59.0
60.0
Sound Level
Cooling
Cooling
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
40.0
43.0
44.0
Low
dBA
35.0
38.0
39.0
Heating
Sound
Pressure
High
dBA
40.0
43.0
44.0
Low
dBA
35.0
38.0
39.0
Diameter mm
9.5
Liquid (OD)
Piping
connections
Gas
Drain
Heat Insulation
Air Filter
Safety devices
Standard Accessories
Type
Flare connection
Type
Diameter mm
Diameter mm
9.5
9.5
Flare connection
15.9
15.9
15.9
I.D. 20/O.D. 26
Heat resistant foamed polyethylene, regular foamed polyethylene
Resin net with mold resistance
Fan motor thermal protector
Installation and operation manual, Drain hose, Clamp metal, Insulation for fitting, Sealing Pads, Clamps, Washer
Nominal cooling capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 27°CDB, 19°CWB, outdoor temperature : 35°CDB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7,5m (horizontal)
Notes
Nominal heating capacities are based on : indoor temperature : 20°CDB, outdoor temperature : 7°CDB, 6°CWB,
equivalent refrigerant piping : 7.5m (horizontal)
Capacities are net, including a deduction for cooling (an addition for heating) for indoor fan motor heat.
Sound pressure levels are measured at 220V
26
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
BEV Units
11-1-1Technical Specifications
BEVQ71MAVE
BEVQ100MAVE
BEVQ125MAVE
Power input
(Nominal)
Cooling
kW
0.189
0.298
0.298
Heating
kW
0.169
0.278
0.278
Casing
Material
Dimensions
Packing
Galvanised steel plate
Height
mm
100
100
100
Width
mm
350
350
350
Depth
mm
225
225
225
Sound absorbing thermal insulation material
Weight
Unit
Liquid (OD)
Indoor Units
Gas
Liquid (OD)
Outdoor Unit
Suction gas
(OD)
Standard
Accessories
Item
Specifications
kg
Flame and heat resistant foamed polyetherene
3.0
Type
Diameter mm
9.5
Type
Diameter mm
15.9
9.5
9.5
15.9
15.9
Flare connection
9.5
Type
Diameter mm
3.5
Flare connection
Type
Diameter mm
3.0
Flare connection
9.5
9.5
Flare connection
15.9
15.9
15.9
Installation manual, Gas piping connections, Insulation for fitting, Sealing material, Clamps
27
Specifications
28
SiENBE34-802
Specifications
SiENBE34-802
Part 3
List of Electrical and
Functional Parts
1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts ...................................................30
1.1 Outdoor Unit ...........................................................................................30
1.2 Indoor Unit..............................................................................................32
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
29
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiENBE34-802
1. List of Electrical and Functional Parts
1.1
Outdoor Unit
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B
Item
Compressor
Fan motor
Functional
parts
Pressurerelated parts
Thermistor
Others
30
Name
Type
Output
Crankcase heater (INV)
Motor
Over-current relay
Electronic expansion Cooling
valve (Main)
Heating
Electronic expansion Cooling
valve (Subcool)
Heating
4 way valve
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (Unload circuit)
Inverter
Pressure switch (INV)
Pressure sensor (HP)
Pressure sensor (LP)
For outdoor air
For discharge pipe
For suction pipe 1
For subcooling heat
Main exchanger
PCB
For suction pipe 2
For heat exchanger
For liquid pipe 1
For liquid pipe 2
Fuse (A1P)
S1NPH
S1NPL
R1T
R2T
R3T
Model
5HP
6HP
JT1G-VDLYR
2.5kW
3.0kW
3.5kW
33W
0.07kW
3.2A
480pls
PI control
PI control
PI control
STF-0404G
TEV1620DQ2
TEV1620DQ2
ACB-4UB10
OFF: 4.0+0/-0.15MPa ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
PS8051A 0~4.15MPa
PS8051A –0.05~1.7MPa
3.5~360kΩ
5.0~640kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
A1P X17A
A1P X18A
A1P X11A
A1P X12A 1-2Pin
A1P X12A 3-4Pin
R4T
3.5~360kΩ
A1P X12A 5-6Pin
R5T
R6T
R7T
R8T
F1U
3.5~360kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
AC250V 6.3A Time lag fuse
A1P X12A 7-8Pin
A1P X13A 1-2Pin
A1P X13A 3-4Pin
A1P X13A 5-6Pin
—
Symbol
M1C
E1HC
M1F·M2F
—
Y1E
Y3E
Y1S
Y2S
Y3S
S1PH
4HP
Remark
(PCB terminal)
Relay
A2P X102A
A1P X28A
—
—
A1P X21A
A1P X22A
A1P X25A
A1P X26A
A1P X27A
A1P X32A
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiENBE34-802
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B
Item
Compressor
Fan motor
Functional
parts
Pressurerelated parts
Thermistor
Others
Name
Type
Output
Crankcase heater (INV)
Motor
Over-current relay
Electronic expansion Cooling
valve (Main)
Heating
Electronic expansion Cooling
valve (Subcool)
Heating
4 way valve
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (Unload circuit)
Inverter
Pressure switch (INV)
Pressure sensor (HP)
Pressure sensor (LP)
For outdoor air
For discharge pipe
For suction pipe 1
For heat exchanger
Main
PCB For suction pipe 2
For subcooling heat
exchanger
For liquid pipe 1
For liquid pipe 2
Fuse (A1P)
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
S1NPH
S1NPL
R1T
R2T
R3T
R4T
R5T
Model
5HP
6HP
JT100G-VDL
2.5kW
3.0kW
3.5kW
33W
0.07kW
3.2A
480pls
PI control
PI control
PI control
STF-0404G
TEV1620DQ2
TEV1620DQ2
ACB-4UB10
OFF: 4.0+0/-0.15MPa ON: 3.0±0.15MPa
PS8051A 0~4.15MPa
PS8051A –0.05~1.7MPa
3.5~360kΩ
5.0~640kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
A1P X17A
A1P X18A
A1P X11A
A1P X12A 1-2Pin
A1P X12A 3-4Pin
A1P X12A 5-6Pin
A1P X12A 7-8Pin
R6T
3.5~360kΩ
A1P X13A 1-2Pin
R7T
R8T
F1U
3.5~360kΩ
3.5~360kΩ
AC250V 6.3A Time lag fuse
A1P X13A 3-4Pin
A1P X13A 5-6Pin
—
Symbol
M1C
E1HC
M1F·M2F
—
Y1E
Y3E
Y1S
Y2S
Y3S
S1PH
4HP
Remark
(PCB terminal)
Relay
A1P
A1P X28A
—
—
A1P X21A
A1P X22A
A1P X25A
A1P X26A
A1P X27A
A1P X32A
31
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
1.2
SiENBE34-802
Indoor Unit
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol FXFQ20 FXFQ25 FXFQ32 FXFQ40 FXFQ50 FXFQ63 FXFQ80
PVE
PVE
PVE
PVE
PVE
PVE
PVE
Wired Remote Control
BRC1D52
Infrared remote
control
BRC7F532
M1F
Thermal Proctector : OFF : 108±5 (ON : 96±15)
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MP35HCA[3P007482-1]
Stepping Motor DC16V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
In PC board A4P or wired Remote Control
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-5 φ8 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-5 φ6 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Thermal Fuse
TFu
Transformer
T1R
—
—
FXFQ
125
PVE
Remark
Option
Fan Motor
Motors
FXFQ
100
PVE
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXCQ
20MV3
FXCQ
25MV3
FXCQ
32MV3
FXCQ
40MV3
FXCQ
50MV3
Wired Remote Control
BRC1D52
Infrared remote
control
BRC7C62
FXCQ
63MV3
FXCQ
80MV3
FXCQ
125
MV3
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ10W
1φ15W
Thermal Fuse 152°C
Motors
1φ20W
1φ30W
—
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MT8-L[3PA07509-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-6 φ4 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistors Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-6 φ8 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-5 φ6 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
Others
32
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
1φ85W
87°C : ON
Drain Pump
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
1φ50W
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiENBE34-802
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXZQ
20MV1
FXZQ
25MV1
FXZQ
32MV1
FXZQ
40MV1
Wired Remote Control
BRC1D52
Infrared remote
control
BRC7E530
FXZQ
50MV1
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ55W 4P
Thermal Fuse OFF : 130±5 / ON : 80±20
C1
4.0μ F 400VAC
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MP35HCA [3P080801-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601A-1 φ4 L250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-3 φ8 L630
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-3 φ6 L630
20kΩ (25°C)
Motors
Capacitor, fan motor
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXKQ
25MAVE
FXKQ
32MAVE
FXKQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote Control
BRC1D52
Infrared remote
control
BRC4C61
FXKQ
63MAVE
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ15W 4P
1φ20W 4P
Thermal Fuse 146°C
Motors
Thermal protector 120°C : OFF
ON
Drain Pump
M1P
AC 220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12200DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Swing Motor
M1S
MP35HCA [3P080801-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-13 φ4 L630
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistors Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-7 φ8 L1600
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-7 φ6 L1600
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
1φ45W 4P
105°C :
33
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiENBE34-802
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXDQ
20 PVE
FXDQ
25PVE
FXDQ
32PVE
FXDQ
40NAVE
Wired Remote Control
BRC1D52
Infrared remote
control
BRC4C62
FXDQ
50NAVE
FXDQ
63NAVE
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ62W
1φ130W
Thermal protector
130°C: OFF, 83°C: ON
Motors
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-1 φ4 L=250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-4 φ8 L=800
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-4 φ6 L=800
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211E
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
∗
∗
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXDQ
20M8V3B
FXDQ
25M8V3B
Wired Remote Control
BRC1D52
Infrared remote
control
BRC4C62
Remark
Option
AC 200~240V 50/60Hz
Motors
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ10W4P
Thermal protector
135°C: OFF, 87°C: ON
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-4 φ4 L=800
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistors Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-7 φ8 L=1600
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-6 φ6 L=1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
34
Fuse
F1U
250V 10A
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiENBE34-802
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXSQ
20
MV3
FXSQ
25
MV3
FXSQ
32
MV3
FXSQ
40
MV3
FXSQ
50
MV3
FXSQ
63
MV3
Wired Remote Control
BRC1D52
Infrared remote
control
BRC4C62
FXSQ
80
MV3
FXSQ
100
MV3
FXSQ
125
MV3
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
1φ50W
M1F
Motors
1φ65W
1φ125
W
1φ85W
Thermal protector
135°C : OFF 87°C : ON
Thermal Fuse 152°C
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal Fuse 145°C
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-4 φ4 L800
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistors Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-7 φ8 L1600
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-6 φ6 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
1φ225W
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXMQ
40PVE
FXMQ
50PVE
FXMQ
63PVE
FXMQ
80PVE
Wired Remote Control
BRC1C62
Infrared remote
control
BRC4C65
Fan Motor
M1F
DC280V 140W 8P
Drain Pump
M1P
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-3 φ L630
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistors Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-14 φ8 L1000
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
R2T
ST8602A-6 φ8 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
Fuse (A1P)
F1U
250V 3.15A
Fuse (A2P, A3P)
F3U·
F4U
250V 6.3A
Fuse (A2P)
F2U
Others
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
250V 5A
FXMQ
125PVE
Remark
DC373V 350W 8P
AC220-240V (50/60Hz)
PLD-12230DM
Thermal protector 145°C
Motors
FXMQ
100PVE
—
35
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiENBE34-802
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXHQ
32MAVE
FXHQ
63MAVE
Wired Remote Control
FXHQ
100MAVE
BRC1D52
Wireless Control
Remark
Option
BRC7E63W
AC 220~240V/220V 50Hz/60Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ63W
1φ130W
Thermal protector 130°C : OFF
Motors
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
80°C : ON
3.0μF-400V
9.0μF-400V
Swing Motor
M1S
MT8-L[3P058751-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601A-1 φ4 L250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-6 φ8 L = 1250
20kΩ (25°C)
ST8605-6 φ8 L = 1250
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-6 φ6 L = 1250
20kΩ (25°C)
ST8602A-6 φ6 L = 1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXAQ
20MAVE
FXAQ
25MAVE
FXAQ
32MAVE
FXAQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote Control
BRC1D52
Infrared remote
control
BRC7E618
FXAQ
50MAVE
FXAQ
63MAVE
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ40W
Swing Motor
M1S
MP24 [3SB40333-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-2 φ4 L400
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistors Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-2 φ8 L400
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602-2 φ6 L400
20kΩ (25°C)
Motors
Thermal protector 130°C : OFF
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
Others
36
1φ43W
80°C : ON
MSFBC20C21 [3SB40550-1]
AC200~240V
Float Switch
S1L
OPTION
Fuse
F1U
250V 5A φ5.2
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiENBE34-802
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXLQ
20MAVE
FXLQ
25MAVE
FXLQ
32MAVE
FXLQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote Control
BRC1D52
Infrared remote
control
BRC4C62
FXLQ
50MAVE
FXLQ
63MAVE
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Motors
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ15W
1φ25W
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
1.0μF-400V
0.5μF-400V
1.0μF-400V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-6 φ4 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-9 φ8 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-9 φ6 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
Others
1φ35W
120°C : ON
Fuse
F1U
AC250V 5A
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
1.5μF-400V
2.0μF-400V
FXNQ
50MAVE
FXNQ
63MAVE
Model
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
FXNQ
20MAVE
FXNQ
25MAVE
FXNQ
32MAVE
FXNQ
40MAVE
Wired Remote Control
BRC1D52
Infrared remote
control
BRC4C62
Remark
Option
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Motors
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ15W
1φ25W
Thermal protector 135°C : OFF
Capacitor for Fan Motor
C1R
1.0μF-400V
0.5μF-400V
1.0μF-400V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-6 φ4 L1250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Thermistors Exchanger High Temp.)
R3T
ST8605-9 φ8 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
R2T
ST8602A-9 φ6 L2500
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (for Heat
Exchanger)
Others
Fuse
F1U
AC250V 5A
Transformer
T1R
TR22H21R8
Parts Name
Remote
Control
Symbol
1φ35W
120°C : ON
1.5μF-400V
2.0μF-400V
Model
FXUQ71MAV1
FXUQ100MAV1
Wired Remote Control
FXUQ125MAV1
Remark
BRC1C62
Infrared remote
control
Option
BRC7C528W
AC 220~240V 50Hz
Fan Motor
M1F
1φ45W
1φ90W
Thermal protector 130°C
Motors
Thermistors
Others
Thermal protector 130°C : OFF
Drain Pump
M1P
AC220-240V (50Hz) AC220V (60Hz)
PJV-1426
Swing Motor
M1S
MT8-L[3PA07572-1]
AC200~240V
Thermistor (Suction Air)
R1T
ST8601-1 φ4 L=250
20kΩ (25°C)
Thermistor (Heat
Exchanger)
R2T
ST8602A-4 φ6 L=800
20kΩ (25°C)
Float Switch
S1L
FS-0211B
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
83°C : ON
37
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
38
SiENBE34-802
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
SiENBE34-802
Part 4
Refrigerant Circuit
1. Refrigerant Circuit .................................................................................40
1.1 Outdoor Unit .................................................................................40
2. Functional Parts Layout ........................................................................44
2.1 RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B .........................................................................44
2.2 RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B .........................................................................45
Refrigerant Circuit
39
Refrigerant Circuit
SiENBE34-802
1. Refrigerant Circuit
1.1
Outdoor Unit
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B
No. in
refrigerant Symbol
system
diagram
Major Function
A
M1C
Inverter compressor (INV)
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 36 Hz and 195 Hz by using
the inverter.
31 steps
D
M1F
M2F
Inverter fan
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 8-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
E
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EV1)
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
F
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcool: EV3)
Pl control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
G
Y2S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
H
Y3S
Solenoid valve (Unload circuit
SVUL)
Used to the unloading operation of compressor.
Y1S
Four way valve
Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating.
M
40
Name
N
S1NPH High pressure sensor
Used to detect high pressure.
O
S1NPL Low pressure sensor
Used to detect low pressure.
P
S1PH
HP pressure switch (For INV
compressor)
In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs, this
switch is activated at high pressure of 4.0 MPa or more to stop the compressor
operation.
T
—
Pressure regulating valve 1
(Receiver to discharge pipe)
This valve opens at a pressure of 4.0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase, thus
resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in
transportation or storage.
1
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others.
2
R2T
Thermistor (INV discharge
pipe: Tdi)
used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection control of
compressor, and others.
3
R3T
Thermistor
(Suction pipe1: Ts1)
used to detect suction pipe temperature, keep the suction superheated degree
constant in heating operation, and others.
4
R4T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
Used to control of subcooling electronic expansion valve.
5
R5T
Thermistor
(Suction pipe2: Ts2)
Used to the calculation of an internal temperature of compressor etc.
6
R6T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
deicer: Tb)
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger, determine defrosting
operation, and others.
7
R7T
Thermistor
(Liquid pipe1: Tl1)
Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others.
8
R8T
Thermistor
(Liquid pipe2: Tl2)
Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others.
Refrigerant Circuit
Refrigerant Circuit
Filter
Compressor
A
H
Solenoid valve
Filter
Low pressure
sensor
O
3
Capillary tube
High pressure
switch P
Pressure regulating valve
T
Electronic
expansion valve
E
Stop valve (With service port on field piping side ø 7.9 mm flare connection)
Accumulator
5
Filter
4
Subcooling heat
exchanger
Double pipe
heat exchanger
Service port
Capillary
tube
7
F
Filter
High pressure
sensor
N
D
D
Four way
valve
M
Heat exchanger
2
Capillary tube
Filter
Oil seperator
Electronic expansion valve
1
Service port
6
G
Solenoid valve
8
SiENBE34-802
Refrigerant Circuit
C : 3D052628
41
Refrigerant Circuit
SiENBE34-802
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B
No. in
refrigerant
Symbol
system
diagram
Major Function
A
M1C
Inverter compressor (INV)
Inverter compressor is operated on frequencies between 36 Hz and 195 Hz by using
the inverter.
31 steps
D
M1F
M2F
Inverter fan
Since the system is of air heat exchanging type, the fan is operated at 8-step rotation
speed by using the inverter.
E
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
(Main: EV1)
While in heating operation, PI control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree
of air heat exchanger constant.
F
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve
(Subcool: EV3)
Pl control is applied to keep the outlet superheated degree of subcooling heat
exchanger constant.
G
Y2S
Solenoid valve (Hot gas: SVP) Used to prevent the low pressure from transient falling.
Y3S
Solenoid valve (Unload circuit
SVUL)
Used to the unloading operation of compressor.
Y1S
Four way valve
Used to switch the operation mode between cooling and heating.
H
M
42
Name
N
S1NPH High pressure sensor
Used to detect high pressure.
O
S1NPL Low pressure sensor
Used to detect low pressure.
P
S1PH
HP pressure switch (For INV
compressor)
In order to prevent the increase of high pressure when a malfunction occurs, this
switch is activated at high pressure of 4.0 MPa or more to stop the compressor
operation.
T
—
Pressure regulating valve 1
(Receiver to discharge pipe)
This valve opens at a pressure of 4.0 MPa for prevention of pressure increase, thus
resulting in no damage of functional parts due to the increase of pressure in
transportation or storage.
1
R1T
Thermistor (Outdoor air: Ta)
Used to detect outdoor temperature, correct discharge pipe temperature, and others.
2
R2T
Thermistor (INV discharge
pipe: Tdi)
used to detect discharge pipe temperature, make the temperature protection control of
compressor, and others.
3
R3T
Thermistor
(Suction pipe1: Ts1)
used to detect suction pipe temperature, keep the suction superheated degree
constant in heating operation, and others.
4
R4T
Thermistor (Heat exchanger
deicer: Tb)
Used to detect liquid pipe temperature of air heat exchanger, determine defrosting
operation, and others.
5
R5T
Thermistor
(Suction pipe2: Ts2)
Used to the calculation of an internal temperature of compressor etc.
6
R6T
Thermistor (Subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe: Tsh)
Used to control of subcooling electronic expansion valve.
7
R7T
Thermistor
(Liquid pipe1: Tl1)
Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others.
8
R8T
Thermistor
(Liquid pipe2: Tl2)
Used to detect refrigerant over charge in check operation, and others.
Refrigerant Circuit
Filter
Refrigerant Circuit
Capillary
tube
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid valve
Filter
Low pressure
sensor
High pressure
switch
Capillary tube
Pressure regulating valve
Electronic
expansion valve
Stop valve (With service port on field piping side ø 7.9 mm flare connection)
Accumulator
Subcooling heat
exchanger
Double pipe
heat exchanger
Service port
Electronic expansion valve
Filter
Service port
Solenoid valve
High pressure
sensor
Four way
valve
Heat exchanger
Capillary tube
Filter
SiENBE34-802
Refrigerant Circuit
C : 3D052712
43
Functional Parts Layout
SiENBE34-802
2. Functional Parts Layout
2.1
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B
Birds-eye view
PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
LEAD WIRE
S1NPH
(CONNECTOR COLOR : RED)
(LOW VOLTAGE)
THERMISTOR
(SUBCOOLING GAS PIPE)
RXYSQ-PA7Y1B : R4T
(CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE)
R3T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 1)
(MARKING COLOR : RED)
SOLENOID VALVE LEAD WIRE
Y2S
Y1S 4 WAY VALVE LEAD WIRE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLACK)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
THERMISTOR (SUCTION 2)
R5T
S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE)
(MARKING COLOR : GREEN)
SOLENOID VALVE LEAD WIRE
Y3S
(CONNECTOR COLOR : PINK)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
PRESSURE SWITCH LEAD
WIRE
S1PH
(CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE)
THERMISTOR (DISCHARGE)
R2T
Y1E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE)
CRANKCASE HEATER LEAD WIRE
E1HC
R7T THERMISTOR (LIQUID PIPE 1)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : GRAY)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
Y3E ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
(MARKING COLOR : BLUE)
44
Refrigerant Circuit
SiENBE34-802
2.2
Functional Parts Layout
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B
Birds-eye view
Y2S SOLENOID VALVE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLACK)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
S1NPH PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH) LEAD WIRE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : RED)
(LOW VOLTAGE)
Y1S 4 WAY VALVE LEAD WIRE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
R3T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 1)
(MARKING COLOR : RED)
R5T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 2)
(MARKING COLOR : GREEN)
S1NPL PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE)
Y3S SOLENOID VALVE LEAD WIRE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : PINK)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
S1PH PRESSURE SWITCH LEAD WIRE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE)
R2T THERMISTOR (DISCHARGE)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE)
Y1E ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE
E1HC CRANKCASE HEATER LEAD WIRE
(CONNECTOR COLOR : GRAY)
(HIGH VOLTAGE)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE)
Y3E ELECTRIC EXPANSION VALVE
(MARKING COLOR : BLUE)
R7T THERMISTOR (LIQUID PIPE 1)
(MARKING COLOR : BLUE)
Refrigerant Circuit
45
Functional Parts Layout
SiENBE34-802
Back view
R6T THERMISTOR (SUBCOOLING)
(MARKING COLOR : WHITE)
R3T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 1)
(MARKING COLOR : RED)
R5T THERMISTOR (SUCTION 2)
(MARKING COLOR : GREEN)
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR)
(MARKING COLOR : YELLOW)
R8T THERMISTOR (LIQUID PIPE 2)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : WHITE)
R4T THERMISTOR (HEAT EXCHANGER)
R7T THERMISTOR (LIQUID PIPE 1)
(CONNECTOR COLOR : BLUE)
(MARKING COLOR : BLUE)
46
Refrigerant Circuit
SiENBE34-802
Part 5
Function
1. Operation Mode ....................................................................................48
2. Basic Control.........................................................................................49
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Normal Operation ...................................................................................49
Compressor PI Control...........................................................................50
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control...................................................51
Cooling Operation Fan Control...............................................................52
3. Special Control......................................................................................53
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Startup Control .......................................................................................53
Oil Return Operation ..............................................................................54
Defrosting Operation ..............................................................................56
Pump-down Residual Operation ............................................................57
Restart Standby......................................................................................58
Stopping Operation ................................................................................59
4. Protection Control .................................................................................60
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
High Pressure Protection Control...........................................................60
Low Pressure Protection Control............................................................61
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................................................62
Inverter Protection Control .....................................................................63
5. Other Control.........................................................................................64
5.1 Demand Operation .................................................................................64
5.2 Heating Operation Prohibition ................................................................64
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit) .............................................................65
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
Function
Drain Pump Control................................................................................65
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt..............................................67
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control...................................................68
Freeze Prevention ..................................................................................70
View of Operations of Swing Flaps ........................................................71
Electronic Expansion Valve Control .......................................................72
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)........................................72
47
Operation Mode
SiENBE34-802
1. Operation Mode
Operation in
stop mode
Indoor unit stop or
thermostat OFF
Indoor unit thermostat ON
Malfunction/Standby
Restart standby
(Compressor stop)
Pressure
equalization
prior to startup
Malfunction /
Standby
Indoor unit stop or
thermostat OFF
Startup control
• Cooling startup
control
• Heating startup
control
Indoor unit thermostat ON
Pump-down
residual
operation
Malfunction/Standby
Indoor unit stop or
thermostat OFF
Normal operation
• Compressor PI control
• Electronic expansion
valve PI control
• Protection control
Cooling or heating
operation
Malfunction /
Standby
Oil return IN
conditions are met.
Yes
Oil return operation
No
Defrost IN
conditions are met.
Yes
Defrosting operation
No
Operation
mode change
No
Yes
Note:
In the event indoor unit stops or the thermostat
turns OFF while in oil return operation or
defrosting operation, pump-down residual
operation is performed on completion of the oil
return operation or defrosting operation.
(V3152)
48
Function
SiENBE34-802
Basic Control
2. Basic Control
2.1
Normal Operation
„ Cooling Operation
Actuator
Operation
Compressor
Compressor PI control
Outdoor unit fan
Four way valve
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
Subcooling electronic expansion valve
(EV3)
Cooling fan control
OFF
480 pls
Remarks
Used for high pressure protection control, low
pressure protection control, discharge pipe
temperature protection control, and compressor
operating frequency upper limit control with
inverter protection control.
⎯
⎯
⎯
PI control
⎯
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
This valve turns on with low pressure protection
control.
„ Heating Operation
Actuator
Operation
Compressor
Compressor PI control
Outdoor unit fan
Four way valve
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
Subcooling electronic expansion valve
(EV3)
STEP 7 or 8
ON
PI control
Remarks
Used for high pressure protection control, low
pressure protection control, discharge pipe
temperature protection control, and compressor
operating frequency upper limit control with
inverter protection control.
⎯
⎯
⎯
PI control
⎯
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
This valve turns on with low pressure protection
control.
HHeating operation is not functional at an outdoor air temperature of 24°CDB or more.
Function
49
Basic Control
SiENBE34-802
2.2 Compressor PI Control
Compressor PI Control
Carries out the compressor capacity PI control to maintain Te at constant during cooling
operation and Tc at constant during heating operation to ensure stable unit performance.
[Cooling operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Te to
achieve target value (TeS).
Te setting (Set in Set-up mode 2)
L
M (Normal)
H
(factory
setting)
3
6
9
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
(°C)
TeS : Target Te value
(Varies depending on Te setting, operating
frequency, etc.)
[Heating operation]
Controls compressor capacity to adjust Tc to
achieve target value (TcS).
Tc setting
L
M (Normal)
H
(factory
setting)
43
46
49
RXYSQ4 · 5 · 6PA
STn INV(Fullload) INV(Unload)
1
36.0Hz
2
39.0Hz
3
43.0Hz
4
47.0Hz
5
52.0Hz
6
52.0Hz
57.0Hz
7
57.0Hz
64.0Hz
8
62.0Hz
71.0Hz
9
68.0Hz
78.0Hz
10
74.0Hz
∗
50
STn
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Tc : High pressure equivalent saturation temperature
(°C)
TcS : Target Tc value
(Varies depending on Tc setting, operating
frequency, etc.)
INV(Fullload) INV(Unload)
80.0Hz
86.0Hz
92.0Hz
98.0Hz
104.0Hz
110.0Hz
116.0Hz
122.0Hz
128.0Hz
134.0Hz
STn
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
INV(Fullload) INV(Unload)
140.0Hz
146.0Hz
152.0Hz
158.0Hz
164.0Hz
170.0Hz
175.0Hz
180.0Hz
185.0Hz
190.0Hz
195.0Hz
Compressors may operate in a pattern other than those listed in above tables subject to the operating conditions.
Selection of full load operation to/from unload operation is made with the unload circuit solenoid valve
(Y3S=SVUL). The full load operation is performed with the SVUL set to OFF, while the unload operation is
performed with the SVUL set to ON.
Function
SiENBE34-802
2.3
Basic Control
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control
Main Electronic Expansion Valve EV1 Control
Carries out the electronic expansion valve (Y1E) PI control to maintain the evaporator outlet
superheated degree (SH) at constant during heating operation to make maximum use of the
outdoor unit heat exchanger (evaporator).
SH = Ts1 - Te
SH : Evaporator outlet superheated degree (°C)
Ts1 : Suction pipe temperature detected by
thermistor R3T (°C)
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
(°C)
The optimum initial value of the evaporator outlet superheated degree is 3°C, but varies
depending on the discharge pipe superheated degree of inverter compressor.
Subcooling Electronic Expansion Valve EV3 Control
Makes PI control of the electronic expansion valve (Y3E) to keep the superheated degree (SH)
of the outlet gas pipe on the evaporator side for the full use of the subcooling heat exchanger.
SH = Tsh -Te
Function
SH : Outlet superheated degree of evaporator (°C)
Tsh : Suction pipe temperature detected with the
thermistor R4T (°C)
Te : Low pressure equivalent saturation temperature
(°C)
51
Basic Control
2.4
SiENBE34-802
Cooling Operation Fan Control
In cooling operation with low outdoor air temperature, this control is used to provide the
adequate amount of circulation air with liquid pressure secured by high pressure control using
outdoor unit fan.
Furthermore, when outdoor temperature ≥ 20°C, the compressor will run in Step 7 or higher.
When outdoor temperature ≥ 18°C, it will run in Step 5 or higher.
When outdoor temperature ≥ 12°C, it will run in Step 1 or higher.
Upper limit of fan
revolutions: Step 8
Pc<2.75MPa
Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value
Pc>3.24MPa
Upper limit of outdoor unit
fan revolutions
Step 7
PI control
Lapse of 20 sec.
PI control
Hold the
-1 step on
+1 step on
current step on
outdoor unit fan
outdoor
unit fan
outdoor unit fan
PI control
Lapse of 20 sec.
Fan Steps
52
Cooling
M1F
M2F
STEP0
0 rpm
0 rpm
STEP1
250 rpm
0 rpm
STEP2
400 rpm
0 rpm
STEP3
285 rpm
250 rpm
STEP4
360 rpm
325 rpm
STEP5
445 rpm
410 rpm
STEP6
580 rpm
545 rpm
STEP7
715 rpm
680 rpm
STEP8
850 rpm
815 rpm
Function
SiENBE34-802
Special Control
3. Special Control
3.1 Startup Control
This control is used to equalize the pressure in the front and back of the compressor prior to the startup of the
compressor, thus reducing startup loads. Furthermore, the inverter is turned ON to charge the capacitor.
In addition, to avoid stresses to the compressor due to oil return or else after the startup, the following control is made
and the position of the four way valve is also determined. To position the four way valve, the master and slave units
simultaneously start up.
3.1.1 Startup Control in Cooling Operation
Thermostat ON
Startup control
Pressure equalization control
prior to startup
STEP1
STEP2
Compressor
0 Hz
57 Hz Unload
57 Hz Unload
+2 steps/20 sec.
(until Pc - Pe>0.39MPa is achieved)
Outdoor unit fan
STEP7
Ta<20°C: OFF
Ta≥20°C: STEP4
+1 step/15 sec. (when Pc>2.16MPa)
-1 step/15 sec. (when Pc<1.77MPa)
Four way valve (20S1)
Holds
OFF
OFF
Main electronic expansion
valve (EV1)
0 pls
480 pls
480 pls
Subcooling electronic
expansion valve (EV3)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve
(SVP)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
OR
A lapse of 10 sec.
OR
• Pc - Pe<0.3MPa
• A lapse of 1 to 5 min.
• A lapse of 130 sec.
• Pc - Pe>0.39MPa
3.1.2 Startup Control in Heating Operation
Thermostat ON
Startup control
Pressure equalization control
prior to startup
STEP1
STEP2
Compressor
0 Hz
57 Hz Unload
57 Hz Unload
+2 steps/20 sec.
(until Pc - Pe>0.39MPa is achieved)
Outdoor unit fan
From starting
~ 1 min. : STEP 7
1 ~ 3 min. : STEP 3
3 ~ 5 min. : OFF
STEP8
STEP8
Four way valve
Holds
ON
ON
Main electronic expansion
valve (EV1)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Subcooling electronic
expansion valve (EV3)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve
(SVP)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
OR
A lapse of 10 sec.
OR
Function
• Pc - Pe<0.3MPa
• A lapse of 1 to 5 min.
• A lapse of 130 sec.
• Pc>2.70MPa
• Pc - Pe>0.39MPa
53
Special Control
3.2
SiENBE34-802
Oil Return Operation
In order to prevent the compressor from running out of oil, the oil return operation is conducted to recover oil flown out
from the compressor to the system side.
3.2.1 Oil Return Operation in Cooling Operation
[Start conditions]
Referring to the set conditions for the following items, start the oil return operation in cooling.
• Cumulative oil feed rate
• Timer setting (Make this setting so as to start the oil return operation when the initial cumulative operating time
reaches two hours after power supply is turned ON and then every eight hours.)
Furthermore, the cumulative oil feed rate is computed from Tc, Te, and compressor loads.
Outdoor unit actuator
Oil return preparation
operation
Oil return operation
Post-oil-return operation
Compressor
Hz Full load
Take the current step as the 52
(→
Low pressure constant
upper limit.
control)
Outdoor unit fan
Fan control (Normal cooling) Fan control (Normal cooling) Fan control (Normal cooling)
Four way valve
OFF
OFF
OFF
Main electronic expansion valve
(EV1)
480 pls
480 pls
480 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion
valve (EV3)
SH control
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
20 sec.
or
Indoor unit actuator
Thermostat ON unit
Fan
Electronic expansion valve
54
• 3 min.
• Ts - Te<5°C
Same as the “oil return
operation” mode.
or
• 3 min.
• Pe<0.6MPa
• HTdi>110°C
Cooling oil return operation
Remote Control setting
Stopping unit
OFF
Thermostat OFF unit
Remote Control setting
Thermostat ON unit
Normal opening
Stopping unit
224 pls
Thermostat OFF unit
Normal opening with forced thermostat ON
Function
SiENBE34-802
Special Control
3.2.2 Oil Return Operation in Heating Operation
[Conditions to start]
The heating oil-returning operation is started referring following conditions.
„ Integrated amount of displaced oil
„ Timer
(After the power is turned on, integrated operating-time is 2 hours and subsequently every 8
hours.)
In addition, integrated amount of displaced oil is derived from Tc, Te, and the compressor
load.
Outdoor Unit Actuator
Oil return preparation
operation
Oil return operation
Post-oil-return operation
Compressor
Upper limit control
140 Hz Full load
2-step increase from
36 Hz Unload to
(Pc - Pe>0.4 MPa)
every 20 sec.
Outdoor unit fan
STEP8
OFF
STEP8
Four way valve
ON
OFF
ON
Main electronic expansion valve
(EV1)
SH control
480 pls
55 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion
valve (EV3)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
2 min.
or
• 12 min.
&{• Ts1 - Te<5°C
• Tb>11°C
or
• 160 sec.
• Pc - Pe>0.4MPa
* From the preparing oil-returning operation to the oil-returning operation, and from the oilreturning operation to the operation after oil-returning, the compressor stops for 1 minute to
reduce noise on changing of the four way valve.
Indoor unit actuator
Fan
Electronic expansion valve
Function
Heating oil return operation
Thermostat ON unit
OFF
Stopping unit
OFF
Thermostat OFF unit
OFF
Thermostat ON unit
416 pls
Stopping unit
256 pls
Thermostat OFF unit
416 pls
55
Special Control
SiENBE34-802
3.3 Defrosting Operation
The defrost operation is performed to solve frost on the outdoor unit heat exchanger when
heating, and the heating capacity is recovered.
[Conditions to start]
The defrost operation is started referring following conditions.
„ Outdoor heat exchanger heat transfer co-efficiency
„ Temperature of heat-exchange (Tb)
„ Timer (2 hours at the minimum)
In addition, outdoor heat-exchange co-efficiency is derived from Tc, Te, and the compressor
load.
Defrost preparation
operation
Outdoor unit actuator
Compressor
Upper limit control
Defrost operation
Post Defrost operation
2-step increase from
36 Hz Unload to
(Pc - Pe>0.4 MPa)
every 20 sec.
140 Hz Full load
Outdoor unit fan
STEP8
OFF
STEP8
Four way valve
ON
OFF
ON
Main electronic expansion valve
(EV1)
SH control
480 pls
55 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion
valve (EV3)
0 pls
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
ON
ON
Ending conditions
2 min.
or
• 15 min.
&{• Tb>11°C
• Ts1 - Te<5°C
or
• 160 sec.
• Pc - Pe>0.4MPa
* From the preparing operation to the defrost operation, and from the defrost operation to the
operation after defrost, the compressor stops for 1 minute to reduce noise on changing of the
four way valve.
Indoor unit actuator
Fan
Electronic expansion valve
56
Heating oil return operation
Thermostat ON unit
OFF
Stopping unit
OFF
Thermostat OFF unit
OFF
Thermostat ON unit
416 pls
Stopping unit
256 pls
Thermostat OFF unit
416 pls
Function
SiENBE34-802
Special Control
3.4 Pump-down Residual Operation
When activating compressor, if the liquid refrigerant remains in the heat-exchanger, the liquid
enters into the compressor and dilutes oil therein resulting in decrease of lubricity.
Therefore, the pump-down residual operation is performed to collect the refrigerant in the heatexchanger when the compressor is down.
3.4.1 Pump-down Residual Operation in Cooling Operation
Actuator
Pump-down residual operation Step 1
Pump-down residual operation Step 2
Compressor
124 Hz Full load
52 Hz Full load
Outdoor unit fan
Fan control
Fan control
Four way valve
OFF
OFF
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
480 pls
240 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve
(EV3)
0 pls
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
OFF
Ending conditions
2 sec.
2 sec.
3.4.2 Pump-down Residual Operation in Heating Operation
Actuator
Compressor
Pump-down residual operation
124 Hz Full load
Outdoor unit fan
STEP7
Four way valve
ON
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
0 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve
(EV3)
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
Ending conditions
4 sec.
Function
57
Special Control
3.5
SiENBE34-802
Restart Standby
Restart is stood by force to prevent frequent power-on/off and to equalize pressure in the
refrigerant system.
Actuator
Operation
Remarks
Compressor
OFF
⎯
Outdoor unit fan
Ta>30°C: STEP4
Ta≤30°C: OFF
⎯
Four way valve
Keep former condition.
⎯
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
0 pls
⎯
Subcooling electronic expansion valve
(EV3)
0 pls
⎯
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
⎯
Ending conditions
2 min.
⎯
58
Function
SiENBE34-802
3.6
Special Control
Stopping Operation
Operation of the actuator when the system is down, is cleared up.
3.6.1 When System is in Stop Mode
Actuator
Operation
Compressor
OFF
Outdoor unit fan
OFF
Four way valve
Keep former condition.
Main electronic expansion valve (EV1)
0 pls
Subcooling electronic expansion valve (EV3)
0 pls
Hot gas bypass valve (SVP)
OFF
Ending conditions
Indoor unit thermostat is turned ON.
Function
59
Protection Control
SiENBE34-802
4. Protection Control
4.1 High Pressure Protection Control
This high pressure protection control is used to prevent the activation of protection devices due
to abnormal increase of high pressure and to protect compressors against the transient
increase of high pressure.
[In cooling operation]
Pc>3.47MPa
High pressure not limited
Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value
INV upper limit frequency=Max
High pressure limited
INV upper limit frequency :
3-step down from current
compressor frequency
After 10 sec.
Pc>3.47MPa
Keeping the current step
Pc<3.23MPa
After 15 sec.
INV upper limit frequency :
1-step up from current
compressor frequency
Pc>3.64MPa
When occurring 10 times within 60
minutes, HPS is activated without high
pressure standby, thus outputting the
malfunction code "E3".
High pressure
standby
[In heating operation]
High-pressure drop
Pc>3.04MPa
High pressure not limited
Pc: HP pressure sensor detection value
Pc<2.89MPa
High pressure limited
INV upper limit frequency :
1-step down from current
compressor frequency
After 10 sec.
Pc>3.04MPa
Keeping the current step
Pc<2.94MPa
After 60 sec.
INV upper limit frequency :
1-step up from current
compressor frequency
Pc>3.64MPa
High pressure
standby
60
When occurring 10 times within 60
minutes, HPS is activated without
high pressure standby, thus
outputting the malfunction code "E3".
Function
SiENBE34-802
Protection Control
Low Pressure Protection Control
4.2
This low pressure protection control is used to protect compressors against the transient
decrease of low pressure.
[In cooling operation]
Low pressure not limited
Pe: LP pressure sensor detection
value
Pe<0.25MPa
Pe>0.39MPa
Low pressure
limited
Hot gas SVP = OFF
Pe<0.15MPa
Pe>0.30MPa
36Hz Unload
Hot gas SVP = ON
Pe<0.07MPa
Low pressure
standby
When occurring 3 times within 30 min.,
the malfunction code "E4" is output.
[In heating operation]
Pe: LP pressure sensor detection
value
Pe<0.17MPa
Low pressure not limited
• Pe>0.09MPa
or
• Ts-Teg<8deg
&
• Pe>0.06MPa
Low pressure limited
INV upper limit frequency :
3-step down from current
compressor frequency
Pe<0.17MPa
After 10 sec.
Hot gas SVP = OFF
Current step limited
After 15 sec.
Pe>0.20MPa
INV upper limit frequency :
1-step up from current
compressor frequency
Pe<0.12MPa
Pe>0.17MPa
Hot gas SVP = ON
Pe< 0.07MPa
Low pressure
standby
Function
When occurring 3 times within 30 min.,
the malfunction code "E4" is output.
61
Protection Control
4.3
SiENBE34-802
Discharge Pipe Protection Control
This discharge pipe protection control is used to protect the compressor internal temperature
against a malfunction or transient increase of discharge pipe temperature.
[INV compressor]
Discharge pipe protection
control not limited
or
HTdi : Value of INV compressor discharge pipe
temperature (Tdi) compensated with outdoor
air temperature
Tp : Value of compressor port temperature
calculated by Tc and Te, and suction
superheated degree.
HTdi>115°C
Tp>135°C
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step down from current
compressor frequency
&
HTdi<100°C
Tp<110°C
After 30 sec.
or
HTdi>115°C
Tp>135°C
&
HTdi>130°C
HTdi>120°C
or for 90 sec.
or more.
In discharge pipe temp.
protection control
INV upper limit frequency: 1-step up
from current compressor frequency
After 20 sec.
36 Hz Unload
or
HTdi>135°C
HTdi>120°C for 10 min. or more.
Discharge pipe
temperature standby
62
HTdi<110°C
Tp<125°C
When occurring 3 times within 100 minutes,
the malfunction code “F3” is output.
Function
SiENBE34-802
4.4
Protection Control
Inverter Protection Control
Inverter current protection control and inverter fin temperature control are performed to prevent
tripping due to a malfunction, or transient inverter overcurrent, and fin temperature increase.
[Inverter overcurrent protection control]
Not limited
& • Inverter current ⱕ 12A
• INV upper limit frequency=max Hz
Inverter current >12A
Limited
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step down from current
compressor frequency
• 10 sec.
& • Matching of frequency
Inverter current > 12A
Status quo
Inverter current ⱕ 12A
continues for 3 min.
Without conditions
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step up from current
compressor frequency
Inverter current ⱖ 13.1A continues for 260 sec.
Inverter current
standby
• When occurring 4 times within 60 min.,
the malfunction code “L8” is output.
[Inverter fin temperature control]
Not limited
• Tfin < 76°C
& •INV upper limit frequency=max Hz
Tfin ⱖ 79°C
Limited
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step down from current
compressor frequency
&
Tfin ⱖ 79°C
•10 sec.
•Macthing of frequency
Status quo
Tfin ⱕ 76°C
continues for 3 min.
Without conditions
INV upper limit frequency:
1-step up from current
compressor frequency
Tfin ⱖ 84°C
Fin temp. standby
Function
• When occurring 4 times within 60 min.,
the malfunction code “L4” is output.
63
Other Control
SiENBE34-802
5. Other Control
5.1 Demand Operation
In order to save the power consumption, the capacity of outdoor unit is saved with control
forcibly by using “Demand 1 Setting”.
To operate the unit with this mode, additional setting of “Continuous Demand Setting”.
[Demand 1 setting]
Setting
Demand 1 setting 1
Demand 1 setting 2 (factory setting)
Demand 1 setting 3
Standard for upper limit of power consumption
Approx. 60%
Approx. 70%
Approx. 80%
H Other protection control functions have precedence over the above operation.
5.2
Heating Operation Prohibition
Heating operation is prohibited above 24°CDB outdoor air temperature.
64
Function
SiENBE34-802
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6. Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
6.1 Drain Pump Control
1. The drain pump is controlled by the ON/OFF buttons (4 button (1) - (4) given in the figure
below).
6.1.1 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
ON:
Remote control “A3” flashing
malfunction stop
ON
Thermostat
(running)
OFF
ON
Float switch
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min.
*1) Residual operation
5 min. 5 sec.
Malfunction residual
(VL008)
∗ 1. The objective of residual operation is to completely drain any moisture adhering to the fin of
the indoor unit heat exchanger when the thermostat goes off during cooling operation.
6.1.2 When the Float Switch is Tripped while the Cooling Thermostat is
OFF:
Enters malfunction treatment if the float switch is not reset within 5 minutes.
ON
Remote control "A3" flashing malfunction stop
Termostat
(running) OFF
ON
Float switch
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5min
Function
5 sec
5min
5 sec
(VL009)
65
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
SiENBE34-802
6.1.3 When the Float Switch is Tripped During Heating Operation:
Thermostat
(running)
ON
Remote control “A3” flashing malfunction stop
OFF
ON
Humidifier
OFF
Reset
ON
Float switch
OFF
ON
Drain pump
OFF
5 min.
5 sec.
5 min.
(VL010)
During heating operation, if the float switch is not reset even after the 5 minutes operation, 5
seconds stop, 5 minutes operation cycle ends, operation continues until the switch is reset.
6.1.4 When the Float Switch is Tripped and “AF” is Displayed on the
Remote Control:
Enters malfunction treatment
if the float switch is not reset
within 5 minutes.
Remote control “A3” flashing
malfunction stop
“AF” display (running)
Remote control
display
ON
Float switch
OFF
1st time
2nd time
3rd time
4th time
5th time
ON
Drain pump
OFF
*1 = 5 min.
Note:
66
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
(VL011)
If the float switch is tripped five times in succession, a drain malfunction is determined to have
occurred. “AF” is then displayed as operation continues.
Function
SiENBE34-802
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt
6.2
We have added a control feature that allows you to select the range of in which air direction can
be adjusted in order to prevent the ceiling surrounding the air discharge outlet of ceiling
mounted cassette type units from being soiled. (This feature is available on double flow, multiflow and corner types.)
Existing position
P0
P1
P2
P3
P4
Ceiling soiling prevention
position
Standard Setting position
Draft prevention position
(Not for Multi flow type)
P0
P0
P1
P1
P3
P4
P4
P4'
P0
P1
P2
P2
P0'
P1'
P2'
P2
Draft
prevention
position
P0
P4
P3'
P3
P4
P0''
P1''
P2''
P3''
P4''
Same as existing position
Range of direction adjustment
Standard
position
Prohibited
P0'
P1'
P2'
P3'
P4'
Separated into 5 positions
(P1 - 4)
Range of direction adjustment
Dirt
prevention
position
Prohibited
The factory set position is standard position.
Function
P0''
P1''
P2''
P3''
P4''
Separated into 5 positions
(P2 - 4)
(VL012)
67
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
SiENBE34-802
6.3 Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control
Temperature is controlled by both the thermostat sensor in Remote Control and air suction
thermostat in the indoor unit. (This is however limited to when the field setting for the thermostat
sensor in Remote Control is set to “Use.” )
Cooling
If there is a significant difference in the preset temperature and the suction temperature, fine
adjustment control is carried out using a body thermostat sensor, or using the sensor in the
Remote Control near the position of the user when the suction temperature is near the preset
temperature.
Preset temperature
(Ts)
Suction temperature (TH1)
Range in which thermostat
sensor in remote control can
be used
Range in which body thermostat sensor can be used
Differential
(VG003)
„ Ex: When cooling
Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the suction
temperature has changed from 18°C to 30°C (A → F):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 23°C (A → C).
Remote Control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 27°C (C → E).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 27°C to 30°C (E → F).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 30°C to 18°C (F → A):
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 30°C to 25°C (F → D).
Remote Control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 21°C (D → B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 21°C to 18°C (B → A).
68
Function
SiENBE34-802
Heating
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
When heating, the hot air rises to the top of the room, resulting in the temperature being lower
near the floor where the occupants are. When controlling by body thermostat sensor only, the
unit may therefore be turned off by the thermostat before the lower part of the room reaches the
preset temperature. The temperature can be controlled so the lower part of the room where the
occupants are doesn’t become cold by widening the range in which thermostat sensor in
Remote Control can be used so that suction temperature is higher than the preset temperature.
Preset temperature
(Ts)
Suction temperature (TH1)
Range in which thermostat
sensor in remote control can
be used
Range in which body
thermostat sensor can be
used
Differential
(V2769)
„ Ex: When heating
Assuming the preset temperature in the figure above is 24°C, and the suction
temperature has changed from 18°C to 28°C (A → D):
(This example also assumes there are several other air conditioners, the VRV system is off, and
that temperature changes even when the thermostat sensor is off.)
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 18°C to 25°C (A → C).
Remote Control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 25°C to 28°C (C → D).
And, assuming suction temperature has changed from 28°C to 18°C (D → A):
Remote Control thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 28°C to 23°C (D → B).
Body thermostat sensor is used for temperatures from 23°C to 18°C (B → A).
Function
69
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
SiENBE34-802
6.4 Freeze Prevention
Freeze
Prevention by Off
Cycle (Indoor
Unit)
When the temperature detected by liquid pipe temperature thermistor (R2T) of the indoor unit
heat exchanger drops too low, the unit enters freeze prevention operation in accordance with
the following conditions, and is also set in accordance with the conditions given below.
Conditions for starting freeze prevention: Temperature is –1°C or less for total of 40 min., or
temperature is –5°C or less for total of 10 min.
Conditions for stopping freeze prevention: Temperature is +7°C or more for 10 min.
continuously
Ex: Case where temperature is –5°C or less for total of 10 min.
10 min.
+ 7 °C
+ 0 °C
- 5 °C
Freeze prevention operation
10 min.
Freeze OFF by thermostat
(VG005)
70
Function
SiENBE34-802
6.5
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
View of Operations of Swing Flaps
Swing flaps work as following.
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
LL
LL
LL
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Flap control
FXCQ
FXKQ
FXHQ
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Setting the wind direction
LL
Level
Level
Level
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
OFF
OFF
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
L*1
Swinging
Swinging
Swinging
Fan
Hot-start from
defrosting
Heating
Defrosting
Thermostat is off
Hot-start from the
state that the
thermostat is off
Cooling
Halt
Thermostat of
microcomputer-dry
is on
Thermostat of
microcomputer-dry
is off
Cooling thermostat
is off
Halt
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
Setting the wind direction
Swinging
Microcomputer is
controlled (including
Setting the wind direction
the cooling state)
L
*1
OFF
or
L
Set up
Set up
OFF
OFF
L
L
FXFQ
FXAQ
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Level
Set up
Set up
Set up
Swinging
Swinging
Swinging
Set up
Set up
Set up
Swinging
Set up
Level
Set up
Swinging
Swinging
Set up
Level
Level
Swinging
Swinging
Set up
Level
Level
Swinging
Set up
Set up
Set up
* 1. Only in FXFQ case, L or LL.
Function
71
Outline of Control (Indoor Unit)
SiENBE34-802
6.6 Electronic Expansion Valve Control
• Electronic expansion Valve Control
In cooling, to maximize the capacity of indoor unit heat exchanger (evaporator), operate the
electronic expansion valve under PI control so that the evaporator outlet superheated degree
(SH) will become constant.
In heating, to maximize the capacity of indoor unit heat exchanger (condenser), operate the
electronic expansion valve under PI control so that the evaporator outlet superheated degree
(Condenser outlet subcooled degree) will become constant.
Cooling SH=TH2-TH1
SH : Evaporator outlet superheated degree
(Heating SC=TC-TH1)
TH1: Temperature (°C) detected with the liquid thermistor
TH2: Temperature (°C) detected with the gas thermistor
SC : Condenser outlet subcooled degree
TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
Furthermore, the default value of the optimal evaporator outlet superheated degree (condenser
outlet subcooled degree) is 5 deg. However, this default value varies with the operating
performance.
6.7
Hot Start Control (In Heating Operation Only)
At startup with thermostat ON or after the completion of defrosting in heating operation, the
indoor unit fan is controlled to prevent cold air from blasting out and ensure startup capacity.
[Detail of operation]
When either the start condition 1 or the start condition 2 is established, the operations shown
below will be conducted.
Defrost ending or oil return ending
or Thermostat ON
Hot start control
Hot start ending conditions
· lapse of 3 minutes
OR · [TH2]>34°C
· "Tc">52°C
Hot start in progress
Normal control
Fan
H/L remote
control setting
LL
The fan is not OFF before initiating the hot start: LL
The fan is OFF before initiating the hot start: OFF
Louver
OFF
Remote control
setting
Normal control
Po (Horizontal)
TH2: Temperature (°C) detected with the gas thermistor
TC : High pressure equivalent saturated temperature
72
Function
SiENBE34-802
Part 6
Test Operation
1. Test Operation ......................................................................................74
1.1 Procedure and Outline..................................................................74
1.2 Operation when Power is Turned On ...........................................85
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout .............................................................86
3. Field Setting ..........................................................................................87
3.1 Field Setting from Remote Control ...............................................87
3.2 Field Setting from Outdoor Unit ..................................................104
Test Operation
73
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
1. Test Operation
1.1
Procedure and Outline
Follow the following procedure to conduct the initial test operation after installation.
1.1.1 Check Work Prior to Turn Power Supply On
Check the below items.
2Power wiring
2Control transmission wiring
between units
2Earth wire
Check on refrigerant piping
Check on amount of refrigerant
charge
Is the power supply three-phase 380-415V / 50Hz?
Have you finished a ductwork to drain?
Have you detach transport fitting?
Is the wiring performed as specified?
Are the designated wires used?
Is the grounding work completed?
Use a 500V megger tester to measure the insulation.
2 Do not use a megger tester for other circuits than 380-415V circuit.
Are the setscrews of wiring not loose?
Is the electrical component box covered with an insulation cover
completely?
Is pipe size proper? (The design pressure of this product is
4.0MPa.)
Are pipe insulation materials installed securely?
Liquid and gas pipes need to be insulated. (Otherwise causes
water leak.)
Are respective stop valves on liquid and gas line securely open?
Is refrigerant charged up to the specified amount?
If insufficient, charge the refrigerant from the service port of stop
valve on the liquid side with outdoor unit in stop mode after turning
power on.
Has the amount of refrigerant charge been recorded on “Record
Chart of Additional Refrigerant Charge Amount”?
(V3180)
1.1.2 Turn Power On
Turn outdoor unit power on.
Be sure to turn the power on 6 hours before starting operation to
protect compressors.
Close outside panels of the outdoor unit.
Turn indoor unit power on.
Carry out field setting on
outdoor PC board
(V3056)
74
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Test Operation
1.1.3 Air Tight Test and Vacuum Drying
„ Air tight test: Make sure to use nitrogen gas.
„ Pressurize the liquid and gas pipes to 4.0 MPa (40 bar) (do not pressurize more than 4.0
MPa (40 bar)). If the pressure does not drop within 24 hours, the system passes the test. If
the pressure drops, check where the nitrogen leaks from.
„ Vacuum drying: Use a vacuum pump which can evacuate to –100.7 kPa (5 Torr, –755 mm
Hg)
1. Evacuate the system from the liquid and gas pipes by using a vacuum pump for more
than 2 hours and bring the system to –100.7 kPa. After keeping the system under that
condition for more than 1 hour, check if the vacuum gauge rises or not. If it rises, the
system may either contain moisture inside or have leaks.
2. Following should be executed if there is a possibility of moisture remaining inside the
pipe (if piping work is carried out during the raining season or over a long period of time,
rainwater may enter the pipe during work).
After evacuating the system for 2 hours, pressurize the system to 0.05 MPa (vacuum break)
with nitrogen gas and evacuate the system again using the vacuum pump for 1 hour to –100.7
kPa (vacuum drying). If the system cannot be evacuated to –100.7 kPa within 2 hours, repeat
the operation of vacuum break and vacuum drying.
Then, after leaving the system in vacuum for 1 hour, confirm that the vacuum gauge does not
rise.
1.1.4 Additional Refrigerant Charge
„ Refrigerant cannot be charged until field wiring has been completed.
„ Refrigerant may only be charged after performing the leak test and the vacuum drying (see
above).
„ When charging a system, care shall be taken that its maximum permissible charge is never
exceeded, in view of the danger of liquid hammer.
„ Charging with an unsuitable substance may cause explosions and accidents, so always
ensure that the appropriate refrigerant (R-410A) is charged.
„ Refrigerant containers shall be opened slowly.
„ Always use protective gloves and protect your eyes when charging refrigerant.
„ When performing service on the unit requiring the refrigerant system to be opened,
refrigerant must be evacuated according to local regulations.
„ Do not use the automatic refrigerant charging function while working on the indoor units.
When using the automatic refrigerant charging function, the indoor units operate
automatically as well as the outdoor unit.
„ When the power is on, please close the front panel when leaving the unit.
Outdoor unit
Gas line stop valve
Liquid line stop valve
Pressure reducing valve
Siphon
system
Stop valve service port
Indoor unit
Indoor unit
Valve A
Tank
Nitrogen
Measuring
instrument
Vacuum
pomp
Charge hose
Fig. 6
Test Operation
75
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
To avoid compressor breakdown. Do not charge the refrigerant more than the specified
amount.
„ This outdoor unit is factory charged with refrigerant and depending on pipe sizes and pipe
lengths some systems require additional charging of refrigerant. See "How to calculate the
additional refrigerant to be charged" on page 249.
„ In case re-charge is required, refer to the nameplate of the unit. The nameplate states the
type of refrigerant and necessary amount.
Precautions when adding R-410A
Be sure to charge the specified amount of refrigerant in liquid state to the liquid pipe.
Since this refrigerant is a mixed refrigerant, adding it in gas form may cause the refrigerant
composition to change, preventing normal operation.
„ Before charging, check whether the refrigerant cylinder is equipped with a siphon tube or
not.
Charge the liquid
refrigerant with the cylinder
in upright position.
Charge the liquid
refrigerant with the cylinder
in up-side-down position.
1.1.4.1 Important information regarding the refrigerant used
This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol. Do not vent
gases into the atmosphere.
Refrigerant type: R-410A
1975
GWP(1) value:
(1) GWP = global warming potential
Please fill in with indelible ink,
„ 1 the factory refrigerant charge of the product,
„ 2 the additional refrigerant amount charged in the field and
„ 1 + 2 the total refrigerant charge
on the refrigerant charge label supplied with the product.
The filled out label must be adhered in the proximity of the product charging port (e.g. onto the
inside of the service cover).
Contains fluorinated greenhouse gases covered by the Kyoto Protocol
Contains fluorinated greenhouse gases
covered by the Kyoto Protocol
factory refrigerant charge of the product:
see unit name plate
additional refrigerant amount charged
in the field
total refrigerant charge
outdoor unit
refrigerant cylinder and
manifold for charging
76
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Test Operation
1.1.4.2 Procedures for adding refrigerant
Procedure 1: Adding refrigerant by using the automatic refrigerant charging function
(recommended)
How to connect the tank?
Liquid line stop valve
Gas line stop valve
Service port for
V1
adding refrigerant
Valve A
Y1
Liquid line stop valve
Gas line stop valve
Pipe fixing plate
Valve A
Service port for adding refrigerant
R-410A tank
R-410A tank
Measuring instrument
Measuring instrument
To indoor unit
To indoor unit
When the refrigerant tank is connected and the specified operation is performed, the
appropriate amount of refrigerant will be charged into the system. After charging, the system will
stop automatically. The refrigerant must be charged according to the procedure described
below.
Caution
„ Make sure to turn ON the power 6 hours before starting the operation. This is necessary to
warm the crankcase by the electric heater.
„ Automatic charging is able to charge 6 kg/hour refrigerant at an outside temperature of 0°C
to 24 kg/hour refrigerant at an outside temperature of 35°C.
The charging time depends on the amount of charged refrigerant and on the outside
temperature.
„ Automatic refrigerant charging is NOT possible if the following restrictions are exceeded:
„ Outside temperature: 0°C DB~43°C DB
„ Indoor temperature: 0°C DB~32°C DB
„ Indoor unit connection capacity: 50%~130%
Automatic refrigerant charging procedure
1. Open the liquid and gas side stop valves completely.
Note that valve A must be closed!
2. Turn on the power of the outdoor unit and indoor units.
Note
When an indoor unit is connected to the refrigerant system and the indoor unit is turned off,
automatic charging will fail.
Test Operation
Mode
Test/HWL
Ind
Master
Slave
L.N.O.P.
Demand
3. Make sure that the led on the PCB on the outdoor unit are as shown in the table below. This
indicates that the system is operating normally.
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
77
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Led state
Throughout the manual the state of the leds is indicated as follows:
h
OFF
i
ON
j
blinking
*
ON or OFF
If H2P is lit up, check the type of error based on the error code in the remote control and correct
the error in accordance with “1.1.5 Check Operation” on page 82.
4. Automatically charge the refrigerant according to the procedure described below.
Warning
Do not touch anything else than the push-buttons (BS1~5) on the PCB when making
the settings. These settings must be done with the power on
4.1 Press BS4 TEST once.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
4.2 Press BS4 TEST for 5 seconds. The unit will start running.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
*
*
If the led display below appears, the automatic refrigerant charging restriction has been
exceeded. Additional refrigerant must be charged by calculating the additional refrigerant
charging amount.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Description of error
Inappropriate outdoor
temperature
or
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Description of error
Inappropriate indoor
temperature
If the led display below appears, check the indoor unit connection capacity.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Description of error
Inappropriate indoor unit
connection capacity
If the led display below appears, the liquid and gas side stop valves may be closed.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
*
*
*
*
Description of error
*
Stop valve is closed
Note
If you want to repeat the automatic refrigerant charging operation from step 4.1, fully open the
liquid and gas side stop valves and press the BS1 MODE button once.
4.3 When the led indication becomes as shown in the table below in about 15 to 30 minutes
after start of operation, open valve A at once to start charging of the refrigerant.
Immediately after starting charging of the refrigerant by opening valve A, press BS4 TEST
once. When BS4 TEST is not pressed within 10 minutes after the led indication is shown,
charging is stopped.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Code on remote control
PA
78
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Test Operation
4.4 The led indication becomes as shown in the table below during automatic refrigerant
charging.
During automatic refrigerant charging, the remote control indicates TEST (test operation)
and
(external control).
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
*
Note
*
*
*
*
If the led display below appears, the refrigerant tank is empty. Replace the refrigerant tank,
open valve A and re-charge.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Code on remote control
PA
The led indication becomes as shown in the table below when automatic refrigerant charging is
about to end. Prepare to close the valve on the refrigerant tank.
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Code on remote control
PE
Note
It is possible that the code PE is not shown on the remote control but this does not indicate a
malfunction. The led indication can immediately shift to the situation as shown in "Case 1:
Charging complete" on page 79.
4.5 When the led indication becomes as shown in the table below, quickly close valve A and
follow instructions as described below.
Caution
„ When adding refrigerant is done or when pausing, close the valve on the refrigerant tank
immediately.
More refrigerant might be charged by any remaining pressure after the machine is stopped.
„ The outdoor fan may keep rotating a little bit more, but this does not indicate a malfunction.
Case 1: Charging complete
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Code on remote control
P9
Charging of the refrigerant is complete. Press BS1 MODE button once and go to step 5.
Case 2: Recharging operation
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Code on remote control
P8
Press BS1 MODE button once and perform automatic refrigerant charging again starting from
Step 4.1.
Case 3: Charging interrupted
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Code on remote control
P2
Something is preventing normal operation:
„ Is the gas side stop valve completely open?
„ Are the valve on the refrigerant tank and valve A open?
Check if the BS4 TEST button was pressed within 10 minutes after the valves were opened.
„ Is the indoor unit air intake vent or outlet vent blocked?
After correcting the problem, press BS1 MODE button once and perform automatic refrigerant
charging again starting from step 4.1.
Test Operation
79
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Case 4: Failure
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Error code on remote
control
See footnote (*)
(*) An error in the system interrupted the operation of the unit. Check the
error by using the error code displayed on the remote control. For an
explanation of error codes, see "Error codes on the remote control" on
page 75 and solve the problem.
After correcting the problem, press BS1 MODE button once and perform automatic refrigerant
charging again starting from step 4.1.
5. When charging is complete, determine the weight of refrigerant that was added and fill in the
amount in the "Additional refrigerant charge label" attached to service precautions plate on
the unit.
6. After adding the refrigerant, do not forget to close the lid of the service port. The tightening
torque for the lid is 11.5~13.9 N•m.
Service port for adding refrigerant
1
V1
Y1
Liquid
line stop
valve
Pipe fixing plate
Gas line
stop
valve
Gas line stop valve
Liquid line stop valve
Procedure 2: Charging while the outdoor unit is at a standstill
See figure 6 on page 75.
1. Determine the weight of refrigerant to be charged additionally referring to the item
"Additional refrigerant charge" in "How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged"
on page 249 and fill in the amount in the "Additional refrigerant charge label" attached to the
unit.
2. After the vacuum drying is finished, open valve A and charge the additional refrigerant in its
liquid state through the service port on the liquid stop valve taking into account following
instructions:
- Turn on the power of the outdoor unit and indoor units.
- Check that gas and liquid stop valves are closed.
- Stop the compressor and charge the specified weight of refrigerant.
80
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Test Operation
„ To avoid compressor breakdown. Do not charge the refrigerant more than the specified
amount.
„ If the total refrigerant cannot be charged while the outdoor unit is at a standstill, it is possible
to charge the refrigerant by operating the outdoor unit using the refrigerant charge function
(refer to “Setting mode 2” on page 108) and follow "Procedure 3: Charging while the outdoor
unit is operating" on page 81.
Procedure 3: Charging while the outdoor unit is operating
See the figure in "How to connect the tank?" on page 77.
1. Completely open the gas side stop valve and liquid side stop valve. Valve A must be left fully
closed.
2. Close the front panel and turn on the power to all indoor units and the outdoor unit.
3. Open valve A immediately after starting of the compressor.
4. Charge the additional refrigerant in its liquid state through the service port of the liquid line
stop valve.
5. While the unit is at a standstill and under setting mode 2 (refer to Checks before initial startup, "Setting mode 2" on page 108), set the required function A (additional refrigerant
charging operation) to ON (ON). Then operation starts. The blinking H2P led indicates test
operation and the remote control indicates TEST (test operation) and
(external
control).
6. When the specified amount of refrigerant is charged, push the BS3 RETURN button. Then
operation stops.
„ The operation automatically stops within 30 minutes.
„ If the refrigerant charge cannot be finished within 30 minutes, repeat step 5.
„ If the operation stops immediately after restart, there is a possibility that the system is
overcharged.
The refrigerant cannot be charged more than this amount.
7. After the refrigerant charge hose is removed, make sure to close valve A.
Test Operation
81
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
1.1.5 Check Operation
* During check operation, mount front panel to avoid the misjudging.
* Check operation is mandatory for normal unit operation.
(When the check operation is not executed, alarm code "U3" will be displayed.)
Set to setting mode 1 (H1P led
is off) (refer to "Setting mode 1"
on page 107.)
Press and hold the TEST
OPERATION button (BS4) on
outdoor unit PC board for 5
seconds.
Check on operation
The test operation is started automatically.
The following judgements are conducted within 15 minutes(about 30
minutes at the maximum).
2“Check for wrong wiring”
2“Check stop valve for not open”
2“Check of refrigerant charge”
2“Pipe length automatic judgement”
The following indications are conducted while in test operation.
2LED lamp on outdoor unit PC board
H2P flickers (test operation)
2Remote control
Indicates “UNDER CENTRALIZED
CONTROL” on upper right.
Indicates “TEST OPERATION” on lower left.
(V3057)
On completion of test operation, LED on outdoor unit PC board displays the following.
H3P ON: Normal completion
H2P ON: Abnormal completion →Check the indoor unit remote control for
abnormal display and correct it.
82
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Test Operation
Malfunction code
In case of an alarm code displayed on remote control:
Malfunction
code
Nonconformity during installation
The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left
closed.
Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve.
Refrigerant overcharge.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any
excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine.
The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left
closed.
Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve.
E3
E4
Insufficient refrigerant.
Refrigerant overcharge.
F3
F6
U1
U2
U3
U4
UA
UF
UH
Test Operation
Remedial action
The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left
closed.
Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been finished
correctly.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any
excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine.
Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve.
Check if the additional refrigerant charge has been finished
correctly.
Insufficient refrigerant.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
length and add an adequate amount of refrigerant.
Recalculate the required amount of refrigerant from the piping
Refrigerant overcharge
length and correct the refrigerant charge level by recovering any
excessive refrigerant with a refrigerant recovery machine.
Power supply cables are connected in the Connect the power supply cables in normal phase. Change any
reverse phase instead of the normal phase. two of the three power supply cables (L1, L2, L3) to correct phase.
Insufficient supply voltage
Check to see if the supply voltage is supplied properly.
If a check operation has not been
Perform a check operation.
performed.
No power is supplied to an outdoor unit.
Turn the power on for the outdoor unit.
Check
the indoor unit. If it is not a dedicated unit, replace the
If no dedicated indoor unit is being used.
indoor unit.
The shutoff valve of an outdoor unit is left Open the gas-side shutoff valve and the liquid-side shutoff valve.
closed.
If the right indoor unit piping and wiring are Make sure that the right indoor unit piping and wiring are properly
not properly connected to the outdoor unit. connected to the outdoor unit.
If the interunit wiring has not be connected Make sure the interunit wiring is correctly attached to terminals
or it has shorted.
(X2M) F1/F2 (TO IN/D UNIT) on the outdoor unit circuit board.
83
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
1.1.6 Confirmation on Normal Operation
•
•
•
•
•
84
Conduct normal unit operation after the check operation has been completed.
(When outdoor air temperature is 24°CDB or higher, the unit can not be operated with
heating mode. See the installation manual attached.)
Confirm that the indoor/outdoor units can be operated normally.
(When an abnormal noise due to liquid compression by the compressor can be heard, stop
the unit immediately, and turn on the crankcase heater to heat up it sufficiently, then start
operation again.)
Operate indoor unit one by one to check that the corresponding outdoor unit operates.
Confirm that the indoor unit discharges cold air (or warm air).
Operate the air direction control button and flow rate control button to check the function of
the devices.
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
1.2
Test Operation
Operation when Power is Turned On
1.2.1 When Turning On Power First Time
The unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the master power and address
(indoor-outdoor address, etc.).
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... Blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the “UH”
malfunction indicator blinks.
(Returns to normal when automatic setting is complete.)
1.2.2 When Turning On Power the Second Time and Subsequent
Tap the RESET(BS5) button on the outdoor unit PC board. Operation becomes possible for
about 2 minutes. If you do not push the RESET button, the unit cannot be run for up to 10
minutes to automatically set master power.
Status
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... Blinks
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the operation lamp
lights but the compressor does not operate. (Returns to normal when
automatic setting is complete.)
1.2.3 When an Indoor Unit or Outdoor Unit has been Added, or Indoor or
Outdoor Unit PC Board has been Changed
Be sure to push and hold the RESET button for 5 seconds. If not, the addition cannot be
recognized. In this case, the unit cannot be run for up to 12 minutes to automatically set the
address (indoor-outdoor address, etc.)
Status
Test Operation
Outdoor unit
Test lamp H2P .... ON
Can also be set during operation described above.
Indoor unit
If ON button is pushed during operation described above, the “UH” or “U4”
malfunction indicator blinks. (Returns to normal when automatic setting is
complete.)
85
Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout
SiENBE34-802
2. Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B
A1P
A2P
X2M
X1M
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B
A3P
A2P
A4P
X2M
X1M
Page
Changeover between
cooling and heating
Test
Error
Individual
Batch
(master)
Batch
(slave)
Low
noise Demand
DIP switches
(DS1-1 and DS1-2)
MODE
SET
RETURN
TEST
RESET
ON
OFF
Sets the address again when the wiring
is changed or an indoor unit is added.
Performs the test run.
Used at field set.
Changes the set mode.
LED indicator status
Turn off
Turn on
Flicker
Turn on or off
(The LED indicator status shown at left indicates the status at factory set.)
86
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
3. Field Setting
3.1
Field Setting from remote control
Individual function of indoor unit can be changed from the remote control. At the time of
installation or after service inspection / repair, make the local setting in accordance with the
following description.
Wrong setting may cause malfunction.
(When optional accessory is mounted on the indoor unit, setting for the indoor unit may be
required to change. Refer to information in the option handbook.)
3.1.1 Wired remote control
BRC1C62
UNIT NO.
MODE NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.
.
FIRST
CODE NO.
.
FIELD
SET
MODE
UNIT NO.
SETTING
3
4
.
1 7
TEST
6
5
2
(V0292)
1. When in the normal mode, press the “
” button for a minimum of four seconds, and the
FIELD SET MODE is entered.
2. Select the desired MODE NO. with the “
” button (2).
3. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22 and 23 have been
selected), push the “
” button (3) and select the INDOOR UNIT NO to be set. (This
operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
4. Push the “
” upper button (4) and select FIRST CODE NO.
5. Push the “
” lower button (5) and select the SECOND CODE NO.
6. Push the “
” button (6) once and the present settings are SET.
7. Push the “
” button (7) to return to the NORMAL MODE.
(Example)
If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION,
HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10” FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
Test Operation
87
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
BRC1D528
UNIT NO.
FIRST
CODE NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.
4
3
MODE NO.
UNIT No.
FIELD
SET
MODE
GROUP
SETTING
1
7
6
5
2
If optional accessories are mounted on the indoor unit, the indoor unit setting may have to be
changed. Refer to the instruction manual for each optional accessory.
1. When in the normal mode, press the “
” button for a minimum of four seconds, and the
FIELD SET MODE is entered.
2. Select the desired MODE NO. with the “
” button.
3. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 21, 22 and 23 have
been selected), push the “
” button and select the INDOOR UNIT NO. to be set. (This
operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
4. Push the “
” upper button and select FIRST CODE NO.
5. Push the “
” lower button and select the SECOND CODE NO.
6. Push the “
” button once and the present settings are SET.
7. Push the “
” button to return to the NORMAL MODE.
(Example)
If during group setting and the time to clean the air filter is set to FILTER CONTAMINATION HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10”, FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
Notes :
88
1. Setting is carried out in the group mode, however, if the mode number inside the
parentheses is selected, indoor units can also be set individually.
2. The SECOND CODE number is set to “01” when shipped from the factory.
3. Do not make any settings not given in the table.
4. Not displayed if the indoor unit is not equipped with that function.
5. When returning to the normal mode, “88” may be displayed in the LCD in order for the
remote control to initialize itself.
6. It is not possible to change field settings on the remote control that is set to “sub”.
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
3.1.2 Infrared remote control - Indoor Unit
BRC7 type
BRC4 type
MODE NO.
FIELD SET MODE
SECOND CODE NO.
FIRST CODE NO.
1. When in the normal mode, push the “
” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation
then enters the “field set mode.”
2. Select the desired “mode No.” with the “
” button.
3. Pushing the “ UP ” button, select the first code No.
4. Pushing the “ DOWN ” button, select the second code No.
5. Push the timer “
” button and check the settings.
6. Push the “
” button to return to the normal mode.
(Example)
When setting the filter sign time to “Filter Dirtiness-High” in all group unit setting, set the Mode
No. to “10”, Mode setting No. to “0” and setting position No. to “02”.
Test Operation
89
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
3.1.3 Simplified remote control
BRC2C51
MODE NO.
FIRST
CODE NO.
UNIT NO.
SECOND
CODE NO.
1. Remove the upper part of remote control.
2. When in the normal mode, press the [BS6] BUTTON (2) (field set), and the FIELD SET
MODE is entered.
3. Select the desired MODE No. with the [BS2] BUTTON (3) (temperature setting s) and the
[BS3] BUTTON (3) (temperature setting t).
4. During group control, when setting by each indoor unit (mode No. 20, 22, and 23 have been
selected), push the [BS8] (4) BUTTON (unit No.) and select the INDOOR UNIT NO. to be
set. (This operation is unnecessary when setting by group.)
5. Push the [BS9] BUTTON (5) (set A) and select FIRST CODE NO.
6. Push the [BS10] BUTTON (6) (set B) and select SECOND CODE NO.
7. Push the [BS7] BUTTON (7) (set/cancel) once and the present settings are SET.
8. Push the [BS6] BUTTON (8) (field set) to return to the NORMAL MODE.
9. (Example) If during group setting and the time to clean air filter is set to FILTER
CONTAMINATION - HEAVY, SET MODE NO. to “10”, FIRST CODE NO. to “0”, and
SECOND CODE NO. to “02”.
90
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
3.1.4 Setting Contents and Code No. – VRV Indoor unit
Mode Setting
Switch
No.
Note 2 No.
0
10
(20)
11
(21)
VRV
system
indoor
unit
settings
12
(22)
13
(23)
15
(25)
Filter contamination
heavy/light (Setting for
display time to clean air
filter)
(Sets display time to clean
air filter to half when there
is heavy filter
contamination.)
01
Super
long life
filter
Long life
filter
02
Approx.
10,000
hrs.
Approx.
2,500
hrs.
Light
Standard
filter
03
04
Details
No.
—
—
(1)
Approx.
5,000
hrs.
Approx.
1,250
hrs.
Heavy
Approx.
200 hrs.
Approx.
100 hrs.
Long life filter
Super long life
filter
—
—
(2)
Thermostat sensor in remote control
Use
No use
—
—
(3)
3
Display time to clean air filter calculation
(Set when filter sign is not to be displayed.)
Display
No display
—
—
(4)
7
Airflow adjustment
OFF
Completion of
airflow
adjustment
Start of airflow
adjustment
—
(5)
0
Optional accessories output selection (field
selection of output for adapter for wiring)
Indoor unit turned
ON by thermostat
—
Operation
output
Malfunction
output
(6)
1
ON/OFF input from outside (Set when ON/
OFF is to be controlled from outside.)
Forced OFF
ON/OFF control
External protection
device input
—
(7)
2
Thermostat differential changeover
(Set when remote sensor is to be used.)
1°C
0.5°C
—
—
(8)
3
OFF by thermostat fan speed
LL
Set fan speed
—
—
(9)
4
Automatic mode differential
(automatic temperature differential
setting for VRV system heat
recovery series cool/heat)
01:0
5
Power failure automatic reset
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(11)
6
Airflow When Cooling Thermostat is OFF
LL air flow
Preset air flow
—
—
(12)
0
High air outlet velocity
(Set when installed in place with
ceiling higher than 2.7 m.)
N
H
S
—
(13)
1
Selection of air flow direction (Set when
a blocking pad kit has been installed.)
F (4 directions)
T (3 directions)
W (2 directions)
—
(14)
3
Air flow direction adjustment (Set at
installation of decoration panel.)
Equipped
Not equipped
—
—
(15)
4
Field set air flow position setting
Draft prevention
Standard
Ceiling Soiling
prevention
—
(16)
5
Setting of the Static Pressure
Selection
Standard
High static
pressure
—
—
(17)
6
External Static Pressure Settings
1
Thermostat OFF excess humidity
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(19)
2
Direct duct connection
(when the indoor unit and heat
reclaim ventilation unit are
connected by duct directly.) ∗Note 6
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(20)
3
Drain pump humidifier interlock selection
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(21)
5
Field set selection for individual
ventilation setting by remote control
Not equipped
Equipped
—
—
(22)
1
Long life filter type
2
Notes :
Test Operation
Second Code No.(Note 3)
Setting Contents
01:30
02:1
02:50
03:2
03:60
04:3
04:70
05:4
06:5
05:80
06:90
07:6
08:7
07:100 08:110
09:120 10:130 11:140 12:150 13:160 14:180 15:200
*7
(10)
(18)
1. Settings are made simultaneously for the entire group, however, if you select the mode No.
inside parentheses, you can also set by each individual unit. Setting changes however
cannot be checked except in the individual mode for those in parentheses.
2. The mode numbers inside parentheses cannot be used by wireless remote controls, so they
cannot be set individually. Setting changes also cannot be checked.
3. Marked
are factory set.
4. Do not make settings other than those described above. Nothing is displayed for functions
the indoor unit is not equipped with.
5. “88” may be displayed to indicate the remote control is resetting when returning to the
normal mode.
6. If the setting mode to “Equipped”, heat reclaim ventilation fan conducts the fan residual
operation by linking to indoor unit.
7. • The FXMQ50·63·80·100·125PVE cannot be set to 30Pa.
• The FXMQ40PVE cannot be set to 180 or 200Pa.
91
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
3.1.5 Applicable range of Field setting
Ceiling mounted cassette
type
Round
flow
Double
flow
Corner
type
Slim
Ceiling
mounted
duct type
Ceiling
mounted
built-in
type
Ceiling
Ceiling
Mounted suspended
duct type type
(Middle and
high static
pressure)
Wall
mounted
type
Floor
standing
type
Concealed
Floor
standing
type
New Ceiling Details
suspended No.
cassette
type
FXFQ
FXCQ
FXKQ
FXDQ
FXSQ
FXMQ-P
FXHQ
FXAQ
FXLQ
FXNQ
FXUQ
Filter sign
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
(1)
Ultra long life filter
sign
{
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(2)
remote control
thermostat sensor
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
(3)
Set fan speed when
thermostat OFF
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
(9) (12)
Air flow auto
adjustment
—
—
—
—
—
{
—
—
—
—
—
(5)
Air flow adjustment
Ceiling height
{
—
—
—
—
—
{
—
—
—
{
(13)
Air flow direction
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
{
(14)
Air flow direction
adjustment
(Down flow
operation)
—
—
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(15)
Air flow direction
adjustment range
{
{
{
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(16)
Field set fan speed
selection
{
—
—
{∗1
—
{∗1
{
—
—
—
—
(17) (18)
∗1 Static pressure selection
92
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
3.1.6 Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes
(1) Filter Sign Setting
If switching the filter sign ON time, set as given in the table below.
Set Time
Filter Specs.
Setting
Contamination Light
Contamination Heavy
Standard
Long Life
Ultra Long Life Filter
200 hrs.
100 hrs.
2,500 hrs.
1,250 hrs.
10,000 hrs.
5,000 hrs.
(2) Ultra-Long-Life Filter Sign Setting
When a Ultra-long-life filter is installed, the filter sign timer setting must be changed.
Setting Table
Mode No.
Setting Switch No.
10 (20)
1
Setting Position No.
01
02
03
Setting
Long-Life Filter
Ultra-Long-Life Filter (1)
—
(3) Selection of Thermistor
Select the thermistor to control room temperature.
Mode No.
First Code No.
10 (20)
2
Second Code No. Thermistor that controls room temperature
Indoor air thermistor for remote control
01
and suction air thermistor for indoor unit
02
Suction air thermistor for indoor unit
03
Thermistor for remote control
The factory setting for the Second Code No. is "01" and room temperature is controlled by the
indoor unit suction air thermistor and remote control thermistor.
When the Second Code No. is set to "02", room temperature is controlled by the suction air
thermistor.
When the Second Code No. is set to "03", room temperature is controlled by the remote control
thermistor.
(4) "Filter Cleaning" Displayed or Not Displayed
Whether or not to display "Filter Cleaning" after operation of certain duration can be selected.
Test Operation
Mode No.
First Code No.
10 (20)
3
Second Code No.
01
02
"Filter Cleaning" display
Display
No display
93
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
(5) Airflow Adjustment (AUTO)
External Static Pressure Settings
Make settings in either method (a) or method (b) as explained below.
(a) Use the airflow auto adjustment function to make settings.
Airflow auto adjustment: The volume of blow-off air is automatically adjusted to the rated
quantity.
(b) Select External Static Pressure with remote control Check that 01 (OFF) is set for the
“SECOND CODE NO.” in “MODE NO. 21” for airflow adjustment on an indoor unit basis in
Table 4. The “SECOND CODE NO.” is set to 01 (OFF) at factory set. Change the “SECOND
CODE NO.” as shown in Table according to the external static pressure of the duct to be
connected.
Mode No.
First Code No.
11 (21)
7
Second Code No.
Airflow adjustment
01
OFF
02
Completion of airflow adjustment
03
Start of airflow adjustment
(6) Optional Output Switching
Using this setting, "operation output signal" and "abnormal output signal" can be provided.
Output signal is output between terminals K1 and K2 of "customized wiring adapter," an optional
accessory.
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
12 (22)
0
03
04
Remarks
Indoor unit thermostat ON/OFF signal is
provided.
Output linked with "Start/Stop" of remote
control is provided.
In case of "Malfunction Display" appears
on the remote control, output is provided.
(7) External ON/OFF input
This input is used for "ON / OFF operation" and "Protection device input" from the outside. The
input is performed from the T1-T1 terminal of the operation terminal block (X1A) in the electric
component box.
F2 T1 T2
Forced stop
Input A
Setting Table
Mode No.
12 (22)
Setting
Switch No.
1
Setting
Position No.
Operation by input of the signal A
01
ON: Forced stop (prohibition of using the remote control)
OFF: Permission of using the remote control
OFF → ON: Permission of operation
ON → OFF: Stop
ON: Operation
OFF: The system stops, then the applicable unit
indicates "A0". The other indoor units indicate "U9".
02
03
94
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
(8) Thermostat Switching
Differential value during thermostat ON/OFF control can be changed.
Mode No.
First Code No.
12(22)
2
Second Code No.
01
02
Differential value
1ºC
0.5ºC
(9) Air Flow Setting When Heating Thermostat is OFF
This setting is used to set air flow when heating thermostat is OFF.
∗ When thermostat OFF air flow volume up mode is used, careful consideration is required
before deciding installation location. During heating operation, this setting takes precedence
over "(7) Fan Stop When Thermostat is OFF."
Mode No.
First Code No.
12 (22)
3
Second Code No.
01
02
Contents
LL air flow
Preset air flow
(10) Setting of operation mode to "AUTO"
This setting makes it possible to change differential values for mode selection while in automatic
operation mode.
Mode No.
Setting switch No.
12 (22)
4
01
0°C
02
1°C
Setting position No.
03
04
05
06
2°C
3°C
4°C
5°C
07
6°C
08
7°C
The automatic operation mode setting is made by the use of the "Operation Mode Selector"
button.
(11) Auto Restart after Power Failure Reset
For the air conditioners with no setting for the function (same as factory setting), the units will be
left in the stop condition when the power supply is reset automatically after power failure reset
or the main power supply is turned on again after once turned off. However, for the air
conditioners with the setting, the units may start automatically after power failure reset or the
main power supply turned on again (return to the same operation condition as that of before
power failure).
For the above reasons, when the unit is set enabling to utilize “Auto restart function after power
failure reset”, utmost care should be paid for the occurrence of the following situation.
Caution 1. The air conditioner starts operation suddenly after power failure reset or
the main power supply turned on again. Consequently, the user might be
surprised (with question for the reason why).
2. In the service work, for example, turning off the main power switch during
the unit is in operation, and turning on the switch again after the work is
completed start the unit operation (the fan rotates).
(12) Air Flow When Cooling Thermostat is OFF
This is used to set air flow to "LL air flow" when cooling thermostat is OFF.
Test Operation
Mode No.
First Code No.
12 (22)
6
Second Code No.
01
02
Contents
LL air flow
Preset air flow
95
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
(13) Setting of Normal Air Flow
Make the following setting according to the ceiling height. The setting position No. is set to “01”
at the factory.
„ In the Case of FXAQ
Mode No.
Setting Switch
No.
13(23)
0
Setting Position
Setting
No.
01
Wall-mounted type: Standard
02
Wall-mounted type: Slight increase
03
Wall-mounted type: Normal increase
„ In the Case of FXHQ
Mode No.
First code No.
13(23)
0
Second code
No.
01
02
Ceiling height (m)
2.7 or less
2.7-3.5
„ In the Case of FXFQ20~80 (All round outlet)
Mode
No.
First Second
code
code
No.
No.
01
13 (23)
0
02
03
Setting
Ceiling height (m)
Standard • All
round outlet
High Ceiling (1)
Higher Ceiling (2)
≤2.7
2.7-3
3-3.5
„ In the Case of FXFQ100~125 (All round outlet)
Mode
No.
First Second
code
code
No.
No.
01
13 (23)
0
02
03
Setting
Ceiling height (m)
Standard • All
round outlet
High Ceiling (1)
Higher Ceiling (2)
≤3.2
3.2-3.6
3.6-4.2
„ In the Case of FXFQ20~80 (*24-Way, 3-Way, 2-Way Outlets)
Mode
No.
13 (23)
First Second
Ceiling height
code
code
Setting
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
2-way Outlets
No.
No.
01
Standard (N)
Lower than 3.1 m Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
0
02
High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.4 m Lower than 3.3 m Lower than 3.8 m
03
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 4.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
—
„ In the Case of FXFQ100~125 (*24-Way, 3-Way, 2-Way Outlets)
Mode
No.
13 (23)
First Second
Ceiling height
code
code
Setting
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
2-way Outlets
No.
No.
01
Standard (N)
Lower than 3.4 m Lower than 3.6 m Lower than 4.2 m
0
02
High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.9 m Lower than 4.0 m Lower than 4.2 m
03
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 4.5 m Lower than 4.2 m
—
*1 “Mode No.” setting is done in a batch for the group. To make or confirm settings for an
individual unit, set the internal mode number in parentheses.
*2 The figure of the ceiling height is for the all round outlet. For the settings for four-direction
(part of corner closed off), three-direction and two-direction outlets, see the installation
manual and technical guide supplied with the separately sold closure material kit.
96
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
„ In the Case of FXUQ71~125
Mode
No.
13 (23)
First Second
Ceiling height
code
code
Setting
4-way Outlets
3-way Outlets
2-way Outlets
No.
No.
01
Standard (N)
Lower than 2.7 m Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m
0
02
High Ceiling (H) Lower than 3.0 m Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.8 m
03
Higher Ceiling (S) Lower than 3.5 m Lower than 3.8 m
—
(14) Air Flow Direction Setting
Set the air flow direction of indoor units as given in the table below. (Set when optional air outlet
blocking pad has been installed.) The second code No. is factory set to “01.”
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
13 (23)
1
Second Code
No.
01
02
03
Setting
F : 4-direction air flow
T : 3-direction air flow
W : 2-direction air flow
(15) Operation of Downward Flow Flap: Yes/No
Only the model FXKQ has the function.
When only the front-flow is used, sets yes/no of the swing flap operation of down-flow.
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
13 (23)
3
Second Code No.
01
02
Setting
Down-flow operation: Yes
Down-flow operation: No
(16) Setting of Air Flow Direction Adjustment Range
Make the following air flow direction setting according to the respective purpose.
(S2537)
Setting Table
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
13 (23)
4
02
03
Setting
Upward (Draft
prevention)
Standard
Downward (Ceiling
soiling prevention)
∗ Some indoor unit models are not equipped with draft prevention (upward) function.
(17) Setting of the Static Pressure Selection
„ In the Case of FXDQ20~32PB, FXDQ40~63NB
Test Operation
Model No.
First Code No.
13 (23)
5
Second Code No.
01
02
External static pressure
Standard (10Pa)
High static pressure (30Pa)
97
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
(18) External Static Pressure Settings (for FXMQ-P model)
MODE NO.
FIRST CODE NO.
13 (23)
06
SECOND CODE NO.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
External Static Pressure
30Pa (*1)
50Pa
60Pa
70Pa
80Pa
90Pa
100Pa
110Pa
120Pa
130Pa
140Pa
150Pa
160Pa
180Pa (*2)
200Pa (*2)
The “SECOND CODE NO.” is set to 07 (an external static pressure of 100 Pa) at factory set.
*1 The FXMQ50 · 63 · 80 · 100 · 125PVE cannot be set to 30 Pa.
*2 The FXMQ40PVE cannot be set to 180 or 200 Pa.
(19) Humidification When Heating Thermostat is OFF
Setting to "Humidification Setting" turns ON the humidifier if suction temperature is 20ºC or
above and turns OFF the humidifier if suction temperature is 18ºC or below when the heating
thermostat is OFF.
Mode No.
First Code No.
15 (25)
1
Second Code No.
01
02
Setting
—
Setting of humidifier
(20) Setting of Direct Duct Connection
This is used when "fresh air intake kit equipped with fan" is connected. The indoor fan carries
out residual operation for one minute after the thermostat is stopped. (For the purpose of
preventing dust on the air filter from falling off.)
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
15 (25)
2
02
Contents
Without direct duct
connection
With direct duct
connection equipped
with fan
(21) Interlocked Operation between Humidifier and Drain Pump
This is used to interlock the humidifier with the drain pump. When water is drained out of the
unit, this setting is unnecessary.
Mode No.
First Code No.
Second Code No.
01
15 (25)
3
02
98
Contents
Individual operation of
humidifier
Interlocked operation
between humidifier and
drain pump
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
(22) Individual Setting of Ventilation
This is set to perform individual operation of heat reclaim ventilation using the remote control/
central unit when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.
(Switch only when heat reclaim ventilation is built in.)
Test Operation
Mode No.
First Code No.
15 (25)
5
Second Code No.
01
02
Contents
—
Individual operation of
ventilation
99
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
3.1.7 Centralized Control Group No. Setting
BRC1C Type
In order to conduct the central remote control using the central remote control and the unified
ON/OFF controller, Group No. settings should be made by group using the operating remote
control.
Make Group No. settings for central remote control using the operating remote control.
1. Turn ON the power of the indoor unit and unified ON/OFF controller. (Unless the power is
ON, no setting can be made.)
Check that the installation and electrical wiring are correct before turning the power supply ON.
When the power supply is turned ON, all LCD appear once and the unit may not accept the
operation for about one minute with the display of “
” flashing (an interval of ON, ON,
and OFF)
2. While in normal mode, press and hold the “
” switch for a period of four seconds or
more to set the system to "Field Setting Mode".
3. Select the MODE No. “00” with the “
” button.
4. Use the “
” button to select the group No. for each group.
(Group numbers increase in the order of 1-00, 1-01, ... 1-15, 2-00, ... 4-15.)
5. Press “
” to set the selected group No.
6. Press “
” to return to the NORMAL MODE.
MODE NO.
GROUP NO.
UNIT NO.
FIELD SET
MODE
SETTING
TEST
5
4
3
2,6
Note:
„ For infrared remote control, see the following.
„ For setting group No. of HRV and wiring adapter for other air conditioners, etc., refer to the
instruction manual attached.
NOTICE
Enter the group No. and installation place of the indoor unit into the attached installation table.
Be sure to keep the installation table with the operation manual for maintenance.
100
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
„ Group No. setting by infrared remote control for centralized control
1. When in the normal mode, push “
” button for 4 seconds or more, and operation then
enters the “field set mode.”
2. Set mode No. “00” with “
” button.
3. Set the group No. for each group with “ UP ” “ DOWN ” button (advance/backward).
BRC7 Type
BRC4 Type
4. Enter the selected group numbers by pushing “
” button.
5. Push “
” button and return to the normal mode.
MODE NO.
FIELD SET MODE
GROUP NO.
(V0916)
Group No. Setting
Example
Central Remote Control
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
Indoor/Outdoor Outdoor/Outdoor
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-00
F1 F2 P1 P2
No Remote Control
1-03
Caution
Test Operation
F1 F2
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
Main RC
RC Sub
1-01
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-04
F1 F2
F1 F2 P1 P2
RC
1-02
F1 F2 P1 P2
F1 F2 P1 P2
Group Control by Remote Contol
(autmatic unit address)
F1 F2 P1 P2
(V0917)
When turning the power supply on, the unit may often not accept any operation while "88" is
displaying after all indications were displayed once for about 1 minute on the liquid crystal
display. This is not an operative fault.
101
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
3.1.8 Setting of Operation Control Mode from remote control
(Local Setting)
The operation control mode is compatible with a variety of controls and operations by limiting
the functions of the operation remote control. Furthermore, operations such as remote control
ON/OFF can be limited in accordance with the combination conditions. (Refer to information in
the next page.)
Central remote control is normally available for operations. (Except when centralized monitor is
connected)
3.1.9 Contents of Control Modes
Twenty modes consisting of combinations of the following five operation modes with
temperature and operation mode setting by remote control can be set and displayed by
operation modes 0 through 19.
‹ ON/OFF control impossible by remote control
Used when you want to turn on/off by central remote control only.
(Cannot be turned on/off by remote control.)
‹ OFF control only possible by remote control
Used when you want to turn on by central remote control only, and off by remote control
only.
‹ Centralized
Used when you want to turn on by central remote control only, and turn on/off freely by
remote control during set time.
‹ Individual
Used when you want to turn on/off by both central remote control and remote control.
‹ Timer operation possible by remote control
Used when you want to turn on/off by remote control during set time and you do not want to
start operation by central remote control when time of system start is programmed.
102
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
How to Select
Operation Mode
Example
ON by remote
control
(Unified ON by
central remote
control)
↓
Rejection
Field Setting
Whether operation by remote control will be possible or not for turning on/off, controlling
temperature or setting operation mode is selected and decided by the operation mode given on
the right edge of the table below.
OFF by remote
control
(Unified OFF by
central remote
control)
OFF by
remote
control
↓
Rejection
↓
Rejection
Temperature
control by
remote control
↓
Acceptance
Operation mode
setting by
remote control
Control
mode is "1."
↓
Acceptance
(VL069)
Control by remote control
Operation
Control mode
Unified operation,
individual operation
by central remote
control, or operation
controlled by timer
Unified OFF,
individual stop by
central remote
control, or timer stop
OFF
Temperature
Operation Control mode
control
mode setting
Rejection
ON/OFF control
impossible by
remote control
Rejection
(Example)
Acceptance
(Example)
Rejection (Example)
Rejection
OFF control only
possible by
remote control
Rejection (Example)
Acceptance
Rejection
Centralized
Acceptance
Acceptance
Acceptance
Rejection
Individual
Acceptance
Acceptance
Timer operation
possible by
remote control
Acceptance
(During timer at ON
position only)
Acceptance
(During timer at ON
position only)
Rejection
Acceptance
Acceptance
0
Rejection
10
Acceptance
(Example)
1(Example)
Rejection
11
Acceptance
2
Rejection
12
Acceptance
3
Rejection
13
Acceptance
4
Rejection
14
Acceptance
5
Rejection
15
Acceptance
6
Rejection
16
Acceptance
Rejection
7 ∗1
17
Acceptance
8
Rejection
18
Acceptance
9
Rejection
19
Do not select “timer operation possible by remote control” if not using a remote control.
Operation by timer is impossible in this case.
∗1. Factory setting
Central remote control
When ON/OFF, temperature setting
and operation mode setting by local
remote control is forbidden,
“UNDER CENTRAL CONTROL” is
displayed on the remote control
Test Operation
103
Field Setting
3.2
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting from Outdoor Unit
3.2.1 Setting by Dip Switches
The following field settings are made by dip switches on PC board.
Dipswitch
No.
DS1-1
DS1-2
Setting
ON
OFF (Factory set)
ON
OFF (Factory set)
Setting item
Description
Cool / Heat
change over
setting
Used to set cool / heat change over setting by remote
control equipped with outdoor unit. (Note 1)
Not used
Do not change the factory settings.
Cool/heat selector connection procedure
•
Set the remote control only when changing over the operation mode between cooling and
heating using the remote control installed in the outdoor.
1 Connect the cool/heat selector (optional accessory) to the terminals (A, B and C) on the
outdoor X2M Terminal board (A, B and C).
2 Set the cool/heat selector switch DS1-1 from “OFF” (which is selected at the factory before
shipment) to “ON”.
A1P
DS1 1 2
ON/OFF
DS1-1
switch knob
X2M
ABC
ABC
Cool/heat
selector
104
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Caution
Field Setting
Capacity Setting after changing the main PC Board(A1P) to spare parts PC Board
When you change the main PC Board(A1P) to spare parts PC Board, please carry out the
following setting.
Please Attach the Capacity Setting Adapter corresponding to Capacity Class (ex. 112, 140, 160) in connector X51A.
(See Below)
Capacity Setting Adapter
Capacity Class
Note
1
4 (112)
CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTER (for 100/J112)
2
5 (140)
CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTER (for 125/J140)
3
6 (160)
CAPACITY SETTING ADAPTER (for 140/J160)
Position of Attaching the Capacity Setting Adapter
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B
X51A
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B
X51A
Test Operation
105
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
„ Setting by pushbutton switches
The following settings are made by pushbutton switches on PC board.
LED indication
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
7
7
8
7
7
7
7
(Factory setting)
BS1
BS2
BS3
BS4
BS5
MODE
SET
RETURN
TEST
RESET
(V2760)
There are the following three setting modes.
c Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
Initial status (when normal) : Also indicates during “abnormal”.
d Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
Used to modify the operating status and to set program addresses, etc. Usually used in
servicing the system.
e Monitor mode (H1P blinks)
Used to check the program made in Setting mode 2.
„ Mode changing procedure
Using the MODE button, the modes can be changed as follows.
Setting mode 2
(Normal)
Push and hold the BS1
(MODE button) for 5 seconds.
Setting mode 1
Push the BS1(MODE button)
one time.
Monitor mode
Push the BS1(MODE button) one time. MODE
MODE
MODE
Off
On
H1P
Blinking
H1P
H1P
(V2761)
„ Mode changing procedure
(Set): Select mode with BS2 (SET button) in each selection step.
Press BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 sec.
Setting mode 1
(Initial condition)
Press BS1(MODE button).
Setting mode 2
Monitor mode
Setting item selection (Set)
Check item selection (Set)
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Setting condition
selection (Set)
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Contents display
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Setting condition
(Contents) display
Press BS3
(RETURN button).
Press BS1
(MODE button).
Press BS1
(MODE button).
(V2762)
106
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
a. “Setting mode 1”
This mode is used to set and check the following items.
1. Set items ············ In order to make COOL/HEAT selection in a batch of outdoor unit group, change the setting.
• COOL/HEAT selection (IND) ·····················Used to select COOL or HEAT by individual outdoor
unit (factory set).
• COOL/HEAT selection (MASTER) ············Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group
with the master unit.
• COOL/HEAT selection (SLAVE)················Used to select COOL or HEAT by outdoor unit group
with the slave unit.
2. Check items ······· The following items can be checked.
(1) Current operating conditions (Normal / Abnormal / In check operation)
(2) Setting conditions of COOL/HEAT selection (Individual / Batch master / Batch slave)
(3) Low noise operating conditions (In normal operation / In low noise operation)
(4) Demand operating conditions (In normal operation / In demand operation)
Procedure for changing COOL/HEAT selection setting
“Normally, “Setting mode 1” is set.
In case of other status, push MODE
(BS1) button one time and set to
“Setting mode 1”.
8 ON
7 OFF
9 Blink
Push the SET (BS2) button to set
the blinking of LED to any of
conditions shown on the right.
MODE TEST
H1P
H2P
Setting (displaying) item
For selection by individual outdoor unit (factory set)
For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with master unit
For selection in a batch of outdoor unit group with slave unit
Push the RETURN (BS3) button to
determine the setting.
7
7
7
7
7
7
COOL/HEAT select
Low
Demand
IND MASTER SLAVE noise H7P
H6P
H4P
H5P
H3P
9
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
Pushing the RETURN (BS3) button will return the system to the initial condition of
"Setting mode 1".
Procedure for checking check items
The system is normally set to "Setting
mode 1".
Should the system be set to any
mode other than that, push the
MODE (BS1) button to set the
system to "Setting mode 1".
COOL/HEAT select
MODE TEST
H1P
H2P
7
7
Low
Demand
IND MASTER SLAVE noise
H7P
H6P
H4P
H3P
H5P
8
7
7
7
7
Current operating conditions
7Normal 8Abnormal
9In preparation or in
check operation
Check the system for each condition
through LED displays. (Refer to
information in table on the right.)
Pushing the RETURN (BS3) button
will bring the system to the initial
state of "Setting mode 1".
(V2763)
Test Operation
Setting of COOL/HEAT selection
877By individual outdoor
unit
787In a batch of outdoor unit
group with master unit
778In a batch of outdoor unit
group with slave unit
Low noise operating conditions
7In normal operation
8In low noise operation
Demand operating conditions
7In normal operation
8In demand operation
107
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
b. “Setting mode 2”
No.
Push and hold the MODE (BS1)
button for 5 seconds and set to
“Setting mode 2”.
2
Setting item
Cool/heat unified
address
Low noise/demand
address
3
Test operation
settings
5
Indoor unit forced
fan H
Indoor unit forced
operation
Te setting
Tc setting
Defrost changeover
setting
External low noise
setting / Demand
setting
AIRNET address
1
<Selection of setting items>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item
shown in the table on the right.
↓
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
decide the item. (The present setting
condition is blinked.)
6
8
9
10
12
13
16
20
<Selection of setting conditions>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
to the setting condition you want.
↓
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
decide the condition.
21
22
25
26
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
set to the initial status of “Setting
mode 2”.
Sets address for cool/heat unified operation.
Address for low noise/demand operation
Used to conduct test operation without making changes
to the PCB and replacing the refrigerant, after the
completion of maintenance.
Allows forced operation of indoor unit fan while unit is
stopped. (H tap)
Allows forced operation of indoor unit.
Target evaporation temperature for cooling
Target condensation temperature for heating
Changes the temperature condition for defrost and sets to
quick defrost or slow defrost.
Reception of external low noise or demand signal
Set address for AIRNET.
this setting to conduct heating operation with hot
Setting of hot water Make
water heater.
Additional
refrigerant charge
Carries out additional refrigerant charge operation.
operation setting
Refrigerant
recovery /
Sets to refrigerant recovery or vacuuming mode.
vacuuming mode
setting
Sets automatic nighttime low noise operation in a simple
Night-time low
way.
noise setting
The operating time is based on “Starting set” and “Ending
set”.
Setting of external Sets low noise level when the low noise signal is input
low noise level
from outside.
Night-time low
Sets starting time of nighttime low noise operation.
noise operation
(Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
start setting
Night-time low
noise operation end
setting
Power transistor
check mode
∗Check after
disconnection of
compressor wires
Sets ending time of nighttime low noise operation.
(Night-time low noise setting is also required.)
29
Capacity
precedence setting
30
Demand setting 1
32
Normal demand
setting
If the capacity control is required, the low noise control is
automatically released by this setting during carrying out
low noise operation and nighttime low noise operation.
Changes target value of power consumption when
demand control 1 is input.
Normally enables demand control 1 without external
input. (Effective to prevent a problem that circuit breaker
of small capacity is shut down due to large load.)
27
28
∗ If you become unsure of how to
proceed, push the MODE (BS1)
button and return to setting mode 1.
Description
(V2764)
Used for trouble diagnosis of DC compressor. Since the
waveform of inverter is output without wiring to the
compressor, it is convenient to probe whether the trouble
comes from the compressor or PC board.
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the
SET (BS2) button.
108
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
Setting item display
No.
1
Setting item
Cool / Heat
Unified address
MODE
H1P
8
TEST
H2P
7
IND
H3P
7
C/H selection
Master Slave
H4P
H5P
7
7
Low
noise
H6P
7
Setting condition display
Demand
H7P
8
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
~
31
2
Low noise/demand
address
8
7
7
7
7
8
7
Address
0
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
5
6
Test operation
8
7
7
7
7
8
External low noise/demand:
NO
8788888
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777877
8777787 ∗
8777778
8777877
8777787 ∗
8777778
8777877
8777787 ∗
8777778
8777778 ∗
External low noise/demand:
YES
8777787
8
Test operation : OFF
Test operation : ON
8
7
7
7
8
7
8
Normal operation
Indoor forced
operation
8
7
7
7
8
8
7
Normal operation
Te setting
8
7
7
8
7
7
7
Indoor forced fan H
Indoor forced fan H
Indoor forced operation
High
8
Normal (factory setting)
Low
High
9
Tc setting
8
7
7
8
7
7
8
Normal (factory setting)
Low
Quick defrost
Defrost changeover
10 setting
8
7
7
8
7
8
7
Normal (factory setting)
Slow defrost
low noise/
12 External
demand setting
13 Airnet address
8
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
Address
0
8
Binary number
1
(6 digits)
of hot water
16 Setting
heater
8
7
8
7
7
7
7
Additional refrigerant
20 charging operation
setting
8
7
8
7
8
7
7
Refrigerant charging: OFF
8
7
8
7
8
7
8
ON
Refrigerant charging: ON
Refrigerant recovery /
vacuuming: OFF
Refrigerant recovery /
vacuuming: ON
OFF
Night-time low noise
22 setting
8
7
8
7
8
8
7
8777777 ∗
8777778
~
63
OFF
Refrigerant recovery /
21 vacuuming mode
setting
8788888
8777777 ∗
8777778
~
31
3
∗ Factory set
8777777 ∗
8777778
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower)
Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower)
Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower)
8888888
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777777 ∗
8777778
8777787
8777788
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button.
Test Operation
109
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
Setting item display
No.
Setting item
MODE
H1P
TEST
H2P
IND
H3P
C/H selection
Master
Slave
H4P
H5P
Low
noise
H6P
Setting condition display
Demand
H7P
Level 1 (outdoor fan with 6 step or lower)
25 Low noise setting
8
7
8
8
7
7
8
Level 2 (outdoor fan with 5 step or lower)
Level 3 (outdoor fan with 4 step or lower)
About 20:00
Night-time low noise
26 operation start
setting
8
7
8
8
7
8
7
About 22:00 (factory setting)
About 24:00
About 6:00
Night-time low noise
27
operation end setting
8
7
8
8
7
8
8
About 7:00
About 8:00 (factory setting)
Power transistor
28 check mode
8
7
8
8
8
7
7
OFF
29 Capacity
precedence setting
8
7
8
8
8
7
8
OFF
ON
ON
60 % demand
30 Demand setting 1
8
7
8
8
8
8
7
70 % demand
80 % demand
demand
32 Normal
setting
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
OFF
ON
∗ Factory set
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778
8777787
8777877 ∗
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778 ∗
8777787
8777778
8777787 ∗
8777877
8777778 ∗
8777787
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the SET (BS2) button.
110
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
c. Monitor mode
No.
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in “Setting
mode 1”.
<Selection of setting item>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
<Confirmation on setting contents>
Push the RETURN (BS3) button to
display different data of set items.
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
LED display
Setting item
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
H5P
H6P
H7P
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
7
7
8
7
8
7
8
7
8
7
8
8
7
8
Data display
0
Various setting
1
C/H unified address
2
Low noise/demand address
3
Not used
4
Airnet address
5
Number of connected indoor units
7
Number of connected zone units
(excluding outdoor and BS unit)
8
Number of outdoor units
11
Number of zone units (excluding
outdoor and BS unit)
12
Number of terminal blocks
9 7 7 8 8 7 7
Lower 4 digits:
upper
13
Number of terminal blocks
9 7 7 8 8 7 8
Lower 4 digits:
lower
14
Contents of malfunction (the
latest)
8 7 7 8 8 8 7
Malfunction
code table
15
Contents of malfunction
(1 cycle before)
8 7 7 8 8 8 8
16
(2 cycle before)
20
Contents of retry (the latest)
21
Contents of retry (1 cycle before)
22
Contents of retry (2 cycle before)
25
Normal judgment of outdoor units
PC board
Contents of malfunction
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
7
7
7
8
7
7
8
7
9 7 8 8 7 7 8
See below
Lower 6 digits
Lower 6 digits
Refer to page
138, 139.
Lower 2 digits:
87 Abnormal
78 Normal
77 Unjudgment
The numbers in the "No." column represent the number of times to press the
SET (BS2) button.
Setting item 0 Display contents of “Various setting”
∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
(V2765)
EMG operation /
backup operation
setting
ON
OFF
Defrost select setting
Short
Medium
Long
Te setting
H
M
L
Tc setting
H
M
L
Test Operation
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
7
111
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
Push the SET button and match with the LEDs No. 1 - 15, push the RETURN button, and
confirm the data for each setting.
H Data such as addresses and number of units is expressed as binary numbers; the two
ways of expressing are as follows:
9 797997
16
32
4
8
1
2
In c the address is 010110 (binary number), which translates to
16 + 4 + 2 = 22 (base 10 number). In other words, the address is
22.
977 7979
64 16
No.12 128 32
977 7997
4
No.13
8
The No. 1 cool/heat unified address is expressed as a binary
number consisting of the lower 6 digits. (0 - 63)
1
2
The number of terminal blocks for No. 12 and 13 is expressed as
an 8-digit binary number, which is the combination of four upper,
and four lower digits for No. 12 and 13 respectively. (0 - 128)
In d the address for No. 12 is 0101, the address for No. 13 is
0110, and the combination of the two is 01010110 (binary
number), which translates to 64 + 16 + 4 + 2 = 86 (base 10
number). In other words, the number of terminal block is 86.
H See the preceding page for a list of data, etc. for No. 0 - 25.
112
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
3.2.2 Cool / Heat Mode Switching
There are the following 4 cool/heat switching modes.
c Set cool/heat separately for each outdoor unit system by indoor unit remote control.
d Set cool/heat separately for each outdoor unit system by cool/heat switching remote control.
e Set cool/heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with
unified master outdoor unit by indoor unit remote control.
f Set cool/heat for more than one outdoor unit system simultaneously in accordance with
unified master outdoor unit by cool/heat switching remote control.
c Set Cool / Heat Separately for Each Outdoor Unit System by Indoor Unit remote control
‹ It does not matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring.
‹ Set outdoor unit PC board DS1-1 to IN (factory set).
‹ Set cool/heat switching to IND (individual) for “Setting mode 1” (factory set).
C/H SELECT
TEST
MODE
IND
MALFUNC.
L.N.O.P. DEMAND
MASTER SLAVE
ON
Dip SW.
DS1-1
OFF
C/H SELECT R.C.
Indoor unit
Remote
control
<Set the master unit (= indoor unit having the right to
select the cooling/heating operation mode).>
In the case of wired remote controls
• After the check operation, “CHANGEOVER UNDER
CONTROL” is flashing in all connected remote controls.
• Select an indoor unit to be used as the master unit in
accordance with the request from the customer.
(It is recommended to select an indoor unit which will be
used most often as the master unit.)
• Press the operation mode selector button in the remote
control of the indoor unit selected as the master unit.
• In that remote control, “CHANGEOVER UNDER
CONTROL” disappears. That remote control will control
changeover of the cooling/heating operation mode.
• In other remote controls, “CHANGEOVER UNDER
CONTROL” lights.
Indoor unit
Remote
control
In the case of infrared remote controls
• After the check operation, the timer lamp is flashing in all
connected indoor units.
• Select an indoor unit to be used as the master unit in
accordance with the request from the customer.
(It is recommended to select an indoor unit which will be
used most often as the master unit.)
• Press the operation selector mode button in the remote
control of the indoor unit selected as the master unit. A
“peep” sound is emitted, and the timer lamp turns off in all
indoor units.
• That indoor unit will control changeover of the cooling/
heating operation mode.
For the details, refer to the installation manual
supplied together with the indoor unit.
Test Operation
113
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
d Set Cool / Heat Separately for Each Outdoor Unit System by Cool/Heat Switching Remote control
‹ It does not matter whether or not there is outdoor - outdoor unit wiring.
‹ Set outdoor unit PC board DS1-1 to OUT (factory set).
‹ Set cool/heat switching to IND (individual) for “Setting mode 1” (factory set).
C/H SELECT
TEST
MODE
IND
MALFUNC.
MASTER
L.N.O.P. DEMAND
SLAVE
ON
Dip SW.
DS1-1
OFF
C/H SELECT R.C.
C/H select
remote
control
Indoor unit
Remote
control
114
Indoor unit
Remote
control
(V3059)
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
3.2.3 Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand Operation
Setting of Low Noise Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the low noise input of the outdoor unit external
control adapter (optional), you can lower operating noise by 2-3 dB.
When the low noise operation is carried out automatically at night (The external control
adapter for outdoor unit is not required)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "Mode 1", "Mode 2", or "Mode 3")
for set item No. 22 (Setting of nighttime low noise level).
2. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "20:00", "22:00", or
"24:00") for set item No. 26 (Setting of start time of nighttime low noise operation).
(Use the start time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
3. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", select the setting condition (i.e., "06:00", "07:00", or
"08:00") for set item No. 27 (Setting of end time of nighttime low noise operation).
(Use the end time as a guide since it is estimated according to outdoor temperatures.)
4. If necessary, while in "Setting mode 2", set the setting condition for set item No. 29 (Setting
of capacity precedence) to "ON".
(If the condition is set to "ON", when the air-conditioning load reaches a high level, the
system will be put into normal operation mode even during nighttime.)
Image of operation
Operation sound
Time set with "Night-time low noise start setting"
If capacity precedence is set in "Capacity
precedence setting", the fan speed will be
increased according to the load of air
conditioning when load is heavier.
Time set with "Night-time low noise end setting"
Rated operation
sound
Operation sound during
night-time low noise mode is
instructed can be set with
"Night-time low noise level
setting".
(Factory setting is "OFF".)
Night time
Operation sound
of mode 1
Operation sound
of mode 2
Operation sound
of mode 3
Operation sound level set with
"Night-time low noise setting”
PM 8:00
PM 10:00
PM 0:00
Set with "Night-time low noise start setting"
(Factory setting is "PM 10:00".)
Test Operation
AM 8:00
AM 7:00 AM 8:00
Set with "Night-time low noise end setting"
(Factory setting is "PM 8:00".)
(V3079)
115
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
Setting of Demand Operation
By connecting the external contact input to the demand input of the outdoor unit external control
adapter (optional), the power consumption of unit operation can be saved suppressing the
compressor operating condition.
Set item
Demand
Condition
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Content
The compressor operates at approx. 60% or less of rating.
The compressor operates at approx. 70% or less of rating.
The compressor operates at approx. 80% or less of rating.
When the normal demand operation is carried out. (Use of the external control adapter
for outdoor unit is not required.)
1. While in "Setting mode 2", make setting of the set item No. 32 (Setting of constant demand)
to "ON".
2. While in "Setting mode 2", select the set item No. 30 (Setting of Demand 1 level) and then
set the setting condition to targeted mode.
Image of operation
Power consumption
Rated power consumption
80 % of rated power consumption
70 % of rated power consumption
60 % of rated power consumption
The power consumption set with "Demand 1 level setting".
When the "Normal
demand setting" is
set to ON ("OFF"
has been set at
factory.) , the power
consumption can be
set with the
"Demand 1 level
setting". ("70 % of
rated power
consumption" has
been set at factory.)
(V3082)
116
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
Detailed Setting Procedure of Low Noise Operation and Demand Control
1. Setting mode 1 (H1P off)
c In setting mode 2, push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Setting mode 1 is entered and
H1P off.
During the setting mode 1 is displayed, “In low noise operation” and “In demand control” are
displayed.
2. Setting mode 2 (H1P on)
c In setting 1, push and hold the BS1 (MODE button) for more than 5 seconds. → Setting
mode 2 is entered and H1P lights.
d Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the Setting No.
you want.
e Push the BS3 (RETURN button) one time, and the present setting content is displayed.
→ Push the BS2 (SET button) several times and match the LED display with the setting
content (as shown on next page) you want.
f Push the BS3 (RETURN button) two times. → Returns to c.
g Push the BS1 (MODE button) one time. → Returns to the setting mode 1 and turns H1P off.
Test Operation
117
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
{: ON
d
c
Setting
No.
Setting
contents
Setting No. indication
Setting No. indication
Setting
contents
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
12
External
low noise /
Demand
setting
22
Night-time
low noise
setting
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
{
{
z
z
z
{
{
z
{
{
z
{
z
z
{
z
z
z
z
z
9
YES
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
OFF
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
{
{
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
9
9
z
9
z
9
9
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
{
{
{
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
z
9
z
z
z
z
9
z
9
z
AM 8:00
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
9
z
z
Low noise
precedence
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
z
9
Capacity
precedence
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
60 % of
rated power
consumption
{
z
z
z
z
z
9
70 % of
rated power
consumption
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
80 % of
rated power
consumption
{
z
z
z
9
z
z
OFF
(Factory
setting)
{
z
z
z
z
z
9
ON
{
z
z
z
z
9
z
Mode 3
{
Night-time
low noise
end setting
{
z
{
{
z
{
z
PM 8:00
PM 10:00
(Factory
setting)
PM 0:00
27
29
30
32
{
{
z
{
{
AM 6:00
AM 7:00
Capacity
precedence
setting
{
Demand
setting 1
{
Normal
demand
setting
{
Setting mode indication section
118
z
z
z
z
{
{
z
{
{
z
{
{
z
z
{
z
Setting No. indication section
{
z
z
Setting contents indication (Initial setting)
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
Mode 2
Night-time
low noise
start setting
9: Blink
NO
(Factory
set)
Mode 1
26
z: OFF
e
Set contents indication section
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
3.2.4 Setting of Refrigerant Additional Charging Operation
*
When the outdoor unit is stopped and the entire quantity of refrigerant cannot be
charged from the stop valve on the liquid side, make sure to charge the remaining
quantity of refrigerant using this procedure. If the refrigerant quantity is insufficient,
the unit may malfunction.
Turn ON the power of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit.
Make sure to completely open the stop valve on the gas side and the stop valve on the
liquid side.
Connect the refrigerant charge hose to the service port (for additionally charging the
refrigerant).
In the stopped status, set to ON the refrigerant additional charging operation A in
set mode 2 (H1P: Turn on).
The operation is automatically started.
(The LED indicator H2P flickers, and "Test run" and "Under centralized control" are
displayed in the remote control.)
After charging the specified quantity of refrigerant, press the RETURN button (BS3) to stop
the operation.
The operation is automatically stopped within 30 minutes.
If charging is not completed within 30 minutes, set and perform the refrigerant
additional charging operation A again.
If the refrigerant additional charging operation is stopped soon, the refrigerant may be
overcharged.
Never charge extra refrigerant.
Disconnect the refrigerant charge hose.
Service port for adding refrigerant
1
V1
Test Operation
Y1
Liquid
line stop
valve
Pipe fixing plate
Gas line
stop
valve
Gas line stop valve
Liquid line stop valve
119
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
3.2.5 Setting of Refrigerant Recovery Mode
When carrying out the refrigerant collection on site, fully open the respective expansion valve of
indoor and outdoor units
All indoor and outdoor unit’s operation are prohibited.
[Operation procedure]
c In “Setting Mode 2” with units in stop mode, set “B Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode”
to ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened. “TEST
OPERATION” and “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL” are displayed on the remote
control, and the indoor / outdoor unit operation is prohibited.
After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of refrigerant recovery
operation.
d Collect the refrigerant using a refrigerant recovery unit. (See the operation manual attached
to the refrigerant recovery unit for more detal.)
e Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”.
120
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Field Setting
3.2.6 Setting of Vacuuming Mode
In order to perform vacuuming operation at site, fully open the expansion valves of indoor and
outdoor units and turn on some solenoid valves.
[Operating procedure]
c In “Setting Mode 2” with units in stop mode, set “B Refrigerant Recovery / Vacuuming mode”
to ON. The respective expansion valve of indoor and outdoor units are fully opened. “TEST
OPERATION” and “UNDER CENTRALIZED CONTROL” are displayed on the remote
control, and the indoor / outdoor unit operation is prohibited.
After setting, do not cancel “Setting Mode 2” until completion of Vacuuming operation.
d Use the vacuum pump to perform vacuuming operation.
e Press Mode button “BS1” once and reset “Setting Mode 2”.
3.2.7 Check Operation
To prevent any trouble in the period of installation at site, the system is provided with a test
operation mode enabling check for incorrect wiring, stop valve left in closed, coming out (or
misplacing with suction pipe thermistor) or discharge pipe thermistor and judgment of piping
length, refrigerant overcharging, and learning for the minimum opening degree of electronic
expansion valve.
CHECK OPERATION FUNCTION
LED display (H1P~H7P) (8:ON
3383333
Unit stopping
3:OFF 9:BLINK)
Press the TEST button for 5 seconds.
Step 1
Pressure equalizing
10 sec to 10 minutes
Step 2
3933338
3933383
Cooling start control
20 sec to 2 minutes
Step 3
Stability waiting operation
3933388
10 minutes
Step4~6
Judgment function
• Stop valve close check
3933833
• Wrong wiring check
3933838
• Piping length check
3 minutes
Step 7
3933883
3933888
Refrigerant over charge judgment
15 minutes
Step 8
3938338
Pump down residual operation
5 seconds
Step 9
3938383
Standby for restarting
2 minutes
Completion
Test Operation
121
Field Setting
SiENBE34-802
122
Test Operation
SiENBE34-802
Part 7
Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting .......................................................125
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Control ...................................................128
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
The INSPECTION / TEST Button.........................................................128
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Control .............................................129
Self-diagnosis by Wireless Remote Control .........................................130
Operation of the Remote Control’s Inspection /
Test Operation Button ..........................................................................132
2.5 Remote Control Service Mode .............................................................133
2.6 Remote Control Self-Diagnosis Function .............................................135
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control ........................142
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
3.27
3.28
Troubleshooting
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device ...........................142
“A1” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect ........................................................143
“A3” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L)......144
“A6” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ..............................146
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) ....................147
Abnormal Power Supply Voltage..........................................................149
“A9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E)........................................................150
“AF” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit .............................................152
“AJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device..........153
“C1” Indoor Unit: Failure of Transmission
(Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board)............................154
“C4” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger....................................................................................156
“C5” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes .........157
“C6” Indoor Unit: Failure of Combination
(Between Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board)............................158
“C9” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air ........159
“CA” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air ..............160
“CC” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System ....................161
“CJ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in
Remote Control ....................................................................................162
“E1” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect......................................................163
“E3” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch..........................164
“E4” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .........................166
“E5” Inverter Compressor Motor Lock...................................................168
“E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor .........................................169
“E9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E)...............................................170
“F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature..................172
“F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged ........................................173
“H9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Outdoor Air ....174
“J3” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T)....175
“J5” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for
Suction Pipe 1, 2 ..................................................................................176
123
SiENBE34-802
3.29 “J6” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T).............................177
3.30 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for
Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe ......................................................................178
3.31 “J9” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T).............................179
3.32 “JA” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor .....................180
3.33 “JC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ......................181
3.34 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board ..........................................182
3.35 “L4” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise.................................................................................183
3.36 “L5” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal...............................184
3.37 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal ......................................185
3.38 “L9” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error .............................................186
3.39 “LC” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PC Board .............................................................187
3.40 “P1” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in
Main Inverter Circuit .............................................................................188
3.41 “U0” Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
Electronic Expansion Valve Failure......................................................189
3.42 “U2” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure......................191
3.43 “U3” Check Operation not Executed .....................................................193
3.44 “U4” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units and
Outdoor Units .......................................................................................194
3.45 “U5” Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Control and
Indoor Unit............................................................................................196
3.46 “U8” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub Remote
Controls ................................................................................................197
3.47 “U9” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and Outdoor Units
in the Same System .............................................................................198
3.48 “UA” Excessive Number of Indoor Units................................................200
3.49 “UC” Address Duplication of Central Remote Control ...........................201
3.50 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between
Central Remote Control and Indoor Unit ..............................................202
3.51 “UF” System is not Set yet ....................................................................204
3.52 “UH” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address Undefined ..205
4. Troubleshooting by Indication on
the Centralized Remote Control..........................................................206
4.1 “UE” Malfunction of Transmission between
Centralized Remote Control and Indoor Unit .......................................206
4.2 “M1” PC Board Defect ............................................................................207
4.3 “M8” Malfunction of Transmission between
Optional Controllers for Centralized Control........................................208
4.4 “MA” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control...............................................................................209
4.5 “MC” Address Duplication, Improper Setting..........................................211
5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller.......212
5.1 Operation Lamp Blinks .........................................................................212
5.2 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink)..........................................................................214
5.3 Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink) ........................................................................217
124
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
1. Symptom-based Troubleshooting
1
Symptom
The system does not start operation at all.
Supposed Cause
Blowout of fuse(s)
Cutout of breaker(s)
Countermeasure
Turn Off the power supply and
then replace the fuse(s).
• If the knob of any breaker is in
its OFF position, turn ON the
power supply.
• If the knob of any circuit
breaker is in its tripped position,
do not turn ON the power
supply.
ON
Knob
Tripped
OFF
Circuit breaker
Power failure
2
The system starts operation but makes an
immediate stop.
3
The system does not cool or heat air well.
[In cooling]
[In cooling]
[In cooling]
4
5
The system does The system stops and
not operate.
immediately restarts operation.
Pressing the TEMP ADJUST
button immediately resets the
system.
The system
makes
intermittent
stops.
Troubleshooting
The remote control displays
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
CONTROL", which blinks for a
period of several seconds
when the OPERATION button
is depressed.
The system stops immediately
after turning ON the power
supply.
The remote control displays
malfunction codes "U4" and
"U5", and the system stops but
restarts after a lapse of several
minutes.
After the power failure is reset,
restart the system.
Open phase in power supply
Check power supply. After that,
cable
properly connect the power
supply cable, and then turn ON
the power supply.
Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s)
Clean the air filter(s).
Blocked air inlet or outlet of indoor Remove obstacle(s).
or outdoor unit
Clogged air filter(s)
Clean the air filter(s).
Enclosed outdoor unit(s)
Remove the enclosure.
Improper set temperature
Set the temperature to a proper
degree.
Airflow rate set to "LOW"
Set it to a proper airflow rate.
Improper direction of air diffusion Set it to a proper direction.
Open window(s) or door(s)
Shut it tightly.
Direct sunlight received
Hang curtains or shades on
windows.
Too many persons staying in a
room
Too many heat sources (e.g. OA
equipment) located in a room
If the OPERATION lamp on the
Normal operation. The system will
remote control turns ON, the
automatically start operation after
system will be normal. These
a lapse of five minutes.
symptoms indicate that the
system is controlled so as not to
put unreasonable loads on the
system.
The system is controlled with
Operate the system using the
centralized control. Blinking
COOL/HEAT centralized remote
display indicates that the system control.
cannot be operated using the
remote Control.
The system is in preparation
mode of micro computer
operation.
The system stops due to an
interruption in communication
between units caused by
electrical noises coming from
equipment other than air
conditioners.
Wait for a period of approximately
one minute.
Remove causes of electrical
noises.
If these causes are removed, the
system will automatically restart
operation.
125
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
6
7
8
9
Symptom
COOL-HEAT
The remote control displays
selection is
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
disabled.
CONTROL".
The remote control displays
"UNDER CENTRALIZED
CONTROL", and the COOLHEAT selection remote control
is provided.
The system
This symptom occurs
conducts fan
immediately after turning ON
operation but not the power supply.
cooling or
heating
operation.
The airflow rate Even pressing the AIRFLOW
is not
RATE SET button makes no
reproduced
changes in the airflow rate.
according to the
setting.
The airflow
direction is not
reproduced
according to the
setting.
10 A white mist
comes out from
the system.
126
The airflow direction is not
corresponding to that
displayed on the remote
Control.
The flap does not swing.
<Indoor unit>
In cooling operation, the
ambient humidity is high.
(This indoor unit is installed in
a place with much oil or dust.)
<Indoor unit>
Immediately after cooling
operation stopping, the
ambient temperature and
humidity are low.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
After the completion of
defrosting operation, the
system is switched to heating
operation.
SiENBE34-802
Supposed Cause
Countermeasure
This remote control has no option Use a remote control with option
to select cooling operation.
to select cooling operation.
COOL-HEAT selection is made
using the COOL-HEAT selection
remote control.
Use the COOL-HEAT selection
remote control to select cool or
heat.
The system is in preparation
mode of operation.
Wait for a period of approximately
10 minutes.
In heating operation, when the
Normal operation.
room temperature reaches the set
degree, the outdoor unit will stop
while the indoor unit is brought to
fan LL operation so that no one
gets cold air.
Furthermore, if fan operation
mode is selected when other
indoor unit is in heating operation,
the system will be brought to fan
LL operation.
(The fan LL operation is also
enabled while in oil return mode in
cooling operation.)
Automatic control
Normal operation.
Uneven temperature distribution Clean the inside of the indoor unit.
due to heavy stain of the inside of
the indoor unit
Hot gas (refrigerant) flown in the
indoor unit results to be vapor
from the unit.
Normal operation.
Defrosted moisture turns to be
vapor and comes out from the
units.
Normal operation.
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
11 The system
produces
sounds.
Symptom-based Troubleshooting
Symptom
<Indoor unit>
Immediately after turning ON
the power supply, indoor unit
produces "ringing" sounds.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
"Hissing" sounds are
continuously produced while in
cooling or defrosting operation.
<Indoor and outdoor units>
"Hissing" sounds are produced
immediately after the startup or
stop of the system, or the
startup or stop of defrosting
operation.
<Indoor unit>
Faint sounds are continuously
produced while in cooling
operation or after stopping the
operation.
<Indoor unit>
"Creaking" sounds are
produced while in heating
operation or after stopping the
operation.
<Indoor unit>
Sounds like "trickling" or the
like are produced from indoor
units in the stopped state.
<Outdoor unit>
Pitch of operating sounds
changes.
12 Dust comes out Dust comes out from the
from the system. system when it restarts after
the stop for an extended period
of time.
13 Odors come out In operation
from the system.
14 Outdoor unit fan
does not rotate.
In operation
15 LCD display "88" Immediately after turning ON
appears on the
the power supply
remote control.
16 The outdoor unit After stopping operation
compressor or
the outdoor unit
fan does not
stop.
17 The outdoor gets While stopping operation
hot.
Supposed Cause
These are operating sounds of
the electronic expansion valve of
the indoor unit.
Countermeasure
Normal operation.
This sound becomes low after a
lapse of approximately one
minute.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
gas (refrigerant) flowing
respectively through the indoor
and outdoor units.
These sounds are produced
Normal operation.
when the gas (refrigerant) stops
or changes flowing.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
the drain discharge device in
operation.
These sounds are produced from Normal operation.
resin parts expanding and
contracting with temperature
changes.
On VRV systems, these sounds Normal operation.
are produced when other indoor
units in operation. The reason is
that the system runs in order to
prevent oil or refrigerant from
dwelling.
The reason is that the compressor Normal operation.
changes the operating frequency.
Dust, which has deposited on the Normal operation.
inside of indoor unit, is blown out
from the system.
Odors of room, cigarettes or else
adsorbed to the inside of indoor
unit are blown out.
The reason is that fan revolutions
are controlled to put the operation
to the optimum state.
The reason is that the system is
checking to be sure the remote
control is normal.
It stops in order to prevent oil or
refrigerant from dwelling.
The reason is that the compressor
is warmed up to provide smooth
startup of the system.
18 Hot air comes
Hot air is felt while the system On VRV systems, small quantity
out from the
stops.
of refrigerant is fed to indoor units
system even
in the stopped state when other
though it stops.
indoor units are in operation.
19 The system does The system is in dry operation. The reason is that the dry
not cool air well.
operation serves not to reduce
the room temperature where
possible.
Troubleshooting
The inside of the indoor unit
should be cleaned.
Normal operation.
Normal operation.
This code is displayed for a period
of approximately one minute at
maximum.
Normal operation.
It stops after a lapse of
approximately 5 to 10 minutes.
Normal operation.
Normal operation.
Change the system to cooling
operation.
127
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
2. Troubleshooting by Remote Control
2.1
The INSPECTION / TEST Button
The following modes can be selected by using the [Inspection/Test Operation] button on the
remote control.
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button
for more than 4 seconds.
Indoor unit settings can be made
• Filter sign time
• Air flow direction
• Others
Local
setting
mode
Service
mode
Depress Inspection/Test Operation button
for more than 4 seconds.
Service data can be obtained.
• Malfunciton code history
• Temperature data of various sections
Service settings can be made.
• Forced fan ON
• Air flow direction/volume setting
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
Normal
mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation button once.
Or after 30 minutes
Press Inspection/Test Operation
button once.
After 10 seconds
Following codes can be checked.
• Malfunction codes
Inspection
• Indoor model code
mode
• Outdoor model code
Test
operation
mode
Press Inspection/Test Operation
button once.
128
Thermostat is forcibly turned on.
(V0815)
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
2.2
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
Self-diagnosis by Wired Remote Control
Explanation
If operation stops due to malfunction, the remote control’s operation LED blinks, and
malfunction code is displayed. (Even if stop operation is carried out, malfunction contents are
displayed when the inspection mode is entered.) The malfunction code enables you to tell what
kind of malfunction caused operation to stop. See page 136 for malfunction code and
malfunction contents.
Operation LED
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for
which a malfunction has
been detected
Inspection display
Malfunction code
Inspection/Test button
Note:
1. Pressing the INSPECTION/TEST button will blink the check indication.
2. While in check mode, pressing and holding the ON/OFF button for a period of five seconds or
more will clear the failure history indication shown above. In this case, on the codes display,
the malfunction code will blink twice and then change to “00” (=Normal), the Unit No. will
change to “0”, and the operation mode will automatically switch from check mode to normal
mode (displaying the set temperature).
Troubleshooting
129
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
2.3
SiENBE34-802
Self-diagnosis by Infrared Remote Control
In the Case of
BRC7C Type
BRC7E Type
BRC4C Type
If equipment stops due to a malfunction, the operation indicating LED on the light reception
section flashes.
The malfunction code can be determined by following the procedure described below. (The
malfunction code is displayed when an operation error has occurred. In normal condition, the
malfunction code of the last problem is displayed.)
1. Press the INSPECTION/TEST button to select “Inspection.”
The equipment enters the inspection mode. The “Unit” indication lights and the Unit No.
display shows flashing “0” indication.
2. Set the Unit No.
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the Unit No. display until the buzzer (*1) is
generated from the indoor unit.
*1 Number of beeps
3 short beeps : Conduct all of the following operations.
1 short beep : Conduct steps 3 and 4.
Continue the operation in step 4 until a buzzer remains ON. The continuous buzzer indicates
that the malfunction code is confirmed.
Continuous beep : No abnormality.
3. Press the MODE selector button.
The left “0” (upper digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
4. Malfunction code upper digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code upper digit until the
malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
„ The upper digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
“Advance” button
“Backward” button
(SE006)
*2 Number of beeps
Continuous beep : Both upper and lower digits matched. (Malfunction code confirmed)
2 short beeps : Upper digit matched.
1 short beep : Lower digit matched.
5. Press the MODE selector button.
The right “0” (lower digit) indication of the malfunction code flashes.
6. Malfunction code lower digit diagnosis
Press the UP or DOWN button and change the malfunction code lower digit until the
continuous malfunction code matching buzzer (*2) is generated.
130
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
„ The lower digit of the code changes as shown below when the UP and DOWN buttons are
pressed.
“Advance” button
“Backward” button
(SE007)
Normal status
Enters inspection mode from normal
status when the INSPECTION/TEST
button is pressed.
1. Press INSPECTION/TEST button.
If no button is pressed
for 1 minute, equipment
returns to normal status.
3. Press
MODE
selector
button.
When MODE selector
button is pressed or no
button is pressed for 1
minute, equipment
returns to normal status.
If no button is pressed
for 1 minute, equipment
returns to normal status.
5. Press MODE selector button.
Troubleshooting
131
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
2.4
SiENBE34-802
Operation of the Remote Control’s Inspection / Test
Operation Button
0
L0
Unit
Malfunction code
Inspection
Malfunction code blinks when a malfunction occurs.
Normal display (No display)
Inspection/test
operation
Unit
Malfunction code
Inspection
Push the button.
0
L0
Inspection mode
Inspection/test
operation
Example of capacity code display
0 7 1... Capacity code
F... Indoor unit system code
C... Indoor unit type code
J... Progression code
Display
Example model
FXCQ25
028
FXFQ63
071
Push the button.
Indoor unit system code
Product classification
System classification
1
VRV system
(VAV indoor unit)
2
VRV system
Outdoor air processing unit
F
VRV system
Standard indoor unit
H
VRV system
New ceilling suspended cassette
Display
071
FCJ
Indoor unit model code display
Indoor unit type code
Inspection/test
operation
Display
Push the button.
–––
AA1
Outdoor unit model code display
Inspection/test
operation
Push the button.
Model
Type
A
Wall mounted
FXAQ
C
Double flow
FXCQ
E
Corner
FXKQ
F
Multi flow
FXFQ
H
Ceiling suspended
FXHQ
J
Built-in
FXSQ
L
Floor standing
FXLQ
P
Concealed ceiling duct
FXMQ
L
Concealed floor standing type
FXNQ
6
Multi flow 600×600
FXZQ
3
Slim Ceilling mounted duct
FXDQ
5
New ceilling suspended cassette
FXUQ
Test operation
Test operation mode
Inspection/test
operation
132
Push the button.
Outdoor model code
Type
Display
Model
AA1
VRV System Inverter K Series
RSXYP
AA3
R-407C VRV PLUS Series
RXYP
A92
VRV Heat Recovery Series
RSEYP
AA5
High COP type R-407C L Series
RSXYP-L
AAA
VRV II
RXYQ-M
AAC
VRV II M/C
RXYQ-MA
AAE
VRV III
RXYQ-P
A8E
VRV III-S
RXYSQ-P
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
2.5
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
Remote Control Service Mode
How to Enter the
Service Mode
Normal operation
mode
Push the
Field set
mode
button for 4 seconds or longer.
Push the
Service
mode
button for 4 seconds or longer.
(VF020)
Service Mode
Operation
Method
Troubleshooting
1. Select the mode No.
Set the desired mode No. with the
button.
(For infrared remote control, Mode 43 only can be set.)
2. Select the unit No. (For group control only)
Select the indoor unit No. to be set with the time mode
. (For infrared remote control,
button.)
3. Make the settings required for each mode. (Modes 41, 44, 45)
In case of Mode 44, 45, push
button to be able to change setting before setting work.
(LCD “code” blinks.)
For details, refer to the table in next page.
4. Define the setting contents. (Modes 44, 45)
Define by pushing the timer
button.
After defining, LCD “code” changes blinking to ON.
5. Return to the normal operation mode.
Push the
button one time.
133
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
Mode
No
40
Function
Malfunction
hysteresis display
SiENBE34-802
Contents and operation method
Display malfunction hysteresis.
The history No. can be changed with the
button.
Remote control display example
Unit 1
40
Malfunction code
2-U4
Malfunction code
Hystory No: 1 - 9
1: Latest
(VE007)
41
Display of sensor
and address data
Display various types of data.
Select the data to be displayed with the
button.
Sensor data
0: Thermostat sensor in remote control.
1: Suction
2: Liquid pipe
3: Gas pipe
Sensor data display
Unit No.
Sensor type
41
1 1
27
Address data
4: Indoor unit address
5: Outdoor unit address
6: BS unit address
7: Zone control address
8: Cool/heat group address
9: Demand / low noise address
Temperature ºC
Address display
Unit No.
Address type
41
1 8
1
Address
(VE008)
43
Forced fan ON
Manually turn the fan ON by each unit. (When
you want to search for the unit No.)
By selecting the unit No. with the
button,
you can turn the fan of each indoor unit on
(forced ON) individually.
Unit 1
43
(VE009)
44
Individual setting
Set the fan speed and air flow direction by each
unit
Select the unit No. with the time mode
button.
Set the fan speed with the
button.
Set the air flow direction with the
button.
Unit 1
Code
1 3
Fan speed 1: Low
3: High
44
Air flow direction
P0 - P4
(VE010)
45
Unit No. transfer
Transfer unit No.
Select the unit No. with the
button.
Set the unit No. after transfer with the
button.
Present unit No.
Unit
1
Code
0 2
45
Unit No. after
transfer
(VE011)
134
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
2.6
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
Remote Control Self-Diagnosis Function
The remote control switches are equipped with a self diagnosis function so that more
appropriate maintenance can be carried out. If a malfunction occurs during operation, the
operation lamp, malfunction code and display of malfunctioning unit No. let you know the
contents and location of the malfunction.
When there is a stop due to malfunction, the contents of the malfunction given below can be
diagnosed by a combination of operation lamp, INSPECTION display of the liquid crystal display
and display of malfunction code. It also lets you know the unit No. during group control.
Operation lamp
ON/OFF button
Display of indoor unit for
which a malfunction has
been detected
Inspection display
Malfunction code
(VL050)
Troubleshooting
135
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
8: ON
Indoor Unit
Outdoor Unit
136
7: OFF
Malfunction Operation
Malfunction contents
code
lamp
A0
9
Error of external protection device
A1
9
PC board defect, E2 PROM defect
A3
9
Malfunction of drain level control system (S1L)
A6
9
Fan motor (M1F) lock, overload
A7
A8
A9
AF
AJ
C1
C4
8
9
9
8
9
9
9
C5
9
C6
C9
9
9
CA
9
CC
CJ
E1
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E9
F3
F6
H3
H4
H7
H9
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
8
9
9
9
J2
J3
9
9
J5
9
J6
9
J7
J9
JA
JC
L0
L1
L4
L5
L8
L9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Malfunction of swing flap motor (M1S)
Abnormal power supply voltage
Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve (Y1E)
Drain level above limit
Malfunction of capacity setting
Failure of transmission (between indoor unit PC board and fan PC board)
Malfunction of thermistor (R2T) for heat exchange (loose connection,
disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermistor (R3T) for gas pipes (loose connection,
disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Failure of combination (between indoor unit PC board and fan PC board)
Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for suction air (loose connection,
disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermistor for discharge air (loose connection,
disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of humidity sensor system
Malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote control
PC board defect
Actuation of high pressure switch
Actuation of low pressure sensor
Compressor motor lock
Standard compressor lock or over current
Malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor
Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve (Y1E, Y3E)
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
Refrigerant overcharged
Failure of high pressure switch
Actuation of low pressure switch
Abnormal outdoor fan motor signal
Malfunction of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air (loose connection,
disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Current sensor malfunction
Malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor (R2T) (loose connection,
disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermistor (R3T, R5T) for suction pipe (loose connection,
disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermistor (R6T) for heat exchanger (loose connection,
disconnection, short circuit, failure)
Malfunction of thermistor (R7T) for outdoor unit liquid pipe
Malfunction of subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R4T)
Malfunction of high pressure sensor
Malfunction of low pressure sensor
Inverter system error
Malfunction of PC board
Malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise
Inverter compressor abnormal
Inverter current abnormal
Inverter start up error
9: Blink
Page
Referred
142
143
144
146
147
149
150
152
153
154
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
166
168
—
169
170
172
173
—
—
—
174
—
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
—
182
183
184
185
186
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
8: ON
7: OFF
Malfunction Operation
Malfunction contents
code
lamp
Outdoor Unit
LA
9
Malfunction of power unit
LC
9
Malfunction of transmission between inverter and control PC board
P1
9
High voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit.
System
U0
8
Low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or electronic expansion
valve failure
U1
9
Reverse phase / open phase
U2
9
Power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure
U3
9
Check operation is not completed.
U4
9
Malfunction of transmission between indoor and outdoor units
U5
9
Malfunction of transmission between remote control and indoor unit
U5
7
Failure of remote control PC board or setting during control by remote
control
U7
9
Malfunction of transmission between outdoor units
U8
9
Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controls
(malfunction of sub remote control)
U9
9
Malfunction of transmission between indoor unit and outdoor unit in the
same system
UA
9
Excessive number of indoor units
UC
8
Address duplication of central remote control
UE
9
Malfunction of transmission between central remote control and indoor unit
UF
9
System is not set yet
UH
9
Malfunction of system, refrigerant system address undefined
Central
UE
9
Malfunction of transmission between centralized remote control and indoor
remote
unit
control and
M1
8 or 7 PC board defect
Schedule
Timer
M8
8 or 7 Malfunction of transmission between optional controls for centralized
control
MA
8 or 7 Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
MC
8 or 7 Address duplication, improper setting
Heat
64
8
Indoor unit’s air thermistor error
Reclaim
65
8
Outside air thermistor error
Ventilation
68
8
Malfunction of HVU
6A
8
Damper system alarm
6A
9
Damper system + thermistor error
6F
8
Malfunction of simple remote control
94
9
Internal transmission error
9: Blink
Page
Referred
—
187
188
189
—
191
193
194
196
196
—
197
198
200
201
202
204
205
206
207
208
209
211
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
The system operates for malfunction codes indicated in black squares, however, be sure to check and repair.
Troubleshooting
137
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PC board
<Monitor mode>
Contents of malfunction
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in
“Setting mode 1”.
<Selection of setting item>
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
<Confirmation of malfunction 1>
Push the RETURN (BS3) button
once to display "First digit" of
malfunction code.
<Confirmation of malfunction 2>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "Second digit" of malfunction
code.
Detail
description
on next
page.
Malfunction
code
In-phase malfunction of DIII Net
Detection of DIII Net
E1
Abnormal discharge pressure
HPS activated
E3
Abnormal suction pressure
Abnormal Pe
E4
Compressor lock
Detection of INV compressor lock
E5
Over load, over current,
Detection of DC fan 1 motor lock
abnormal lock of outdoor unit fan motor
Detection of DC fan 2 motor lock
E7
Malfunction of electronic expansion
valve
EV1
E9
Faulty sensor of outdoor air
temperature
Faulty Ta sensor (short)
H9
Abnormal discharge pipe temperature
Abnormal Td
F3
EV3
Abnormal heat exchanger temperature Refrigerant over charge
F6
Faulty sensor of discharge pipe
temperature
Faulty Tdi sensor (short)
J3
Faulty sensor of suction pipe
temperature
Faulty Ts1 sensor (short)
J5
Faulty sensor of heat exchanger
temperature
Faulty Tb sensor (short)
J6
Malfunction of the liquid pipe
temperature sensor
Faulty TI sensor (short)
J7
Faulty sensor of subcool heat
exchanger temperature
Faulty Tsh sensor (short)
J9
Faulty Ts2 sensor (short)
Faulty sensor of discharge pressure
Faulty Pc sensor (short)
JA
Faulty sensor of suction pressure
Faulty Pe sensor (short)
JC
Faulty Inverter PC board
Faulty IPM
L1
Abnormal Current sensor offset
Abnormal IGBT
Faulty Current sensor
Abnormal SP-PAM over-voltage
<Confirmation of malfunction 3>
Inverter radiation fin temperature rising Over heating of inverter radiation fin temperature
L4
DC output over current
Inverter instantaneous over current
L5
Electronic thermal
Electronic thermal switch 1
L8
Electronic thermal switch 2
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "malfunction location".
Out-of-step
Speed down after startup
Lightening detection
Stall prevention (Limit time)
Stall prevention (Current increasing)
L9
Stall prevention (Faulty start up)
Abnormal wave form in startup
Out-of-step
<Confirmation of malfunction 4>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "malfunction location".
Transmission error between inverter
and outdoor unit
Inverter transmission error
LC
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
138
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
8: ON
Confirmation of malfunction 1
Confirmation of malfunction 2
Confirmation of malfunction 3
7: OFF
9:Blink
Confirmation of malfunction 4
Malfunction
code
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
E7
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
9
7
7
9
9
9
7
9
9
E9
9
9
7
7
9
H9
9
9
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
7
9
J5
9
7
9
7
9
J6
9
7
9
9
J7
9
7
9
J9
9
9
JA
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
E1
9
7
7
9
9
E3
E4
E5
F3
9
7
9
7
9
F6
J3
9
7
9
9
7
JC
L1
9
7
9
9
9
L4
L5
L8
9
L9
9
LC
Display of contents of
malfunction (first digit)
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
7
9
7
9
7
9
Display of contents of
malfunction (second digit)
8
7
8
8
Display 1 of
malfunction in detail
9
∗1
∗1
∗1
9
9
∗1
7
7
9
9
7
7
9
7
9
7
∗1
Display 2 of
malfunction in detail
∗1
Troubleshooting
9
7
7
9
9
7
9
7
9
Master
Slave1
Slave2
System
139
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
<Monitor mode>
Contents of malfunction
To enter the monitor mode, push the
MODE (BS1) button when in
“Setting mode 1”.
Malfunction
code
Open phase/Power supply imbalance
Imbalance of inverter power supply
voltage
P1
Faulty temperature sensor of inverter
radiation fin
Faulty thermistor of inverter fin
P4
Refrigerant shortage
Refrigerant shortage alarm
U0
Abnormal power supply voltage
Insufficient Inverter voltage
U2
Faulty charge of capacitor in main inverter circuit
Malfunction due to SP-PAM overvoltage
<Selection of setting item>
Malfunction due to P-N short circuit
Push the SET (BS2) button and set
the LED display to a setting item.
No implementation of test-run
U3
Transmission error between indoor
and outdoor unit
I/O transmission error
Transmission error of other system
Indoor unit system abnormal in other
system or other indoor unit system
abnormal in own system
U9
System transmission malfunction
UA
<Confirmation of malfunction 1>
Erroneous field setting
Push the RETURN (BS3) button
once to display "First digit" of
malfunction code.
U4
I/O transmission error
Overconnection malfunction of indoor units
Malfunction of field setting
Refrigerant abnormal
Connection error (BP unit)
Faulty system malfunction
Wiring error (Auto-address error)
UH
Conflict in wiring and piping, no setting
for system
Conflict in wiring and piping
UF
<Confirmation of malfunction 2>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "Second digit" of malfunction
code.
Detail
description
on next
page.
<Confirmation of malfunction 3>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "malfunction location".
<Confirmation of malfunction 4>
Push the SET (BS2) button once to
display "master or slave 1 or slave 2"
and "malfunction location".
Push the RETURN (BS3) button and
switches to the initial status of
“Monitor mode”.
∗ Push the MODE (BS1) button and
returns to “Setting mode 1”.
140
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Remote Control
8: ON
7: OFF
9:Blink
Confirmation of malfunction 1
Confirmation of malfunction 2
Confirmation of malfunction 3
Confirmation of malfunction 4
Malfunction
code
H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P H1P H2P H3P H4P H5P H6P H7P
P1
9
9 7 7 7 9
7 7 7 9 9
7 7 7 7 9
7 7
P4
U0
9
9
7
7
9
U2
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
9
7
7
7
7
7
9
7
7
9
7
7
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
U3
9
7
7
9
9
U4
9
7
9
7
7
U9
9
9
7
7
9
UA
9
9
7
9
7
UH
9
9
9
9
7
9
9
9
9
9
UF
Display of contents of
malfunction (first digit)
Display of contents of
malfunction (second digit)
Display 1 of
malfunction in detail
9
∗1
Display 2 of
malfunction in detail
∗1
Troubleshooting
∗1
9
7
7
9
9
7
9
7
9
Master
Slave1
Slave2
System
141
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote
Control
3.1
“A0” Indoor Unit: Error of External Protection Device
Remote Control
Display
Applicable
Models
A0
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
„ Actuation of external protection device
„ Improper field set
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
External
protection device is
connected to terminals T1
and T2 of the indoor
unit terminal
block.
YES
Actuation of external protection
device.
NO
ON/OFF
input from
outside (mode No.
12, first code No. 1) has
been set to external
protection device input
(second code No.
03) by remote
control.
YES
Change the second code No. to
"01" or "02" .
NO
Indoor unit PC board replacement.
(V2776)
142
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
3.2
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
“A1 ” Indoor Unit: PC Board Defect
Remote Control
Display
A1
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check data from E²PROM.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM
E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
supply is turned off.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn power supply OFF, then
power ON again.
Does the system
return to normal?
NO
YES
External factor other than
malfunction (for example,
noise etc.).
Replace the indoor unit PC
board.
(V2777)
Troubleshooting
143
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.3
“A3 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Drain Level Control
System (S1L)
Remote Control
Display
A3
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXFQ, FXZQ, FXKQ, FXSQ, FXMQ,
FXHQ (Option), FXAQ (Option)
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
By float switch OFF detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When rise of water level is not a condition and the float switch goes OFF.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
„
144
SiENBE34-802
220~240V power supply is not provided
Defect of float switch or short circuit connector
Defect of drain pump
Drain clogging, upward slope, etc.
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Loose connection of connector
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
NO
Is power supply
220~240V provided?
Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
The float
switch is connected to X8A
(or X15A) of the indoor unit
PC board.
NO
YES
The
float switch
contact is forming a
short circuit (continuity check
with X8A (or X15A)
disconnected)
YES
Connect either a short circuit
connector or float switch and
turn on again.
Becomes
normal when X8A (or X15A) of
the indoor unit PC board
is short circuited
NO
Defect of indoor unit PC board.
YES
NO
The float switch
functions normally.
YES
YES
The
drain pump is
connected to X25A or
terminals Y1 and Y2 of the
indoor unit PC
board.
NO
YES
NO
Water builds
up in the drain pan.
A short
circuit connector is
connected to
X8A.
Loose connection of connector.
NO
Replace float switch.
Modify the float switch's
connection and turn on again.
NO
Connect the drain pump and
turn on again.
YES
The
drain pump works
when the power supply is
reset for the indoor
unit.
YES
Check the drain piping for
clogging or upward slope, etc.
NO
The
voltage of
terminals Y1 and
Y2 or X25A is 220~240
V (within 5minutes of
resetting the power
supply).
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
YES
Replace the drain pump or
check for dirt, etc.
(V2778)
Troubleshooting
145
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.4
SiENBE34-802
“A6 ” Indoor Unit: Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload
Remote Control
Display
A6
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detection by failure of signal for detecting number of turns to come from the fan motor
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When number of turns can’t be detected even when output voltage to the fan is maximum
Supposed
Causes
„ Fan motor lock
„ Disconnected or faulty wiring between fan motor and PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the
wiring from the
fan motor securely
connected to connectors on
the indoor unit PC
board?
NO
Connect the wiring and turn on
again.
YES
Wiring
between the
indoor unit PC board and
fan motor is
disconnected.
YES
Fix the wiring and turn on again.
NO
Does the fan motor
run?
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
NO
Replace the fan motor.
(V2779)
146
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
3.5
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
“A7” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S)
Remote Control
Display
A7
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXKQ, FXZQ, FXHQ, FXUQ
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Utilizes ON/OFF of the limit switch when the motor turns.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When ON/OFF of the microswitch for positioning cannot be reversed even though the swing flap
motor is energized for a specified amount of time (about 30 seconds).
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Defect of swing motor
Defect of connection cable (power supply and limit switch)
Defect of air flow direction adjusting flap-cam
Defect of indoor unit PC board
147
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is power supply
220~240V provided?
NO
Provide 220~240V power
supply.
YES
Indoor unit is
a model equipped with a
swing flap function
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
YES
The
swing motor works
when the power supply is
turned off and then
back on.
YES
NO
The
connector is connected to
X9A (or X15A) of the indoor unit
PC board.
NO
Connect the connector to X9A
and turn on again.
YES
The limit switch
functions normally.
NO
Replace swing motor.
YES
After
turning the
swing-flap ON
and then stopping
with the remote control,
the voltage of X6A (or X29A)
of the indoor unit PC board is
220 ~ 240 VAC (50 Hz) / 220
VAC (60 Hz) when turned
on again (within 30
seconds of
turning on
again).
The
connecting cable is
short-circuited or
disconnected.
YES
Replace the limit switch
connecting cable.
NO
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
YES
The
connecting cable has no
continuity.
YES
Replace the power supply
connecting cable.
NO
When
the air flow
direction flap's cam
mechanism is
disconnected from the swing
motor, operation is
normal when
turned on
again.
NO
Replace swing motor.
YES
Take the cam mechanism
apart, reassemble and turn on
again.
(V2780)
148
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
3.6
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
Abnormal Power Supply Voltage
Remote Control
Display
A8
Applicable
Models
FXMQ40~125P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detect malfunction checking the input voltage of fan motor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the input voltage of fan motor is 150V and below, or 386V and above.
Supposed
Causes
The possible causes are:
„ Power-supply voltage malfunction.
„ Connection defect on signal line.
„ Wiring defect.
„ Instantaneous blackout, others.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the condition of the
power source.
1 Check if power-supply voltage
is 220V - 240V ± 10%.
2 Check if there is power open
phase or faulty wiring.
3 Check if power-supply voltage
side unbalance is within 6V.
There are
problems on the
condition of power source
described above.
YES
Correct any fault.
NO
"A8" Reoccurrence of
malfunction.
YES
Check and correct each
wiring.
NO
It is possible to have external
factor, such as brownout and
instantaneous blackout.
Troubleshooting
149
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.7
SiENBE34-802
“A9 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E)
Remote Control
Display
Applicable
Models
A9
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion valve
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
„ Defect of connecting cable
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The
electronic
expansion valve is
connected to X7A of the
indoor unit PC
board.
NO
After connecting, turn the power
supply off and then back on.
YES
Normal
when coil
check (∗1) of the
NO
moving part of the electronic
expansion valve is
checked.
Replace the moving part of the
electronic expansion valve.
YES
The connecting
cable is short-circuited or
disconnected.
YES
Replace the connecting cable.
NO
If you turn the power supply off
and turn on again, and it still does
not help, replace the indoor unit
PC board.
(V2781)
150
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
∗1: Coil check method for the moving part of the electronic expansion valve
Discount the electronic expansion valve from the PC board and check the continuity between
the connector pins.
(Normal)
Pin No.
1. White
2. Yellow
3. Orange
4. Blue
5. Red
1. White
2. Yellow
×
3. Orange
{
Approx.
300Ω
×
4. Blue
×
{
Approx.
300Ω
×
5. Red
{
Approx.
150Ω
×
{
Approx.
150Ω
×
6. Brown
×
{
Approx.
150Ω
×
{
Approx.
150Ω
×
6. Brown
{: Continuity
×: No continuity
Troubleshooting
151
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.8
SiENBE34-802
“AF ” Indoor Unit: Drain Level above Limit
Remote Control
Display
AF
Applicable
Models
FXCQ, FXSQ, FXKQ, FXMQ, FXDQ
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Water leakage is detected based on float switch ON/OFF operation while the compressor is in
non-operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the float switch changes from ON to OFF while the compressor is in non-operation.
Supposed
Causes
„ Humidifier unit (optional accessory) leaking
„ Defect of drain pipe (upward slope, etc.)
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Field drain
piping has a defect such
as upward sloping.
YES
Modify the drain piping.
NO
A
humidifier unit
(optional accessory) is installed
on the indoor unit.
YES
Check if the humidifier unit is
leaking.
NO
Defect of indoor unit PC board.
(V2782)
152
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
3.9
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
“AJ ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Capacity Determination
Device
Remote Control
Display
AJ
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Capacity is determined according to resistance of the capacity setting adapter and the memory
inside the IC memory on the indoor unit PC board, and whether the value is normal or abnormal
is determined.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Operation and:
1. When the capacity code is not contained in the PC board’s memory, and the capacity setting
adapter is not connected.
2. When a capacity that doesn’t exist for that unit is set.
Supposed
Causes
„ You have forgotten to install the capacity setting adapter.
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The indoor
unit PC board was
replaced with a replacement
PC board.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
YES
The
indoor unit is a
model that requires
installation of a capacity
setting adapter when
replacing the PC
board.
NO
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
YES
Install a capacity setting adapter.
(V2783)
Troubleshooting
153
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.10 “C1” Indoor Unit: Failure of Transmission (Between
Indoor unit PC Board and Fan PC Board)
Remote Control
Display
C1
Applicable
Models
FXMQ40~125P
Method of
Malfunction
Detecion
Check the condition of transmission between indoor PC board (A1P) and PC board for fan
(A2P) using computer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When normal transmission is not conducted for certain duration.
Supposed
Causes
„ Connection defect of the connecter between indoor PC board (A1P) and PC board for fan
(A2P).
„ Malfunction of indoor PC board (A1P).
„ Malfunction of PC board for fan (A2P).
„ External factor, such as instantaneous blackout.
154
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the
connector between
indoor PC board (A1P) and PC
board for fan (A2P) accurately
connected? (*1)
NO
Connect the connector
accurately.
YES
Confirm the condition of
transmission on indoor PC
board using local installation
mode. (*2)
Under above
local installation mode,
installation position is
"01".
NO
Replace indoor PC board
(A1P).
YES
Connect the connecter X70A
and turn on the power again.
"C1"
Malfunction breaks
out again.
YES
Replace PC board for fan
(A2P).
NO
Connect it and operate (It is
possible to have a cause,
such as instantaneous
blackout)
∗1. Pull out and insert the connecter once and check it is absolutely connected.
∗2. Method to check transmission part of indoor PC board.
1 Turn off the power and remove the connecter X70A of indoor PC board (A1P).
2 Short-circuit X70A.
3 After turning on the power, check below numbers under local setting remote control.
(Confirmation: Setting position NO. at the condition of setting switch No. 21 on mode No.
41)
↓
Determination
01: Normal
Other than 01: Transmission defect on indoor PC board
H After confirmation, turn off the power, take off the short-circuit and connect X70A back to
original condition.
Troubleshooting
155
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.11 “C4 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for
Heat Exchanger
Remote Control
Display
C4
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the heat exchanger thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R2T) for liquid pipe
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector
is connected to X12A of
the indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R2T) from the indoor unit
PC board
(3.5kΩ~360kΩ)
NO
Replace the thermistor (R2T).
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
(V2784)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251.
156
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.12 “C5 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas
Pipes
Remote Control
Display
C5
Applicable
Models
All indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by gas pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the gas pipe thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R3T) for gas pipe
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector is
connected to X11A of the
indoor unit PC board.
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R3T) from the indoor unit
PC board.
(0.6kΩ~360kΩ)
NO
Replace the thermistor (R3T).
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
(V2785)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251.
Troubleshooting
157
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.13 “C6” Indoor Unit: Failure of Combination (Between Indoor
unit PC Board and Fan PC Board)
Remote Control
Display
C6
Applicable
Models
FXMQ40~125P
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Conduct open line detection with PC board for fan (A2P) using indoor PC board (A1P).
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the communication data of PC board for fan (A2P) is determined as incorrect.
Supposed
Causes
The possible causes are:
„ Malfunction of PC board for fan (A2P).
„ Connection defect of capacity setting adapter.
„ Setting mistake on site.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is
the type of PC
board for fan (A2P) correct?
NO
Replace it with correct PC board
for fan (A2P).
YES
NO
Was indoor
PC board (A1P) replaced
with supplementary PC
board?
YES
Was
correct capacity
setting adaptor installed
when replacing it with
supplementary PC
board?
NO
Install correct capacity setting
adapter.
YES
After establishing transmission for
indoor and outdoor, diagnose the
operation again.
158
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.14 “C9 ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Suction Air
Remote Control
Display
C9
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by suction air temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the suction air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit is
running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of indoor unit thermistor (R1T) for air inlet
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector is
connected to X13A of
the indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R1T) from the indoor unit
PC board.
(7.2kΩ~112kΩ)
NO
Replace the thermistor (R1T).
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
(V2786)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251.
Troubleshooting
159
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.15 “CA ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor for
Discharge Air
Remote Control
Display
CA
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by discharge air temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the discharge air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the unit
is running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of indoor unit thermistor for air outlet
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector is
connected to the indoor
unit PC board.
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
from the indoor unit PC
board.
(7.2kΩ~112kΩ)
NO
Replace the thermistor.
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC board.
(V2786)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251.
160
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.16 “CC” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System
Remote Control
Display
CC
Applicable
Models
FXFQ
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Even if a malfunction occurs, operation still continues.
Malfunction is detected according to the moisture (output voltage) detected by the moisture
sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the moisture sensor is disconnected or short-circuited
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty sensor
„ Disconnection
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Remove the humidity sensor
from the indoor PC board and
insert it again.
Does it function normally?
YES
It is normal.
(Poor connector contact)
NO
Delete the malfunction code
record from the remote
control. (*1)
Is "CC"
displayed on the
remote control? (*2)
YES
Replace the humidity sensor
PC board ASS'Y (A2P).
*3
NO
It is believed that external factors
(noise or else) other than failure
caused the malfunction.
*1: To delete the record, the ON/OFF button of the remote control must be pushed and held
for 5 seconds in the check mode.
*2: To display the code, the Inspection/Test Operation button of the remote control must be
pushed and held in the normal mode.
*3: If "CC" is displayed even after replacing the humidity sensor PC board ASS'Y (A2P) and
taking the steps *1 and 2, replace the indoor PC board ASS'Y (A1P).
Troubleshooting
161
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.17 “CJ ” Indoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in
Remote Control
Remote Control
Display
CJ
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction detection is carried out by temperature detected by remote control air temperature
thermistor. (Note1)
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the remote control air temperature thermistor becomes disconnected or shorted while the
unit is running.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of remote control thermistor
„ Defect of remote control PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn power supply OFF, then
power ON again.
Is "CJ" displayed
on the remote control?
YES
Replace remote control.
NO
External factor other than
equipment malfunction.
(for example, noise etc.)
(V2787)
Note:
In case of remote control thermistor malfunction, unit is still operable by suction air thermistor on
indoor unit.
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251.
162
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.18 “E1 ” Outdoor Unit: PC Board Defect
Remote Control
Display
E1
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check data from E²PROM
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When data could not be correctly received from the E²PROM
E²PROM : Type of nonvolatile memory. Maintains memory contents even when the power
supply is turned off.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn off the power once and
turn on again.
Return to normal?
NO
YES
External factor other than
malfunction (for example,
noise etc.).
Replace the outdoor unit
main PC Board (A1P).
(V3064)
Troubleshooting
163
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.19 “E3 ” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of High Pressure Switch
Remote Control
Display
E3
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected when the contact of the high pressure protection switch opens.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Error is generated when the HPS activation count reaches the number specific to the operation
mode.
(Reference) Operating pressure of high pressure switch
Operating pressure: 4.0MPa
Reset pressure:
3.0MPa
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
164
Actuation of outdoor unit high pressure switch
Defect of High pressure switch
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Instantaneous power failure
Faulty high pressure sensor
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check for the points shown below.
1 Is the stop valve open?
2 Is the HPS connector properly connected to the
main PC board?
3 Does the high pressure switch have continuity?
Are the three
points above OK?
NO
Rectify defective points, if any.
YES
· Mount a pressure gauge on the high-pressure service port.
· Connect the Service Checker.
· Reset the operation using the remote control,
and then restart the operation.
Does the stop
due to malfunction (E3)
recur?
YES
Is
the HPS
operating value normal
(i.e., 4.0MPa)?
Replace the HPS.
YES
NO
Are the
characteristics of the high
pressure sensor normal?
(See *1.)
NO
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
YES
Is
the pressure
detected with the PC board
normal? (See *2.)
NO
Replace the main PC board.
YES
· The high pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure detected with the PC board is also normal.
· The high pressure has really become high.
CHECK 1
Refer to information on P.218, remove the causes by which the high
pressure has become high.
*1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor (*4) and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector,
and then convert it to pressure according to information on P.253.)
*2: Make a comparison between the high pressure value checked with the Service Checker
and the voltage of the pressure sensor (see *1).
*3: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
+5V
Connector for high
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
Micro controller
A/D input
(1)
High
pressure
sensor
White
Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires. (*4)
Troubleshooting
165
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.20 “E4 ” Outdoor Unit: Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor
Remote Control
Display
E4
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected by the pressure value with the low pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Error is generated when the low pressure is dropped under specific pressure.
Operating pressure:0.07MPa
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
166
Abnormal drop of low pressure (Lower than 0.07MPa)
Defect of low pressure sensor
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Stop valve is not opened.
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the stop valve open?
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
1 Mount a pressure gauge on the low-pressure service port.
2 Connect the Service Checker.
3 Reset the operation using the remote control, and then
restart the operation.
Are the
characteristics of the
low pressure sensor
normal? (See *1.)
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
YES
Is the
pressure
detected with the PC
board normal?
(See *2.)
NO
Replace the main PC board.
YES
· The low pressure sensor is normal, and the pressure
detected with the PC board is also normal.
· The low pressure has really become low.
CHECK 2 Refer to information on P.219, remove the causes by
which the low pressure has become low.
*1: Make a comparison between the voltage of the pressure sensor (*4) and that read by the
pressure gauge.
(As to the voltage of the pressure sensor, make measurement of voltage at the connector,
and then convert it to pressure according to information on P.253.)
*2: Make a comparison between the low pressure value checked with the Service Checker
and the voltage of the pressure sensor (see *1).
*3: Make measurement of voltage of the pressure sensor.
+5V
Connector for low pressure sensor
(Blue)
Micro controller
A/D input
(4)
Red
(3)
Black
(2)
White
Low
pressure
sensor
(1)
Make measurement of DC voltage between these wires. (*4)
Troubleshooting
167
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.21 “E5 ” Inverter Compressor Motor Lock
Remote Control
Display
E5
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Inverter PC board takes the position signal from UVW line connected between the inverter and
compressor, and the malfunction is detected when any abnormality is observed in the phasecurrent waveform.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
This malfunction will be output when the inverter compressor motor does not start up even in
forced startup mode.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Compressor lock
High differential pressure (0.5MPa or more)
Incorrect UVW wiring
Faulty inverter PC board
Stop valve is left in closed.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the installation
conditions.
Is
the stop valve
open?
NO
Open the stop valve.
YES
Is the UVW wiring
normal?
NO
Connect correctly.
YES
Is high
differential pressure
starting? (0.5MPa or
more)
YES
Remedy the cause.
NO
Check and
see whether compressor
is short-circuited or
ground.
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Are inverter
output voltages the same
for 3 phases?
NO
Replace the inverter PC
board Assy (A2P).
YES
Does low
or high pressure
vary even instantaneously
when restarting
compressor?
YES
NO
Replace the compressor.
(V2793)
168
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.22 “E7” Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor
Remote Control
Display
E7
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction of fan motor system is detected according to the fan speed detected by hall IC
when the fan motor runs.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ When the fan runs with speed less than a specified one for 6 seconds or more when the fan
motor running conditions are met
„ When malfunction is generated 4 times, the system shuts down.
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of fan motor
„ The harness connector between fan motor and PC board is left in disconnected, or faulty
connector
„ Fan does not run due to foreign matters tangled
„ Clearing condition: Operate for 5 minutes (normal)
„ Open phase L1 or open phase N.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has the voltage
between L1 and N on the
power supply terminal board X1M fallen
within the range of 220 to
240V±10% (50
Hz)?
YES
NO
Connector of fan
motor is disconnected.
YES
NO
Is
there any obstacle
around the fan?
YES
Correct the power supply
voltage.
If L1 and N phases are
open, replace the switch
box.
Connect the connector.
Remove the obstacle.
NO
Can the
fan be turned
smoothly with hand after
disconnect the connector
of fan motor?
NO
YES
Check No. 3
Check on connector of fan
motor (Refer to information
on P.220)
Are
the resistances
between pins above
judgment?
YES
Has either the
fuse F4U on the control PC
YES
board (A1P) or the fuse F1U on the
If the F4U has blown out,
inverter PC board (A2P) blown
replace the fuse.
out?
If the F1U has blown out,
replace the inverter PC
NO
board assy.
Replace the fan motor.
NO
Has either the
fuse F4U on the control
YES
PC board (A1P) or the fuse F1U on
If the F4U has blown out,
the inverter PC board (A2P)
replace the fuse.
blown out?
If the F1U has blown out,
replace the inverter PC
NO
board assy.
Replace the fan motor.
Replace outdoor unit PC
board.
Troubleshooting
169
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.23 “E9 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Moving Part of
Electronic Expansion Valve (Y1E, Y3E)
Remote Control
Display
E9
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check disconnection of connector
Check continuity of expansion valve coil
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Error is generated under no common power supply when the power is on.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of moving part of electronic expansion valve
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
„ Defect of connecting cable
170
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn power supply off, and
turn power supply on again.
Return to normal?
YES
External factor other than
malfunction (for example, noise
etc.).
NO
Electronic
expansion valve is
connected to X21A and
X22A of outdoor unit PC
board
(A1P).
NO
After connecting, turn the power
off and then back on again.
YES
Normal
when coil check
(∗1) of the moving
part of the electronic
expansion valve is
checked.
NO
Replace the moving part of the
electronic expansion valve.
YES
The
connecting cable is
short-circuited or
disconnected.
YES
Replace the connecting cable.
NO
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3067)
∗Make measurement of resistance between the
connector pins, and then make sure the resistance falls
in the range of 40 to 50Ω.
(Orange) 1
(Red) 2
Measuring points
(Yellow) 3
1-6
2-6
(Black) 4
3-6
4-6
5
(Gray) 6
(V3067)
Troubleshooting
171
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.24 “F3” Outdoor Unit: Abnormal Discharge Pipe
Temperature
Remote Control
Display
F3
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Abnormality is detected according to the temperature detected by the discharge pipe
temperature sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the discharge pipe temperature rises to an abnormally high level
When the discharge pipe temperature rises suddenly
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty discharge pipe temperature sensor
„ Faulty connection of discharge pipe temperature sensor
„ Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Discharge
pipe temperature is
120°C or higher when the
unit stop by
malfunction.
YES
Refrigerant shortage, compression
defect, etc. Defect of the refrigerant
system.
NO
Pull out the discharge pipe
thermistor from the outdoor PC
board, and then make
measurement of resistance
using a multiple meter.
Are the
characteristics of
the discharge pipe
thermistor normal?
(3.5~400KΩ)∗
NO
Replace the discharge pipe
thermistor.
YES
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3068)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P252.
172
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.25 “F6” Outdoor Unit: Refrigerant Overcharged
Remote Control
Display
F6
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Excessive charging of refrigerant is detected by using the heat exchanging deicer temperature
during a check operation.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the amount of refrigerant, which is calculated by using the heat exchanging deicer
temperature during a check run, exceeds the standard.
Supposed
Causes
„ Refrigerant overcharge
„ Misalignment of the thermistor for heat exchanger
„ Defect of the thermistor for heat exchanger
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Check the mounting condition
of the temperature sensors of
the heat exchanging deicer
thermistor in the piping.
Are the
above thermistor
installed on pipes
correctly?
NO
Install thermistor correctly.
YES
Remove the heat exchanging
deicer thermister from the
outdoor PC board and measure
resistance with a tester.
Is the
characteristic of
the above thermistor
normal?
YES
NO
Replace thermistor.
Refrigerant overcharged.
(V2797)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P251.
Troubleshooting
173
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.26 “H9 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for
Outdoor Air
Remote Control
Display
H9
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the outdoor air thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the outside air temperature thermistor has short circuit or open circuit.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R1T) for outdoor air
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector
is connected to X11A
of outdoor PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the connector and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R1T) from the outdoor
unit PC board.
(3.5kΩ to
360kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R1T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3070)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P251.
174
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.27 “J3 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Discharge Pipe
Thermistor (R2T)
Remote Control
Display
J3
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by discharge pipe temperature
thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the discharge pipe temperature thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R2T) for outdoor unit discharge pipe
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector
is connected to
X12A of outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
R2T from the outdoor unit PC
board.
(5.0kΩ~640kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R2T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3072)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P252.
Troubleshooting
175
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.28 “J5 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T)
for Suction Pipe 1, 2
Remote Control
Display
J5
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the thermistor for suction pipe 1, 2.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the thermistor for suction pipe 1, 2 are detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R3T, R5T) for outdoor unit suction pipe
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector of
the thermistor for
NO
suction pipe1, 2 is connected
to X12A of outdoor unit
PC board
(A1P).
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the
thermistor (R3T, R5T) from
the outdoor unit PC
board. (3.5kΩ
~360kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace the thermistor (R3T, R5T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3073)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251.
176
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.29 “J6 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T)
Remote Control
Display
J6
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the heat exchanger thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R6T) for outdoor unit heat exchanger
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector
is connected to
X13A of outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R4T) from the outdoor
unit PC board.
NO
Replace the thermistor (R6T).
(3.5kΩ~360kΩ)
YES
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3074)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251.
Troubleshooting
177
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.30 “J7” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for
Outdoor Unit Liquid Pipe
Remote Control
Display
J7
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the temperature detected by the liquid pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When a short circuit or an open circuit in the heat exchange thermistor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of thermistor (R7T) for outdoor unit liquid pipe
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Connector
is connected to
X13A of outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
NO
Connect the thermistor and turn
on again.
YES
Resistance
is normal when
measured after
disconnecting the thermistor
(R4T) from the outdoor
unit PC board.
NO
Replace the thermistor (R6T).
(3.5kΩ~360kΩ)
YES
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3074)
∗ Refer to thermistor resistance / temperature characteristics table on P251.
178
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.31 “J9 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T)
Remote Control
Display
J9
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the temperature detected by subcooling heat exchanger
gas pipe thermistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor is short circuited or open.
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty subcooling heat exchanger gas pipe thermistor (R4T)
„ Faulty outdoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the
connector for
subcooling heat
exchanger gas pipe
thermistor connected to
X12A of outdoor unit
PC board
(A1P)?
NO
Connect connector and operate
unit again.
YES
Is the
resistance
measured after
removing the thermistor
(R4T) from outdoor unit PC
board normal?
(3.5 kΩ to 360 kΩ)
YES
NO
Replace thermistor (R4T).
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3075)
∗ Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P251.
Troubleshooting
179
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.32 “JA ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor
Remote Control
Display
JA
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from the pressure detected by the high pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the high pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of high pressure sensor
„ Connection of low pressure sensor with wrong connection.
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The high
pressure sensor is
connected to X17A of
outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect the high pressure sensor
and turn on again.
YES
The
relationship
between the ∗1
VH and high pressure
is normal (see ∗2) when
voltage is measured between
X17A pins (1) and (3) of
outdoor unit PC board
(A1P) (see ∗1).
YES
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
Replace the high pressure sensor.
(V2806)
∗1: Voltage measurement point
Outside unit PC board A2P
+5V
GND
4
Red
3
Black
2
Microcomputer
A/D input
1
*2 Measure DC voltage here.
White
High pressure sensor
X17A
(V2807)
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor”, pressure / voltage characteristics table on P253.
180
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.33 “JC ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor
Remote Control
Display
JC
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from pressure detected by low pressure sensor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the low pressure sensor is short circuit or open circuit.
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of low pressure sensor
„ Connection of high pressure sensor with wrong connection.
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The low
pressure sensor is
connected to X18A (blue) of
outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
Connect low pressure sensor
property and restart system.
YES
The
relationship
between the ∗1VL
and low pressure is
normal (see ∗2) when voltage
is measured between X18A
pins (2) and (3) of outdoor
unit PC board (A1P)
(see ∗1).
YES
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
NO
Replace the low pressure sensor.
(V2808)
∗1: Voltage measurement point
Outside unit PC board A1P
+5V
GND
Microcomputer
A/D input
4
Red
3
Black
2
White
1
*2 Measure voltage here.
Low pressure sensor
X18A
(V2809)
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor”, pressure/voltage characteristics table on P253.
Troubleshooting
181
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.34 “L1” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of PC Board
Remote Control
Display
L1
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
„ Detect malfunctions by current value during waveform output before compressor startup.
„ Detect malfunctions by current sensor value during synchronized operation at the time of
startup.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
„ In case of overcurrent (OCP) during waveform output
„ When the current sensor malfunctions during synchronized operation
„ In case of IGBT malfunction
Supposed
Causes
„ Faulty outdoor PC board (A1P)
• IPM failure
• Current sensor failure
• Failure of IGBT or drive circuit
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Turn OFF the power
supply once and then turn
it ON again.
Does it return
normally?
YES
It is believed that
external factors (noise,
etc.) other than failure
caused the malfunction.
NO
Replace the outdoor PC
board (A1P).
(PC board equipped
with a resin case)
182
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.35 “L4 ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin
Temperature Rise
Remote Control
Display
L4
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Fin temperature is detected by the thermistor of the radiation fin.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the temperature of the inverter radiation fin increases above 83°C.
Supposed
Causes
„ Actuation of fin thermal (Actuates above 83°C)
„ Defect of inverter PC board (A2P)
„ Defect of fin thermistor
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The radiator
fin temperature is
supposed to have risen to
84°C or more.
YES
Faulty heat radiation of power unit
• Air suction opening blocked
• Dirty radiator fin
• High outdoor temperature
NO
Is the
connector X111A of the fin
thermistor properly connected to
the outdoor PC board?
NO
Properly connect.
YES
Turn ON the power supply,
and then press the remote
control check button once.
Is the
malfunction code "P4"
displayed on the remote
control?
YES
To "P4" troubleshooting
NO
Does the
malfunction code "L4"
recur when the unit starts
operation?
NO
Troubleshooting
YES
Replace the inverter PC board
assy (A2P) as well.
Continue operation.
183
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.36 “L5 ” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Compressor Abnormal
Remote Control
Display
L5
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When an excessive current flows in the power transistor.
(Instantaneous overcurrent also causes activation.)
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of compressor coil (disconnected, defective insulation)
„ Compressor start-up malfunction (mechanical lock)
„ Defect of inverter PC board (A2P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Compressor inspection
The
compressor's coil is
disconnected or the
insulation is
defective.
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Disconnect the connection
between the compressor and
inverter. Make the power
transistor check mode setting
ON by service mode.
Inverter
output voltage
check Inverter output
voltage is not balanced.
(Normal if within ±5V Must
be measured when
frequency is
stable.
YES
Replace the inverter unit (A2P).
NO
There is instantenious
power drop.
NO
YES
Correct power supply.
Compressor inspection
Inspect according to the diagnosis
procedure for odd noises, vibration
and operating status of the
compressor.
(V2812)
Higher voltage than actual is displayed when the inverter output voltage is checked by tester.
184
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.37 “L8” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Current Abnormal
Remote Control
Display
L8
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected by current flowing in the power transistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When overload in the compressor is detected.
Supposed
Causes
„ Compressor overload
„ Compressor coil disconnected
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A2P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Output current check
The
secondary current
of the inverter is higher
than 13.1A, 260 sec. for
each phase.
YES
Compressor overload
Inspection of the compressor and
refrigerant system is required.
NO
Compressor
inspection The
compressor's coil is
disconnected.
YES
Replace the compressor.
NO
Disconnect the the connection
between the compressor and
inverter. Make the power
transistor check mode setting
ON by service mode.
Inverter
output voltage
check Inverter output
voltage is not balanced
(Normal if within ±5V). Must
be measured when
frequency is stable.
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
assy (A2P).
YES
After turning on
again, "L8" blinks again.
YES
NO
Reset and restart.
Compressor inspection
Inspect according to the diagnosis
procedure for odd noises, vibration
and operating status of the
compressor.
(V3184)
Troubleshooting
185
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.38 “L9 ” Outdoor Unit: Inverter Start up Error
Remote Control
Display
L9
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected from current flowing in the power transistor.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When overload in the compressor is detected during startup
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of compressor
„ Pressure differential start
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A2P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
The
difference between
high and low pressure
when starting is above
0.2MPa.
NO
Unsatisfactory pressure
equalization
Check refrigerant system.
YES
Disconnect the connection
between the compressor and
inverter. Make the power
transistor check mode ON by
service mode.
Inverter
output voltage
check Inverter output
voltage is not balanced.
(Normal if within ±5V) Must
be measured when
frequency is
stable.
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
assy (A2P).
YES
After turning on
again, "L9" blinks
again.
YES
NO
Reset and restart.
Compressor inspection
Inspect according to the diagnosis
procedure for odd noises, vibration
and operating status of the
(V2814)
186
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.39 “LC ” Outdoor Unit: Malfunction of Transmission between
Inverter and Control PC Board
Remote Control
Display
LC
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check the communication state between inverter PC board and control PC board by microcomputer.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the correct communication is not conducted in certain period.
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of connection between the inverter microcomputer and outdoor control
microcomputer
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
„ External factor (Noise etc.)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Wa
s the inverter
PC board or the control
PC board replaced?
YES
NO
Are the
connectors of
the inverter PC board
and the control PC board
securely
connected?
Are
the inverter PC board
and the control PC board used in
combination of types listed in
Table 1?
NO
Correct the combination following
Table 1, and then restart
operation.
YES
NO
Connect a connecting wire, and
then restart operation.
YES
Are there
any broken wires
in the connectors of the
inverter PC board and the
control PC board?
YES
Repair the broken wires, and then
restart operation.
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
(A2P) or the control PC board
(A1P).
Table 1: Combination of PC boards
Type of control Type of inverter
PC board
PC board
RXYSQ4PA7Y1B
RXYSQ5PA7Y1B
RXYSQ6PA7Y1B
Troubleshooting
EC0640-1
PC0625-1
187
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.40 “P1 ” Outdoor Unit: High Voltage of Capacitor in Main
Inverter Circuit
Remote Control
Display
P1
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction is detected according to the voltage waveform of main circuit capacitor built in the
inverter.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the aforementioned voltage waveform becomes identical with the waveform of the power
supply open phase.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Defect of main circuit capacitor
Improper main circuit wiring
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A2P)
Imbalance of phase-to-phase voltages
Open phase
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Make measurement of power
supply voltages between L1 and
L2, L1 and L3, and L2 and L3.
Have the
power supply voltages
of three phases fallen within the
range of rated voltage
±10%?
NO
Correct the power supply voltages.
YES
Has the
imbalance of
phase-to-phase voltages
fallen within
±10%?
YES
188
NO
Correct the power supply voltages.
Replace the inverter PC board
assy (A2P).
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.41 “U0 ” Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
Electronic Expansion Valve Failure
Remote Control
Display
U0
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Short of gas malfunction is detected by discharge pipe temperature thermistor and low pressure
saturation temperature.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Microcomputer judge and detect if the system is short of refrigerant.
HMalfunction is not decided while the unit operation is continued.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Out of gas or refrigerant system clogging (incorrect piping)
Defect of pressure sensor
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Defect of thermistor R3T
189
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
YES
Cooling
Low pressure is
0.25 MPa or less.
NO
YES
Out of gas, closing of stop
valve or refrigerant system is
clogged. Requires check of
refrigerant system.
NO
The
voltage of
X18A pins (2) and
(3) on main outdoor unit YES
PC board (A1P) is 1.0 VDC
Replace main outdoor unit
or less. (Low pressure
PC board (A1P).
sensor output
voltage) ∗2
The
suction pipe1
temp. minus low pressure
saturation temp. is 20
°C or higher.
NO
Replace low pressure sensor.
YES
Out of gas or refrigerant
system is clogged. Requires
check of refrigerant system.
NO
Resistance
is normal when
measured with the
thermistor (R3T) for suction
pipe1 disconnected from
the outdoor unit PC
board. ∗1
NO
YES
Is
the low pressure
sensor correct?
NO
Replace the thermistor.
Replace the low pressure
sensor.
YES
Replace the outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
(V2819)
∗2: Voltage measurement point
Outside unit PC board A1P
+5V
GND
Microcomputer
A/D input
4
Red
3
Black
2
White
1
*2 Measure voltage here.
Low pressure sensor
X18A
(V2809)
∗1: Refer to “Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics” table on P251.
∗2: Refer to “Pressure Sensor, Pressure / Voltage Characteristics” table on P253.
190
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.42 “U2 ” Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure
Remote Control
Display
U2
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Detection of voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and power supply voltage.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When the abnormal voltage of main circuit capacitor built in the inverter and abnormal power
supply voltage are detected.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Power supply insufficient
Instantaneous power failure
Defect of outdoor unit fan motor
Defect of outdoor inverter PC board (A2P)
191
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Have the
power supply
voltages between L1 and L2,
L2 and L3, and L1 and L3 fallen within
the range of 380 to 415V±10% (50 Hz) and
between L and N within the range
of 220 to 240V±10%
(50 Hz)?
NO
Correct the power supply
voltages.
If L2 or Phase N is open,
replace the switch box.
YES
Check the inverter power
transistor. 1
Is the power
transistor faulty?
YES
NO
Check No.3 Is the resistance above
standard value?
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
assy (A2P).
Check for the PC board
conditions.
In case of significant failure,
the PC board may have got
faulty due to faulty
compressor. Consequently,
even if the PC board is
replaced, it may get faulty
again. To avoid that, recheck
the compressor for
grounding and for any
broken wires. Furthermore,
even after replacing the PC
board, carry out inspections
on the compressor.
Replace the fan motor
YES
When the compressor is running,
measure the voltage between +
and - of electrolytic capacitor
(C+, C-).
Is the
measured voltage 220
VDC or more?
YES
Monitor the voltage
(Instantaneous voltage drop)
NO
Replace the inverter PC board
(A1P).
(S2605)
∗1: Inverter’s Power Transistors Check : Refer to information on P.254~256.
∗ Check No.3 : Refer to information on P.219.
192
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.43 “U3 ” Check Operation not Executed
Remote Control
Display
U3
Applicable
Models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Check operation is executed or not
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Malfunction is decided when the unit starts operation without check operation.
Supposed
Causes
„ Check operation is not executed.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has the
check operation
performed on Outdoor unit
PC board?
YES
NO
Press the BS4 on PC board on the
master outdoor unit for 5 seconds
or more to execute check
operation.
Replace the main PC board on the
outdoor unit.
(V3052)
Troubleshooting
193
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.44 “U4 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units
and Outdoor Units
Remote Control
Display
U4
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor and outdoor units is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
„ Indoor to outdoor, outdoor to outdoor transmission wiring F1, F2 disconnection, short circuit
or wrong wiring
„ Outdoor unit power supply is OFF
„ System address doesn’t match
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
194
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has
the indoor
or outdoor unit
PC board been
replaced, or has the indoor outdoor or outdoor - outdoor
unit transmission
wiring been
modified?
NO
All
indoor unit
remote controllers
of the same refrigerant
system display
"U4."
YES
Push and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PC Board for 5 seconds.
∗ The unit will not operate
for up to 12 minutes.
Is
indoor outdoor and outdoor outdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
NO
YES
NO
YES
Replace the indoor unit PC
board.
Fix the indoor/outdoor unit
transmission wiring.
Reset the power supply.
Outdoor unit
PC board microcomputer
monitor (HAP) blinks.
Are there
any broken wires in
the connectors of the inverter
PC board (A1P) and the
control PC board
(A2P)?
NO
YES
NO
Repair the broken wires, and
then restart operation.
YES
The
voltage between
terminals L3 and N of the
outdoor unit PC board is
220~240 V.
NO
Supply 220~240 V.
YES
NO
The fuse F3U on
the outdoor unit's PC board is
burnt.
Has
either the fuse
F4U on the outdoor
unit PC board (A1P) or the
fuse F1U on the inverter
PC board (A2P)
blown out?
NO
NO
Is
resistance
between pins in excess of
judgment criteria?
YES
YES
NO
Is
indoor outdoorand outdoor outdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
Replace the fuse.
YES Check No. 3 ∗
Check for the fan motor
connector.
Operation
ready lamp (H2P) is
blinking.
Lamp does not
go off for 12 minutes or
more.
YES
NO Replace the fuse F4U and
the inverter PC board (A2P).
Replace the fan motor.
Replace the inverter PC
board.
Replace the fuse F4U.
Replace outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
YES
Push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit PC
board for 5 seconds.
NO
YES
Fix the indoor/outdoor unit
transmission wiring.
Replace the outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
(V3187)
∗ Check No.3 : Refer to information on P.219.
Troubleshooting
195
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.45 “U5 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Remote
Control and Indoor Unit
Remote Control
Display
U5
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
In case of controlling with 2-remote control, check the system using microcomputer is signal
transmission between indoor unit and remote control (main and sub) is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
„
Malfunction of indoor unit remote control transmission
Connection of two main remote controls (when using 2 remote controls)
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Defect of remote control PC board
Malfunction of transmission caused by noise
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Using 2-remote
controls control.
YES
NO
All
indoor PC board
microcomputer monitors
blink.
NO
YES
Set one remote control to
"SUB"; turn the power supply
off once and then back on.
NO
NO
YES
Multi-core
cableis used for the
indoor unit remote control
transmission wiring.
SS1 of both
remote controls is set to
"MAIN."
Operation
returns to normal
when the power is turned
off momentarily.
YES
YES
NO
Replace indoor unit PC
board.
There is possibility of
malfunction caused by noise.
Check the surrounding area
and turn on again.
Switch to double-core
independent cable.
replacement
Defect of remote control PC
board or indoor unit PC board.
Replace whichever is
defective.
(V2823)
196
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.46 “U8 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub
Remote Controls
Remote Control
Display
U8
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
In case of controlling with 2-remote control, check the system using microcomputer if signal
transmission between indoor unit and remote control (main and sub) is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Normal transmission does not continue for specified period.
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote control
„ Connection between sub remote controls
„ Defect of remote control PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Using
2-remote controls control.
NO
YES
SS1 of both
remote controls is set to
"SUB."
YES
SS1 of remote
control PC boards is set to
"MAIN."
NO
Set SS1 to "MAIN"; the
power supply off once and
then back on.
YES
NO
Turn the power off and then
back on. If a malfunction
occurs, replace the remote
control PC board.
Set one remote control to
"MAIN"; the power supply off
once and then back on.
(V2825)
Troubleshooting
197
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.47 “U9 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System
Remote Control
Display
Applicable
Models
U9
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
198
„
„
„
„
Malfunction of transmission within or outside of other system
Malfunction of electronic expansion valve in indoor unit of other system
Defect of PC board of indoor unit in other system
Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor and outdoor unit
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
"U9" has been
displayed for 2 minutes or
more.
YES
Re-diagnose by display after
passage of 2 minutes or more.
NO
Turn on all indoor units.
The "UA"
display blinks on
the remote controls of
other units within the same
refrigerant system.
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "UA"
malfunction code.
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "A1"
malfunction code.
NO
The "A1"
display blinks on
the remote controls of
other units within the same
refrigerant system.
NO
The
"A9" display
blinks on the remote
YES
controls of other units within
the same refrigerant
system.
Refer to failure diagnosis for "A9"
malfunction code.
NO
The "U4"
display blinks on
the remote controls of
other units within the same
refrigerant system.
NO
YES
Refer to failure diagnosis for "U4"
malfunction code.
Refer to failure diagnosis for "U5"
malfunction code.
(V2826)
Troubleshooting
199
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.48 “UA ” Excessive Number of Indoor Units
Remote Control
Display
Applicable
Models
UA
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Excess of connected indoor units
Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Mismatching of the refrigerant type of indoor and outdoor unit.
Setting of outdoor PC board was not conducted after replacing to spare parts PC board.
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is the
outdoor PC board
replaced to spare parts PC
board?
YES
The outdoor PC board replaced is
wrong, check PC board type.
NO
The
total of indoor
units displaying "UA"
and indoor units connected
NO
to the same refrigerant system
is within connectable
number of unit∗
There are too many indoor units
within the same refrigerant
system.
YES
Push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit
PC board for 5 seconds.
Does a malfunction occur?
NO
Normal
YES
Does the
refrigerant type of indoor
and outdoor unit
match?
YES
NO
Matches the refrigerant type of
indoor and outdoor unit.
Replace outdoor unit PC board
(A1P).
(V3169)
∗ The number of indoor units that can be connected to a single outdoor unit system depends on
the type of outdoor unit.
200
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.49 “UC ” Address Duplication of Central Remote Control
Remote Control
Display
Applicable
Models
UC
AII indoor unit models
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
„ Address duplication of centralized remote control
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Optional
controls for
centralized control are
connected to the
indoor unit.
NO
YES
Address duplication of central
remote control
The setting must be changed so
that the central remote control
address is not duplicated.
Replace indoor unit PC board.
(V2828)
Troubleshooting
201
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.50 “UE ” Malfunction of Transmission between Central
Remote Control and Indoor Unit
Remote Control
Display
UE
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Centralized control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and centralized remote control is
normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Malfunction of transmission between optional controls for centralized control and indoor unit
Connector for setting master controller is disconnected.
Failure of PC board for centralized remote control
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has an
indoor unit once
connected been remove or its
address changed?
NO
Is
the power
supply turned on for
indoor units displaying
malfunction?
YES
Reset power supply
simultaneously for all optional
controls for centralized control.
NO
Turn indoor unit's power
supply.
YES
Is
transmission wiring
disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
Is
transmission with
all indoor units
malfunctioning?
NO
YES
YES
Is the
transmission
wiring with the master
controller disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
YES
Is
the master
controller's
connector for setting
master controller
disconnected?
YES
Is
the group No.
of malfunctioning indoor
units set?
NO
Set the group No. correctly.
Replace indoor unit PC
board.
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
Connect the connector
correctly.
Replace the central PC
board.
(V2829)
202
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
3.51 “UF ” System is not Set yet
Remote Control
Display
UF
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor units
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
On check operation, the number of indoor units in terms of transmission is not corresponding to
that of indoor units that have made changes in temperature.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
The malfunction is determined as soon as the abnormality aforementioned is detected through
checking the system for any erroneous connection of units on the check operation.
Supposed
Causes
„ Improper connection of transmission wiring between indoor-outdoor units and outdooroutdoor units
„ Failure to execute check operation
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
„ Stop valve is left in closed
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Are
the stop valves
openned?
YES
Is
the check
operation carried out?
YES
Is
indoor outdoor and outdoor
- outdoor unit transmission
wiring normal?
YES
NO
Open stop valve.
NO
Is
indoor
-outdoor and
outdoor-outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
YES
Replace indoor unit PC board.
NO
NO
After fixing incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PC board for 5 seconds.
∗ The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
Wiring check operation may
not have been carried out
successfully.
(V2830)
Note:
Troubleshooting
Wiring check operation may not be successful if carried out after the outdoor unit has been off
for more than 12 hours, or if it is not carried out after running all connected indoor units in the
fan mode for at least an hour.
203
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Remote Control
SiENBE34-802
3.52 “UH ” Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address
Undefined
Remote Control
Display
Applicable
Models
UH
AII indoor unit models
RXYSQ4~6PA
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
„ Improper connection of transmission wiring between outdoor unit and outdoor unit outside
control adapter
„ Defect of indoor unit PC board
„ Defect of outdoor unit PC board (A1P)
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is
electricity
being introduce for
the first time after
YES
installationor after an indoor
or outdoor unit PC
board has been
replaced?
NO
Is
indoor outdoor and
outdoor - outdoor unit
transmission wiring
normal?
Does a
malfunction
occur even after
12 minutes elapses
NO
from the time when electricity
is introduced to indoor
and outdoor
units?
Normal
YES
NO
YES
After fixing incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the master outdoor
unit PC board for 5 seconds.
∗ The unit will not run for up to
12 minutes.
After fixing incorrect wiring,
push and hold the RESET
button on the outdoor unit
PC board for 5 seconds
Does a
malfunction occur?
NO
Normal
YES
Does a
"UH" malfunction
occur for all indoor units
in the system?
YES
NO
Replace indoor unit PC board.
Replace outdoor unit PC
board (A1P).
(V2831)
204
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Control
4. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized
Remote Control
4.1
“UE ” Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Remote Control and Indoor Unit
Remote Control
Display
UE
Applicable
Models
AII indoor unit models
Centralized Remote Control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Microcomputer checks if transmission between indoor unit and central remote control is normal.
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
When transmission is not carried out normally for a certain amount of time
Supposed
Causes
„
„
„
„
Troubleshooting
Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control and indoor unit
Connector for setting master controller is disconnected.
Failure of PC board for central remote control
Defect of indoor unit PC board
205
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Control
Troubleshooting
Caution
SiENBE34-802
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has an
indoor unit once
connected been remove or its
address changed?
NO
Is
the power
supply turned on for
indoor units displaying
malfunction?
YES
Is
transmission
wiring disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
YES
Reset power supply
simultaneously for all optional
controllers for centralized
control.
NO
Turn indoor unit's power
supply.
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
Is
transmission
with all indoor units
malfunctioning?
NO
Is
the group No.
of malfunctioning indoor
units set?
YES
YES
Is
the
transmission
wiring with the master
controller disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
NO
NO
Set the group No. correctly.
Replace indoor unit PC board.
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
Is
the master
controller's
connector for setting master
controller disconnected?
NO
YES
Connect the connector
correctly.
Replace the central PC board.
(V2832)
4.2
“M1” PC Board Defect
Remote Control
Display
Applicable
Models
M1
Centralized remote control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
„ Defect of central remote control PC board
Troubleshooting
Replace the central remote control PC board.
206
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
4.3
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Control
“M8 ” Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control
Remote Control
Display
Applicable
Models
M8
Centralized remote control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
„ Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control
„ Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Has a
once
connected optional
controller for centralized
control been disconnected
or its address
changed?
NO
Is
the power
supply turned on
for all optional controllers
for centralized control?
YES
Is
the reset
switch of all
optional controllers for
centralized control set to
''normal?''
YES
Is
transmission
wiring disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
NO
YES
NO
Reset power supply simultaneously
for all optional controllers for
centralized control.
Turn on power supply for all
optional controllers for centralized
control.
NO
Set reset switch to "normal."
YES
Fix the wiring correctly.
The PC board of one of the
optional controllers for centralized
control is defective. Try turning
on/off using each optional
controllers for centralized control,
and replace the PC board of the
one that is unable to control the
indoor unit.
(V2833)
Troubleshooting
207
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Control
4.4
SiENBE34-802
“MA ” Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control
Remote Control
Display
Applicable
Models
MA
Centralized remote control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
208
„ Improper combination of optional controls for centralized control
„ More than one master controller is connected
„ Defect of PC board of optional controller for centralized control
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is
the wiring
adapter for electrical
appendices connected?
Cannot be used in
combination with a wiring
adapter for electrical
appendices. Remove the
wiring adapter for electrical
appendices and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
YES
NO
Is a
schedule timer
connected?
YES
Is a data station
connected?
NO
NO
Is a
parallel interface
connected?
NO
Is the
schedule timer's
individual/combined
connector
connected?
Schedule timer and data
station cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
YES either the schedule timer or
data station and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Schedule timer and parallel
YES interface cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
either the schedule timer or
parallel interface and reset
the power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
YES
Disconnect the schedule
timer's individual / combined
connector and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
NO
Are
there two or
more optional
controllers for centralized
control connected with the
connector for setting
master
control?
YES
NO
Reset the power supply for
all optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
Troubleshooting
If the malfunction is still not cleared:
Arrange so that the
connector for setting master
control is connected to one
controller for centralized
control and reset the power
supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Disconnect the connector for
setting master control from
the master controller,
connect to another optional
controller for centralized
control and simultaneously
reset all optional controllers
for centralized control again.
The controller connected by
the connector for setting
master control when the
malfunction is cleared is
defective and must be
replaced.
(V2834)
209
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Centralized Remote Control
4.5
SiENBE34-802
“MC ” Address Duplication, Improper Setting
Remote Control
Display
Applicable
Models
MC
Centralized remote control
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
„ Address duplication of centralized remote control
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Are two or
more centralized remote
controls connected?
NO
YES
Disconnect all centralized
remote controls except one
and reset the power supply of
the centralized remote control.
Reset power supply of the
centralized remote control.
(V2835)
210
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
5. Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/
OFF Controller
5.1
Operation Lamp Blinks
Remote Control
Display
Operation lamp blinks
Applicable
Models
All models of indoor units
Unified ON/OFF controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
Troubleshooting
„
„
„
„
„
Malfunction of transmission between optional controller and indoor unit
Connector for setting master controller is disconnected
Defect of unified ON/OFF controller
Defect of indoor unit PC board
Malfunction of air conditioner
211
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is
a malfunction
code displayed on the
remote control?
YES
Diagnose the cause with the
air conditioner's failure
diagnosis manual.
NO
Has a once
connected indoor
unit been removed or its
address changed?
YES
Reset power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
NO
Is the
power supply for
the indoor unit displaying
a malfunction turned on?
NO
Turn the power supply of the
indoor unit on.
YES
Is
transmission wiring
disconnected or wired
incorrectly?
NO
Is
transmission
with all indoor units
malfunctioning?
YES
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
NO
Set the group No.
correctly.
YES
YES
Is the
transmission
wiring with the master
controller disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
Is
the group No.
of malfunctioning indoor
units set?
Replace indoor unit PC board.
NO
Fix the wiring correctly.
YES
Is the
master controller's
connector for setting master
controller disconnected.
YES
Connect the connector
correctly.
NO
Replace the central PC board.
(V2841)
212
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
5.2
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Single Blink)
Remote Control
Display
“under host computer integrated control” (Repeats single blink)
Applicable
Models
Unified ON/OFF controller
Central controller, Schedule timer
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
Troubleshooting
„
„
„
„
„
Address duplication of central remote control
Improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control
Connection of more than one master controller
Malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control
Defect of PC board of optional controllers for centralized control
213
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Caution
Has a
once
connected optional
controller for centralized
control been disconnected
or its address
changed?
YES
Reset power supply
simultaneously for all optional
controllers for centralized
control.
NO
Is the
power supply
turned on for all
optional controllers for
centralized
control?
NO
Turn on power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control.
YES
Is the
reset switch of all
optional controllers for
centralized control set to
"normal"?
NO
Set reset switch to
"normal."
YES
Is
transmission
wiring disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
YES
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
Is
a central
remote control or schedule
timer connected?
YES
NO
Are two or
more unified ON/OFF
controllers connected?
Is
the central
remote control or
schedule timer displaying
a malfunction?
YES
Is the
setting of the
unified ON/OFF
NO
controller's switch for setting
each address
duplicated?
YES
214
Refer to failure diagnosis for
central remote control or
schedule timer.
NO
NO
A
YES
Correct the setting of the
unified ON / OFF controller's
switch for setting each
address and reset the power
supply of the unified ON /
OFF controller.
(V2842)
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
A
Is
the wiring
adapter for electrical
appendices connected?
YES
NO
Is a
schedule timer
connected?
YES
Is a data station
connected?
NO
YES
NO
Is a
parallel interface
connected?
YES
NO
Is the
schedule timer's
individual/combined connector
connected?
NO
Are
there two or
more optional
controllers for centralized
control connected with the
connector for setting
master control?
YES
NO
Reset the power supply for
all optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
If the malfunction is still not cleared:
YES
Cannot be used in
combination with a wiring
adapter for electrical
appendices. Remove the
wiring adapter for electrical
appendices and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Schedule timer and data
station cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
either the schedule timer or
data station and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Schedule timer and parallel
interface cannot be used in
combination. Disconnect
either the schedule timer or
parallel interface and reset the
power supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Disconnect the schedule
timer's individual / combined
connector and reset the power
supply for all optional
controllers for centralized
control simultaneously.
Arrange so that the connector
for setting master control is
connected to one controller for
centralized control and reset
the power supply for all
optional controllers for
centralized control
simultaneously.
Disconnect the connector for
setting master control from
the master controller, connect
to another optional controller
for centralized control and
simultaneously reset all
optional controllers for
centralized control again. The
controller connected by the
connector for setting master
control when the malfunction
is cleared is defective and
must be replaced.
(V2843)
Troubleshooting
215
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
5.3
SiENBE34-802
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control” Blinks
(Repeats Double Blink)
Remote Control
Display
“under host computer integrated control” (Repeats double blink)
Applicable
Models
Unified ON/OFF controller
Method of
Malfunction
Detection
Malfunction
Decision
Conditions
Supposed
Causes
„ Central control address (group No.) is not set for indoor unit.
„ Improper address setting
„ Improper wiring of transmission wiring
Troubleshooting
Caution
Be sure to turn off power switch before connect or disconnect connector,
or parts damage may be occurred.
Is
the central
control address
(group No.)
set for the
indoor unit?
YES
Is
the switch
for setting each address
set correctly?
NO
NO
YES
Is
the
transmission
wiring disconnected or
wired incorrectly?
YES
Set by remote control the central
control address for all indoor units
connected to the central control
line.
Set the switch for setting each
address correctly and
simultaneously reset the power
supply for all optional controllers
for centralized control.
Fix the wiring correctly.
NO
Replace the PC board of the
unified ON/OFF controller.
216
(V2844)
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
[CHECK 1] Check for causes of rise in high pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
Local
pressure
rise
[In cooling]
If the outdoor unit electronic
expansion valve is throttled:
(See *1.)
Rise in high
pressure
Faulty high
pressure
control
High pipe
resistance
Stop valve closed
←Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Bent or crashed pipe
←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Clogging of foreign
particles
←Is there any temperature difference caused
before and after the filter or branch pipe.
Faulty outdoor
Faulty valve coil
unit electronic
expansion valve
Faulty valve body
A temperature difference in excess of 10°C between
the inlet and the outlet is deemed to be abnormal.
Faulty high pressure sensor
Faulty
control
Faulty control PCB
Faulty valve coil
Faulty indoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
←Are the coil resistance and insulation
normal?
Faulty valve body
Faulty high pressure sensor ←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
[In heating]
If the indoor unit electronic
expansion valve excessively
throttled:
(See *2.)
[In cooling]
High suction
air
temperature
of the
condenser
Faulty
control
Faulty indoor unit
liquid pipe thermistor
←In the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Faulty control PCB
←Is the pressure value checked with the Service
Checker corresponding to the measurement of the
pressure sensor?
Short circuit
High suction
air temperature
of indoor unit
Short circuit
←Is the suction air temperature not more than 27°C?
High ambient temperature
←Is the indoor temperature not more than 27°C?
←Is the outdoor temperature not more than 46°C?
High ambient temperature
Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit
←Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
High suction air temperature of outdoor unit
←Is the outdoor temperature not more than 16°CWB?
Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit
←Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
Degradation
in condensing
capacity
←Is the suction air temperature not more than 46°C?
High suction air
temperature of
outdoor unit
Dirty condenser
←Is the heat exchanger clogged? (In cooling)
Mixing of non-condensable gas
←Is air or else mixed in the refrigerant system?
Decreased
fan airflow
rate
Decreased
fan
output
High air
passage
resistance
Excessive refrigerant charging
Improper model selection [In heating]
Faulty fan
motor
Faulty control
PC board
(Including
capacity setting)
←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
Are the motor coil resistance and
insulation normal?
←If a spare PC board is mounted, is the
capacity setting properly made?
Dirty filter
←Is the air filter clogged?
Obstacle
←Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
←Refer to P.173.
←Is the indoor unit too small compared to
the large-sized outdoor unit?
*1: In cooling, it is normal if the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EV1) is fully open.
*2: In heating, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “subcooled degree control”.
(For details, refer to “Electronic Expansion Valve Control” on P.72.)
C: SDK04009
Troubleshooting
217
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
SiENBE34-802
[CHECK 2] Check for causes of drop in low pressure
Referring to the Fault Tree Analysis (FTA) shown below, probe the faulty points.
[In cooling]
(See *1.) Faulty
compressor
Faulty low
capacity
pressure
control
control
Abnormally low
low-pressure
(Low evaporating
temperature)
[In both cooling
and heating]
(See *2.)
[In cooling]
If the indoor unit
electronic
expansion valve is
throttled too much:
(See *3.)
Faulty electronic
expansion valve
control
Faulty low
pressure
protection
control
Faulty indoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
Low suction air
temperature of
the evaporator
←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty control PCB
←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Faulty low pressure sensor
←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty hot gas solenoid valve
←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty control PCB
←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
Faulty valve coil
←Are the coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty valve body
Faulty
control
Faulty gas pipe
thermistor of indoor unit
←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
Faulty liquid pipe thermistor
of indoor unit
←Check for the thermistor resistance and connection.
Faulty control PCB
Faulty outdoor
unit electronic
expansion valve
[In heating]
If the outdoor unit
electronic
expansion valve
excessively
throttled:
(See *4.)
[In cooling]
Faulty low pressure sensor
Faulty valve coil
Faulty valve body
Faulty
control
Faulty low pressure sensor
←Are the electrical characteristics normal?
Faulty suction pipe thermistor
←Check for the thermistor resistance and
connection.
Faulty control PCB
Low suction air
temperature of
indoor unit
Short circuit
←Is the suction air temperature not less than 14°C
Low ambient temperature
←Is the indoor temperature not less than 14°C
Faulty suction air thermistor of indoor unit
←Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
Low suction air temperature of outdoor unit
←Is the outdoor temperature not less than -15°C
Faulty outdoor temperature thermistor of outdoor unit
←Is the connector properly connected?
Are the thermistor resistance characteristics normal?
[In heating]
High pipe
resistance
Abnormal piping length
←Does the piping length fall in the permissible range?
Bent or crashed pipe
←Conduct visual checks for pipe conditions.
Clogging of foreign particles
←Is there any temperature difference caused before
and after the filter or branch pipe?
Stop valve closed
Less
circulation
quantity of
refrigerant
Degradation
in condensing
capacity
←Is the pressure value checked with the Service Checker
corresponding to the measurement of the pressure sensor?
←Are the coil resistance and insulation
normal?
¬Check to be sure the stop valve is open.
Inadequate refrigerant quantity
←Refer to P.189.
Moisture choke
←Eliminate moisture by vacuum operation.
Dirty
evaporator
←Is the heat exchanger clogged?
Decreased
fan airflow
rate
Decreased
fan output
High air
passage
resistance
Faulty fan motor
←Can the fan motor be rotated with hands?
Are the motor coil resistance and insulation normal?
Faulty control PC board
(Including capacity setting)
←If a spare PC board is mounted, is the
capacity setting properly made?
Dirty filter
←Is the air filter clogged?
Obstacle
←Is there any obstacle in the air passage?
*1: For details of the compressor capacity control while in cooling, refer to “Compressor PI Control” on P.50.
*2: The “low pressure protection control” includes low pressure protection control and hot gas bypass control. For details, refer to P.61.
*3: In cooling, the indoor unit electronic expansion valve is used for “superheated degree control”. (For details, refer to P.72.)
*4: In heating, the outdoor unit electronic expansion valve (EV1) is used for “superheated degree control of outdoor unit heat exchanger”.
(For details, refer to P.51.)
218
C: SDK04009
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
[CHECK 3] Check for Fan Motor Connector
(1) Turn the power supply off.
(2) With the fan motor connector on motor side disconnected, measure the resistance between
each pin, then make sure that the resistance is more than the value mentioned in the
following table.
1 White
2 Orange
3 Brown
GND
4 Blue
Measurement point
1-4
2-4
3-4
4-7
Judgment
1MΩ or more
100kΩ or more
100Ω or more
100kΩ or more
5
6
7 Red
Troubleshooting
219
Troubleshooting by Indication on the Unified ON/OFF Controller
220
SiENBE34-802
Troubleshooting
SiENBE34-802
Part 8
Appendix
1. Piping Diagrams..................................................................................222
1.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................222
1.2 Indoor Unit............................................................................................224
2. Wiring Diagrams..................................................................................227
2.1 Outdoor Unit .........................................................................................227
2.2 Field Wiring ..........................................................................................229
2.3 Indoor Unit............................................................................................231
3. Option List ...........................................................................................246
3.1 Option List of Controllers......................................................................246
3.2 Option List of Outdoor Unit...................................................................248
4.
5.
6.
7.
Appendix
Example of Connection .......................................................................249
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics........................251
Pressure Sensor .................................................................................253
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules.........254
221
Filter
222
Capillary
tube
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid
valve
Filter
Low pressure
sensor
Capillary
tube
High pressure
switch
Pressure
regulating valve
Electronic
expansion valve
Stop valve (With service port on field piping side Ø7.9 mm flare connection)
Accumulator
Double pipe
heat exchanger
Filter
Service port
Solenoid
valve
High pressure
sensor
Four way
valve
Heat exchanger
Capillary
tube
Filter
1.1
Servic port
Electronic
expansion valve
Piping Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
1. Piping Diagrams
Outdoor Unit
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B
Appendix
Filter
Appendix
Capillary
tube
Filter
Compressor
Solenoid valve
Filter
Low pressure
sensor
High pressure
switch
Capillary tube
Pressure regulating valve
Electronic
expansion valve
Stop valve (With service port on field piping side ø 7.9 mm flare connection)
Accumulator
Subcooling heat
exchanger
Double pipe
heat exchanger
Service port
Electronic expansion valve
Filter
Service port
Solenoid valve
High pressure
sensor
Four way
valve
Heat exchanger
Capillary tube
Filter
SiENBE34-802
Piping Diagrams
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B
C : 3D052712
223
Piping Diagrams
1.2
SiENBE34-802
Indoor Unit
FXCQ, FXFQ, FXZQ, FXKQ, FXSQ, FXMQ, FXHQ, FXAQ, FXLQ, FXNQ
Gas piping connection port
(Flare connection : Ø15.9 or less
Attached piping : Above Ø 19.1)
Heat exchanger
(4)
Fan
(2)
(3)
Liquid piping connection port
(Flare connection)
Filter
(1)
Electronic
expansion valve
Code
Filter
Name
(1)
Electronic expansion valve
Y1E
(2)
Suction air temperature
thermistor
R1T
(3)
Liquid pipe
R2T
(4)
Gas pipe
R3T
Capacity
20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50
63 / 80 / 100 / 125
224
Code
GAS
φ12.7
φ15.9
Main function
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation or subcooled degree control while
in heating operation.
Used for thermostat control.
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation or subcooled degree control while
in heating operation.
Used for gas superheated degree control while in
cooling operation.
(mm)
Liquid
φ6.4
φ9.5
Appendix
SiENBE34-802
Piping Diagrams
FXDQ
Gas side
Liquid side
Electronic
expansion valve
Filter
Filter
Fan
Indoor heat exchanger
4D043864H
„ Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters
Model
FXDQ20 / 25 / 32 / 40 / 50
FXDQ63
Appendix
Gas
φ12.7
φ15.9
(mm)
Liquid
φ6.4
φ9.5
225
Piping Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
FXUQ + BEVQ
Indoor Unit
Indoor heat exchanger
Filter
Field piping Ø9.5 C1220T-0
Field piping Ø15.9 C1220T-0
To outdoor
unit
Indoor unit
4D037995F
Connection Unit
Liquid piping
connection port
Gas piping
connection port
Electronic
expansion valve
Filter
Filter
Liquid piping
connection port
Gas piping
connection port
4D034127B
226
Appendix
Appendix
Air control
Note 8
To IN/D unit To OUT/D unit
Indoor
Fan
Cool/heat selector (F1)(F2)
Heat
Notes: 1. This wiring diagram is applied to the outdoor unit.
2.
: Field wiring
3.
: Terminal strip
: Movable connector
: Fixed connector
: Terminal
: Protective earth (screw)
: Noiseless earth
4. When using the option adapter, refer to the installation manual
5. Refer to “operation caution label” (on back of front plate)
How to use BS1~BS5 and DS1 - 2 switch.
6. When operating, don’t short circuit for protection device.(S1PH)
7. Colors
BLU : Bleu
BRN : Brown
GRN : Green
RED : Red
WHT : White
YLW : Yellow
ORG : Orange
8. When using the central control system, connect to outdoor-outdoor transmission to F1-F2.
Cool
C/H Selector
Noise filter
Noise filter
Noise filter
(With surge absorber)
Noise filter
Arrow A
Z2F
C/H selector
S1S
Selector switch (Fan/Cool-Heat)
S2S
Selector switch (Cool/Heat)
Connector of option adapter
X37A
Connector
Note 4
(Option adapter power supply)
Z3C
Z4C
Z1F
Outdoor
(F1)(F2)
El. Compo. Assy Front
Note 4
K1M (A1P)
K1R
K2R
K3R
K4R
K5R, K6R
L1R
M1C
M1F-M2F
PS
R1(A1P)
R1-R2 (A2P)
R1T
R2T
R3T
R4T
R5T
R6T
R7T
R8T
R9T
S1NPH
S1NPL
S1PH
V1R
V2R-V3R
X1M
X2M
Y1E
Y3E
Y1S
Y2S
Y3S
Z1C
Z2C
HAP (A2P)
HAP (A1P)
C1-C2-C3
DS1
E1HC
F1,3,4U(A1P)
H1P~8P
L2-WHT
L3-BLK
N-BLU
Printed circuit board (Main)
Printed circuit board (Inv)
Push button switch
(Mode, set, return, test, reset)
Capacitor
Dip switch
Crankcase heater
Fuse(T6.3A 250V)
Pilot Lamp (service monitor orange)
[H2P] Prepare, Test --- Flickering
Malfunction detection - light up
Operation pilot lamp
(service monitor green)
Operation lamp
(Service monitor green)
Magnetic contactor
Magnetic relay (Y1S)
Magnetic relay (Y2S)
Magnetic relay (Y3S)
Magnetic relay (E1HC)
Magnetic relay
Reactor
Motor (Compressor)
Motor (Fan)
Power supply
Resistor
Resistor
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (M1C discharge)
Thermistor (Suction 1)
Thermistor (Subcool)
Thermistor (Suction 2)
Thermistor (Coil)
Thermistor (Liquid 1)
Thermistor (Liquid 2)
Thermistor (Power module)
Pressure sensor (High)
Pressure sensor (Low)
Pressure switch (High)
Power module
Diode module
Terminal strip
Terminal strip (Control) (C/H selctor)
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Electronic expansion valve (Sub cool)
Solenoid valve (4 way valve)
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (U/L circuit)
Noise filter
Noise filter
2.1
The position of
compressor
terminal
The entrance
of wire
Power supply
3N ~
380-415V
50Hz
L1-RED
A1P
A2P
BS1~5
SiENBE34-802
Wiring Diagrams
2. Wiring Diagrams
Outdoor Unit
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B
227
228
The position of
compressor
terminal
The entrance
of wire
Power supply
~220-240V 50Hz
(Front)
El. Compo. Box
C/H Selector
Notes:
1. This wiring diagram is applied to the outdoor unit.
2.
: Field wiring
3.
: Terminal strip
: Movable connector
: Terminal
: Fixed connector
Heat
: Protective earth (screw)
: Noiseless earth
Air control
4. When using the option adapter, refer to the installation manual
Cool
5. Refer to “operation caution label” (on back of front plate)
How to use BS1~BS5 and DS1 - 2 switch.
Fan
6. When operating, don’t short circuit for protection device.(S1PH)
Cool/heat selector
7. Colors
BLU : Bleu
BRN : Brown
GRN : Green
RED : Red
WHT : White
YLW : Yellow
ORG : Orange
8. Refer to the installation manual, for connection wiring indoor-outdoor transmission F1-F2.
9. When using the central control system, connect to outdoor-outdoor transmission to F1-F2.
(Back)
Note 4
Solenoid valve (Hot gas)
Solenoid valve (U/L circuit)
Noise filter (Ferrite core)
Noise filter
C/H selector
Selector switch (Fan/Cool-Heat)
Selector switch (Cool/Heat)
Connector of option adapter
Connector
(Option adapter power supply)
Indoor
(F1)(F2)
Note 8
Note 9
Outdoor
(F1)(F2)
To IN/D unit To OUT/D unit
X37A
Note 4
S1S
S2S
Y2S
Y3S
Z1C~8C
Z1F~4F
L-RED
N-BLU
Printed circuit board (Main)
Printed circuit board (Service)
Printed circuit board (Noise filter)
Printed circuit board (C/H Selector)
Push button switch
(Mode, set, return, test, reset)
C1-4
Capacitor
DS1
Dip switch
E1HC
Crankcase heater
F1U,F4U
Fuse(T6.3A/250V)
F6U
Fuse(T5.0A/250V)
H1P~8P
Pilot Lamp (service monitor orange)
[H2P] Prepare, Test --- Flickering
Malfunction detection - light up
HAP
Operation pilot lamp
(service monitor green)
K1M (A1P) Magnetic contactor
K1R
Magnetic relay (Y1S)
K2R
Magnetic relay (Y2S)
K3R
Magnetic relay (Y3S)
K4R
Magnetic relay (E1HC)
K5R
Magnetic relay
L1R
Reactor
M1C
Motor (Compressor)
M1F
Motor (Fan)(Upper)
M2F
Motor (Fan)(Lower)
PS
Power supply
R1
Resistor
R2
Resistor
R1T
Thermistor (Air)
R2T
Thermistor (M1C discharge)
R3T
Thermistor (Suction 1)
R4T
Thermistor (Coil)
R5T
Thermistor (Suction 2)
R6T
Thermistor (Subcool)
R7T
Thermistor (Liquid 1)
R8T
Thermistor (Liquid 2)
FINTH
Thermistor (Fin)
S1NPH
Pressure sensor (High)
S1NPL
Pressure sensor (Low)
S1PH
Pressure switch (High)
V1R
Power module
V2R-V3R Diode module
V1T
IGBT
X1M
Terminal strip (Power supply)
X2M
Terminal strip (Control)
X1M
Terminal strip (C/H selctor)(A4P)
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve (Main)
Y3E
Electronic expansion valve (Sub cool)
Y1S
Solenoid valve (4 way valve)
A1P
A2P
A3P
A4P
BS1~5
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B
Appendix
Appendix
Main
switch
2 wires cable
(Transmission line)
Fuse
2 wires cable
(Power line)
Fuse
2 wires cable
(Power line)
Switch
Switch
2 wires cable
(Power line)
Power supply
Fuse
Switch
INDOOR UNITS
2 wires cable
(Transmission line)
OUTDOOR UNITS
Fuse
Switch
2 wires cable
(Transmission line)
2 wires cable
(Power line)
Fuse
Switch
2 wires cable
(Transmission line)
3D057919
6. Unit shall be grounded in compliance with the applicable local and national codes.
7. Wiring shown are general points-of-connection guides only and are not intended for or to include all details
for a specific installation.
8. Be sure to install the switch and the fuse to the power line of each equipment.
9. Install the main switch that can interrupt all the power sources in an integrated manner because this system
consists of the equipment utilizing the multiple power sources.
10.If ther exists the possibility of reversed phase, lose phase, momentary blackout or the power goes on and off
while the product is operating, attach a reversed phase protection circuit locally.
Running the product in reversed phase may break the compressor and other parts.
2 wires cable
(Power line)
Notes 1. All wiring, components and materials to be procured on the site must be
comply with the applicable local and national codes.
2. Use copper conductors only.
3. As for details, see wiring diagram.
4. Instal circuit breaker for safety.
5. All field wiring and components must be provided by licensed electrician.
2.2
Main switch
Power supply
SiENBE34-802
Wiring Diagrams
Field Wiring
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B
229
230
Main switch
Fuse
Switch
2 wires cable
(Power line)
Fuse
2 wires cable
(Power line)
Fuse
Switch
Fuse
Switch
2 wires cable
(Transmission line)
2 wires cable
(Power line)
Fuse
Switch
2 wires cable
(Transmission line)
3D052597
6. Unit shall be grounded in compliance with the applicable local and national codes.
7. Wiring shown are general points-of-connection guides only and are not intended for or to include all details
for a specific installation.
8. Be sure to install the switch and the fuse to the power line of each equipment.
9. Install the main switch that can interrupt all the power sources in an integrated manner because this system
consists of the equipment utilizing the multiple power sources.
2 wires cable
(Power line)
INDOOR UNITS
2 wires cable
(Transmission line)
OUTDOOR UNIT
Notes 1. All wiring, components and materials to be procured on the site must be
comply with the applicable local and national codes.
2. Use copper conductors only.
3. As for details, see wiring diagram.
4. Instal circuit breaker for safety.
5. All field wiring and components must be provided by licensed electrician.
2 wires cable
(Transmission line)
Switch
Power supply
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B
Appendix
SiENBE34-802
2.3
Wiring Diagrams
Indoor Unit
FXCQ20M / 25M / 32M / 63MV3
1N~50Hz 230V
20,25,32,63 Class
(22,28,36,71 Class)
indoor
Switch box
Input from outside
(note 3)
To central remote
control (note 1)
Wired remote
control
(Note 2)
Note 2
L
N
33H
33S
A1P
C1R
F1T
F1U
F2U
HAP
M1F
M1S
M1P
R1T
Field wiring
Live
Neutral
Connector
Wire clamp
Protective earth (screw)
Float switch
Limit switch (swing flap)
Printed circuit board
Capacitor (M1F)
Thermal fuse (152°C) (M1F embedded)
Fuse (250V, 5A)
Field fuse
Light emitting diode
(Service monitor-Green)
Motor (Indoor fan)
Motor (Swing flap)
Motor (Drain pump)
Thermistor (Air)
R2T, R3T
Q2E
RyA
RyF1-3
RyP
T1R
X1M
X2M
Y1E
Colors BLK
BLU
BRN
ORG
PNK
RED
WHT
YLW
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Receiver / Display unit
Black
Blue
Brown
Orange
Pink
Red
White
Yellow
Thermistor (Coil)
Earth leak detector
Magnetic relay (M1S)
Magnetic relay (M1F)
Magnetic relay (M1P)
Transformer (220-240V/22V)
Terminal strip (Power)
Terminal strip (Control)
Electronic expansion valve
Receiver/Display unit
(Attached to infrared remote control)
A2P, A3P Printed circuit board
BS
ON/OFF button
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
SS1
SS2
Light emitting diode (On-Red)
Light emitting diode (Timer-Green)
Light emitting diode (Filter sign-Red)
Light emitting diode (Defrost-Orange)
Selector switch (Main/Sub)
Selector switch (Wireless adress set)
Connector for optional parts
X18A
Connector
(Wiring, adapter for electrical appendices)
X23A
Connector (infrared remote control)
Notes
1. When using a central remote control, see manual for connection to the unit.
2. X23A is connected when the Infrared remote control kit is used.
3. When connecting the input wires from the outdoor unit, “forced off” or “on/off” operation can be selected by the remote control.
For more details see installation manual.
4. Use copper conductors only.
Appendix
2TW23776-1D
231
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
FXCQ40M / 50M / 80M / 125MV3
1N~50Hz 230V
40,50,80,125 Class
(45,56,90,140 Class)
indoor
Switch box
Input from outside
(note 3)
To central remote
control (note 1)
Wired remote
control
(Note 2)
Note 2
L
N
33H
33S
A1P
C1R
F1T
F1U
F2U
HAP
M1F
M1S
M1P
R1T
Field wiring
Live
Neutral
Connector
Wire clamp
Protective earth (screw)
Float switch
Limit switch (swing flap)
Printed circuit board
Capacitor (M1F)
Thermal fuse (152°C) (M1F embedded)
Fuse (250V, 5A)
Field fuse
Light emitting diode
(Service monitor-Green)
Motor (Indoor fan)
Motor (Swing flap)
Motor (Drain pump)
Thermistor (Air)
R2T, R3T
Q2E
RyA
RyF1-3
RyP
T1R
X1M
X2M
Y1E
Colors BLK
BLU
BRN
ORG
PNK
RED
WHT
YLW
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Receiver / Display unit
Black
Blue
Brown
Orange
Pink
Red
White
Yellow
Thermistor (Coil)
Earth leak detector
Magnetic relay (M1S)
Magnetic relay (M1F)
Magnetic relay (M1P)
Transformer (220-240V/22V)
Terminal strip (Power)
Terminal strip (Control)
Electronic expansion valve
Receiver/Display unit
(Attached to infrared remote control)
A2P, A3P Printed circuit board
BS
ON/OFF button
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
SS1
SS2
Light emitting diode (On-Red)
Light emitting diode (Timer-Green)
Light emitting diode (Filter sign-Red)
Light emitting diode (Defrost-Orange)
Selector switch (Main/Sub)
Selector switch (Wireless adress set)
Connector for optional parts
X18A
Connector
(Wiring, adapter for electrical appendices)
X23A
Connector (infrared remote control)
Notes
1. When using a central remote control, see manual for connection to the unit.
2. X23A is connected when the infrared remote control kit is used.
3. When connecting the input wires from the outdoor unit, “forced off” or “on/off” operation can be selected by the remote control.
For more details see installation manual.
4. Use copper conductors only.
232
2TW23806-1D
Appendix
SiENBE34-802
Wiring Diagrams
FXFQ20P / 25P / 32P / 40P / 50P / 63P / 80P / 100P / 125P7VE
20~125-Class (22~140 Class)
indoor
Receiver/display unit
Control Box
A1P
A2P
C1
F1U
F2U
HAP
KPR
L1
M1F
M1P
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Indoor unit
Printed circuit board
Printed circuit board
Capacitor
Fuse (T, 5A, 250V)
Field Fuse
Light emitting diode
(Service monitor green)
Magnetic relay (M1P)
Coil
Motor (Indoor fan)
Motor (Drain pump)
Input from outside
(note 4)
To central remote
control (note 2)
Wired remote
control
220~240/220V
~50/60Hz
M1S
PS
Q1DI
R1T
R2T
R3T
S1L
X1M
X2M
Y1E
Z1C
20~63-Class
80~125-Class
(22~71 Class)
(90~140 Class)
Motor (Swing flap)
Power supply circuit
Earth leak detector
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (Coil)
Thermistor (Header)
Float switch
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Electronic expansion valve
Ferrite core
Reciever/display unit (Attached to
infrared remote control)
A3P
Printed circuit board
A4P
Printed circuit board
BS1
Push button (on/off)
H1P
Light emitting diode (on-red)
Light emitting diode (timer-green)
H2P
H3P
Light emitting diode (filter sign-red)
H4P
Light emitting diode
(defrost-orange)
SS1
Selector switch (main/sub)
SS2
Selector switch
(Wireless adress set)
Connector for optional parts
X24A Connector
(infrared remote control)
X33A Connector (adapter for wiring)
X35A Connector (group control adapter)
Wired remote control
R1T
Thermistor (air)
SS1
Selector switch (main/sub)
Terminal
Connector
Field wiring
In case of using a central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the attached installation manual.
X24A, X33A and X35A are connected when the optional accessories are being used.
When connecting the input wires from outside, forced off or on/off control operation can be selected by the remote control
Confirm the method of setting the selector switch (SS1,SS2) by installation manual end engineering data, etc.
Colour legend:
RED : Red
BLK : Black
WHT : White
YLW : Yellow
ORG : Orange
BRN : Brown
GRY : Grey
BLU : Blue
GRN : Green
PNK : Pink
3TW28836-1B
Appendix
233
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
FXZQ20M / 25M / 32M / 40M / 50MV1
20,25,32,40,50 Class
(22,28,36,45,56 Class)
Power supply
220~240V
~
50Hz
See
note 3
Input from outside (see note 4)
Transmission wiring central
remote control (see note 2)
Wired remote
control
Switch Box
See note 3
A1P
C1
F1U
F2U
HAP
KPR
M1F
M1P
M1S
Q1DI
Indoor unit
Printed circuit board
Capacitor
Fuse (B, 5A, 250V)
Field Fuse
Light emitting diode
(Service monitor green)
Magnetic relay (M1P)
Motor (Indoor fan)
Motor (Drain pump)
Motor (Swing flap)
Earth leak detector (Max. 300mA)
Terminal
Connector
Wire clamp
Field wiring
Q1M
Thermal protector
(M1F embedded)
R1T
Thermistor (Air)
R2T
Thermistor (Coil-liquid)
R3T
Thermistor (Coil-gas)
S1L
Float switch
T1R
Transformer (220-240V/22V)
V1TR Triac
X1M Terminal strip
X2M Terminal strip
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
Colors RED
BLK
WHT
YLW
:
:
:
:
Red
Black
White
Yellow
PNK
ORG
GRN
BLU
:
:
:
:
R1T
SS1
A3P
A4P
BS1
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
Wired remote control
Thermistor (air)
Selector switch (Main/sub)
Wireless remote control
(Reciever/display unit)
Printed circuit board
Printed circuit board
Push button (on/off)
Light emitting diode (on-red)
Light emitting diode (timer-green)
Light emitting diode (filter sign-red)
Light emitting diode (defrost-orange)
SS1
SS2
Selector switch (main/sub)
Selector switch
(Wireless adress set)
Connector for optional parts
X16A Connector (adapter for wire)
X18A Connector (on/off)
(Wiring adapter for electrical
appendices)
Pink
Orange
Green
Blue
Notes:
1. In case of using a remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the attached installation manual.
2. X23A is connected when the wireless remote control is being used.
3. When connecting the input wires from outside, forced off or on/off control operation can be selected by the remote control
4. Remote control model varies according to the combination system.
See technical data and catalogs, etc. before connecting
3TW28826-1B
234
Appendix
Appendix
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (coil)
Float switch
Limit switch (swing flap)
Transformer (220-240V/22V)
Terminal block (Power)
Terminal block (Control)
Electronic expansion
valve
Wired remote control
R1T
Thermistor (Air)
SS1
Selector switch (Main/sub)
Connector for optional parts
X16A Connector (adapter for wiring)
X18A Connector (wiring adapter
for electrical appandices)
R1T
R2T-R3T
S1L
S1Q
T1R
X1M
X2M
Y1E
Note 5
Power supply
220-240V
~
50Hz
Notes
1.
Terminal block
Connector
Terminal
2.
Field wiring
3. In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the
attached instruction manual.
4. When connecting the input wires from outside, forced off or on/off control operation can
be selected by remote control.
In details, refer to the installation manual attached the unit.
5. In case high ESP operation, change over the wiring connection from X2A to X3A.
6. Symbols show as follows
PNK : Pink
WHT : White
YLW : Yellow
ORG : Orange
BLU : Blue
BLK : Black
RED : Red
BRN : Brown
GRY : Grey
7. Use copper conductors only.
Indoor unit
A1P
Printed circuit board
A2P
Terminal board
C1
capacitor (M1F)
F1U
Fuse (B, 5A,250V)
HAP
Light emitting diode
(service monitor-green)
K1R-K3R Magnetic relay (M1F)
KAR
Magnetic relay (M1S)
KPR
Magnetic relay (M1P)
M1F
Motor (indoor fan)
M1P
Motor (drain pump)
M1S
Motor (swing flap)
Q1M Thermo switch
(M1F embedded)
220V
~
60Hz
Wired remote control
(Optional accessory)
3D039564C-1
Note 3
Transmission wiring
central remote
control
Note 4
Input from outside
Electrical parts box
SiENBE34-802
Wiring Diagrams
FXKQ25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 63MAVE
235
236
Capacitor (M1F)
Fuse (F5A/250V)
Light emitting diode
C1
F1U
HAP
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (Coil - 1)
Thermistor (Coil - 2)
Float switch
Transformer (220/22V)
Phase control circuit
Terminal block
Terminal block
Electronic expansion valve
Noise filter (Ferrite core)
R1T
R2T
R3T
S1L
T1R
V1TR
X1M
X2M
Y1E
Z1C-Z2C
Selector switch (Main/Sub)
SS1
6.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Notes:
1.
Connector (wiring adapter for
X18A
220-240V
~
50Hz
Power supply
220V
~
60Hz
Terminal
Connector
Control box
Field wiring
In case of using a central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the attached installation manual.
Remote control model varies according to the combination system, confirm engineering materials and catalogs, etc. before connecting.
When connecting the input wires from outside, forced off or on/off control operation can be selected by the remote control.
In details, refer to the installation manual attached the unit.
Colour legend:
RED : Red
BLK : Black
WHT : White
YLW : Yellow
PRP : Purple
GRY : Grey
BLU : Blue
PNK : Pink
ORG : Orange
GRN : Green
electrical appendices)
Connector (adapter for wiring)
X16A
Connector for optional parts
Thermistor (Air)
R1T
Wired remote control
Motor (Drain pump)
Thermal protector (M1F embedded)
Q1M
Motor (Indoor fan)
M1F
M1P
Magnetic relay (M1P)
KPR
(Service monitor green)
Printed circuit board
A1P
Wired remote
control
3D045500C
Note 3
Transmission wiring
central remote control
Note 5
Input from outside
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
FXDQ20P / 25P / 32P
FXDQ40NA / 50NA / 63NAVE (with Drain Pump)
Appendix
Appendix
Field wiring
Live
Neutral
Connector
Wire clamp
Protective earth (screw)
Colors BLK
BLU
BRN
ORG
PNK
RED
WHT
YLW
J1EH
K1R
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Black
Blue
Brown
Orange
Pink
Red
White
Yellow
Optional parts
Electric heater
Magnetic relay (J1EH)
RyF1-3 Magnetic relay (Fan)
T1R
Transformer
(220-240V/22V)
X1M Terminal strip (Power)
X2M Terminal strip (Control)
Y1E
Electronic expansion valve
RyC,RyF
RyH
F1U,F2U
X1A,X2A
Switch box cover
Switch box
Adapter for wiring
Magnetic relay
Magnetic relay (J1EH)
Fuse (250V,5A)
Connector (wiring adapter)
Notes
1. Use copper conductors only.
2. When using a central remote control, see manual for connection to the unit.
3. When installing the electric heater, change the wiring for the heater circuit, the main power supply has to be supplied independently.
4. When connecting the input wires from the outdoor unit, “forced off” or “on/off” operation can be selected by the remote control.
For more details see installation manual.
L
N
Printed circuit board
Capacitor (Fan)
Fuse (250V, 10A)
Field Fuse
Light emitting diode
(Service monitor green)
M1F Motor (Fan)
Q1E Earth leak detector
R1T
Thermistor (Air)
R2T, R3T Thermistor (Refrigerant)
A1P
C1R
F1U
F2U
HAP
1N~50Hz
230V
Terminal strip
Connector for optional parts
X16A Connector (wiring adapter)
X18A Connector (wiring adapter for
electrical appendices)
X1M
indoor
Fan
operation
Compressor
operation
Adaptor for wiring
2TW23666
Wired
remote
control
Note 3 input
from outside
Central remote
control note 1
SiENBE34-802
Wiring Diagrams
FXDQ20M8 / 25M8V3
237
Terminals
operation
indicator
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
FXSQ20M / 25M / 32M / 40M / 50M / 63M8V3
20~63 class
(22~71 class)
indoor
Terminals for
operation indicator
Adapter for wiring
1N~50Hz
230V
compressor
operation
fan
operation
Switch box
Colors BLK
BLU
BRN
GRY
ORG
PNK
RED
WHT
YLW
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Note 5 input
from outside
Central remote
control note 2
Black
Blue
Brown
Grey
Orange
Pink
Red
White
Yellow
Wired
remote
control
Note 3
Seperate power supply
1N~50Hz 230V
Low ESP operation
L
N
Field wiring
Live
Neutral
Connector
Wire clamp
Protective earth (screw)
High ESP operation
20~32 class 40~63 class
(22~36 class) (45~71 class)
Note 4
33H
A1P
A2P
C1R
F1U
F2U
HAP
M1F
M1P
Q2E
Float switch
Printed circuit board
Terminal board
Capacitor (Fan)
Fuse (250V, 5A)
Field fuse
Light emitting diode
(Service monitor-Green)
Motor (Indoor fan)
Motor (Drain pump)
Earth leak detector
R1T
R2T, R3T
RyF1-3
RyP
T1R
X1M
X2M
Y1E
F3-5U
J1EH
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (Refrigerant)
Magnetic relay (Fan)
Magnetic relay (Drain pump)
Transformer (220-240V/22V)
Terminal strip (Power)
Terminal strip (Control)
Electronic expansion valve
Optional parts
Fuse (250, 16A)
Electric heater
K1R
Magnetic relay (J1EH)
Adapter for wiring
RyC,RyF Magnetic relay
RyH
Magnetic relay (J1EH)
F1U, F2U Fuse (250V, 5A)
X1A,X2A Connector (wiring adapter)
X1M
Terminal strip
Connector for optional parts
X16A
Connector (Wiring adapter)
X18A
Connector
(Wiring adapter for electrical appendices)
Notes
1. Use copper conductors only.
2. When using a central remote control, see manual for connection to the unit.
3. When installing the electric heater change the wiring for the heater circuit. The main power supply has to be supplied independently.
4. For High or Low ESP operation, change the wiring connection of X4A as shown on the wiring diagram.
5. When connecting the input wires from the outdoor unit, “forced off” or “on/off” operation can be selected by the remote control.
For more details see installation manual.
2TW23686-1C
238
Appendix
SiENBE34-802
Wiring Diagrams
FXSQ80M / 100M / 125M8V3
80,100,125 class
(90,112,140 class)
indoor
Terminals for
operation indicator
Adapter for wiring
1N~50Hz
230V
compressor
operation
fan
operation
Switch box
Colors BLK
BLU
BRN
GRY
ORG
PNK
RED
WHT
YLW
L
N
33H
A1P
A2P
C1R
F1U
F2U
HAP
M1F
M1P
Q2E
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Note 5 input
from outside
Central remote
control note 2
Black
Blue
Brown
Grey
Orange
Pink
Red
White
Yellow
Wired
remote
control
Note 3
Seperate power supply
1N~50Hz 230V
Field wiring
Live
Neutral
Connector
Wire clamp
Protective earth (screw)
Float switch
Printed circuit board
Terminal board
Capacitor (Fan)
Fuse (250V, 10A)
Field fuse
Light emitting diode
(Service monitor-Green)
Motor (Fan)
Motor (Drain pump)
Earth leak detector
Note 4
High ESP operation
R1T
R2T, R3T
RyF1-3
RyP
T1R
X1M
X2M
Y1E
F3-5U
J1EH
Thermistor (Air)
Thermistor (Refrigerant)
Magnetic relay (Fan)
Magnetic relay (Drain pump)
Transformer (220V/27V)
Terminal strip (Power)
Terminal strip (Control)
Electronic expansion valve
Optional parts
Fuse (250V, 16A)
Electric heater
K1R
Magnetic relay (J1EH)
Adapter for wiring
RyC,RyF Magnetic relay
RyH
Magnetic relay (J1EH)
F1U, F2U Fuse (250V, 5A)
X1A,X2A Connector (wiring adapter)
X1M
Terminal strip
Connector for optional parts
X16A
Connector (Wiring adapter)
X18A
Connector
(Wiring, adapter for electrical appendices)
Notes
1. Use copper conductors only.
2. When using a central remote control, see manual for connection to the unit.
3. When installing the electric heater change the wiring for the heater circuit. The main power supply has to be supplied independently.
4. For High ESP operation, change the wiring connection of X4A as shown on the wiring diagram.
5. When connecting the input wires from the outdoor unit, “forced off” or “on/off” operation can be selected by the remote control.
For more details see installation manual.
2TW23636-1C
Appendix
239
240
X10A
F3U
K1R
-
PS
A3P
+ C1
X6A
V1R
L1R
R2
X2A
V2R
X1A
X9A
-
N
L
5
MS
3~
M1F
R4
Z1C
N=1
GRN
BLU
RED
F1U
X10A
F4U
BLK
PS
KPR
X25A
M
~
K1R
R1
A2P
HAP
Z1F
X3A
PS
R2
F2U
X8A
X6A
X16A
t°
R1T
t°
R3T
M
X7A
MS
3~
M1F
Y1E
X35A
HAP
X18A X17A
t°
R2T
S1L
SS1
P2
P1 R1T
CENTRAL REMOTE
CONTROL NOTE) 2
TRANSMISSION
WIRING
INPUT FROM
OUTSIDE NOTE) 3
X1M X2M
A
3
P
*
Z2C
A
1
P
*ONLY FXMQ50PVE • 63PVE • 80PVE • 100PVE • 125PVE
X33A
X35A
X28A
WIRED REMOTE CONTROL
(OPTIONAL ACCESSORY)
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
X2M
EL. COMPO. BOX (INDOOR)
Z
1
C
A2P
L1P
X15A
X30A
X33A
X28A
X13A
t°
R4T
3D058783
NOTES) 1.
: TERMINAL
: CONNECTOR
: FIELD WIRING
2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROL, CONNECT IT TO THE
UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
3. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF
OR ON/OFF CONTROL OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE
CONTROL. IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL
ATTACHED THE UNIT.
4. COLORS BLK : BLACK RED : RED BLU : BLUE WHT : WHITE
PNK : PINK YLW : YELLOW BRN : BROWN GRY : GRAY GRN : GREEN
ORG : ORANGE.
V1R
-
L1R
Z2C
+ C1
FOR FXMQ20PVE • 25PVE • 32PVE • 40PVE
BLK
X70A
X27A
A1P
ELECTRONIC
EXPANSION VALVE
Z1C, Z2C NOISE FILTER
(FERRITE CORE)
Z1F NOISE FILTER
CONNECTOR OPTIONAL
ACCESSORY
X28A CONNECTOR (POWER
SUPPLY FOR WIRING)
X33A CONNECTOR (FOR
WIRING)
X35A CONNECTOR (ADAPTER)
WIRED REMOTE CONTROL
R1T THERMISTOR (AIR)
SS1 SELECTOR SWITCH
(MAIN/SUB)
Y1E
R3
X1M
+ C2 + C3
~220V
60Hz
SWITCHING POWER
SUPPLY (A1P, A2P)
R1
RESISTOR (CURRENT
LIMITING)
R2
CURRENT SENSING
DEVICE
R3,R4 R4RESISTOR (ELECTRIC
DISCHARGE)
R1T THERMISTOR (SUCTION AIR)
R2T THERMISTOR (LIQUID)
R3T THERMISTOR (GAS)
R4T THERMISTOR
(DISCHARGE AIR)
S1L FLOAT SWITCH
V1R DIODE BRIDGE
V2R POWER MODULE
X1M TERMINAL STRIP
(POWER SUPPLY)
X2M TERMINAL STRIP
(CONTROL)
PS
HAP
Z1F
R1
X3A
A2P
TO X70A (A1P)
INDOOR UNIT
PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD
A2P PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD (FAN)
A3P PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD (CAPACITOR)
C1, C2, C3 CAPACITOR
F1U FUSE (T, 3.15A, 250V)
F2U FUSE (T, 5A, 250V)
F3U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V)
F4U FUSE (T, 6.3A, 250V)
HAP LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR-GREEN)
(A1P, A2P)
KPR MAGNETIC RELAY
K1R MAGNETIC RELAY
L1R REACTOR
M1F MOTOR (FAN)
M1P MOTOR (DRAIN PUMP)
A1P
TO X1M
~220-240V
50Hz
FOR FXMQ50PVE • 63PVE • 80PVE • 100PVE • 125PVE
N
L
POWER
SUPPLY
M1P
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
FXMQ40P / 50P / 63P / 80P / 100P / 125PVE
Appendix
Indoor unit
Printed circuit board
Capacitor (M1F)
Fuse (B, 5A, 250V)
Light emitting diode
(Service monitor-green)
KAR Magnetic relay (M1S)
KPR Magnetic relay (M1P)
M1F Motor (Indoor fan)
M1S Motor (Swing flap)
Q1M Thermo switch (M1F embedded)
R1T Thermistor (Air)
R2T Thermistor (Coil liquid)
R3T Thermistor (Coil gas)
S1Q Limit switch (Swing flap)
T1R Transformer (220240/22V)
X1M Terminal block (Power)
X2M Terminal block (Control)
Y1E Electronic expansion valve
PC Phase control circuit
Optional parts
M1P Motor (drain pump)
Wired remote control
R1T Thermistor (Air)
SS1 Selector switch (Main/sub)
Receiver/display unit (attached to
infrared remote control)
A2P Printed circuit board
A3P Printed circuit board
BS1 Push button (On/off)
H1P Light emitting diode (on-red)
H2P Light emitting diode
(timer-green)
A1P
C1R
F1U
HAP
Appendix
8.
7.
6.
5.
4.
3.
Power supply
220-240V
~
50Hz
: Terminal block
: Connector
: Field wiring
In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in
accordance with the attached instruction manual.
X23A is connected when the infrared remote control kit is being
used.
When connecting the input wires from outside, forced off or on/off
control operation can be selected by remote control. In details, refer
to the installation manual attached the unit.
In case installing the drain pump, remove the short circuit connector
of X8A and execute the additional wiring for float switch and drain
pump.
Symbols show as follows.
PNK : Pink
WHT : White
YLW : Yellow
ORG : Orange
BLU : Blue
BLK : Black
RED : Red
Use copper conductors only.
Notes:
1.
H3P Light emitting diode
(Filter sign-red)
H4P Light emitting diode
(Defrost-orange)
SS1 Selector switch (Main/sub)
SS2 Selector switch
(wireless adress set)
Connector for optional parts
X8A Connector (Float switch)
X18A Connector (Wiring adapter for
electrical appendices)
X23A Connector
(infrared remote control)
220V
~
60Hz
Note 5
Input from outside
Note 3
Transmission
wiring central
remote control
Wired remote control
(Optional accessory)
Electric parts box
Note 6
Note 4
Receiver/display unit
(Infrared remote control)
3D039801D
SiENBE34-802
Wiring Diagrams
FXHQ32MA / 63MA / 100MAVE
241
242
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(SERVICE MONITOR GREEN)
MOTOR (INDOOR FAN)
MOTOR (SWING FLAP)
THERMISTOR (AIR)
THERMISTOR (COIL LIQUID PIPE)
THERMISTOR (COIL GAS PIPE)
TERMINAL BLOCK (CONTROL)
TERMINAL BLOCK (POWER)
ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE
POWER CIRCUIT
HAP
M1F
M1S
R1T
R2T
R3T
X1M
X2M
Y1E
PC
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
PUSH BUTTON (ON/OFF)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (ON-RED)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(TIMER-GREEN)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(FILTER SIGN-RED)
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
(DEFROST-ORENGE)
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
SELECTOR SWITCH
(WIRELESS ADDRESS SET)
A2P
A3P
BS1
H1P
H2P
H3P
H4P
SS1
SS2
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT (ATTACHED
TO INFRARED REMOTE CONTROL)
FUSE ( B , 3A, 250V)
F1U
INDOOR UNIT
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
A1P
HAP
X1M
X2M
FRONT
X1M
X2M
220V
~
60HZ
PC
M1S
MSW
X36A
HAP
X14A
t°
Y1E
M
X7A
X35A
X18A
t°
X24A
X1M
T2
T1
F2
F1
P2
P1
NOTE 8
X1A
H1P
H4P
H2P
H3P
BS1
TRANSMISSION WIRING
CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROL
NOTE) 2
SS1
P2
WIRED REMOTE
P1 R1T
CONTROL
INPUT FROM OUTSIDE
RECEIVER/DISPLAY UNIT
(INFRARED REMOTE CONTROL)
NOTE) 5
X1A
SS2
SS1
OUTSIDE, FORCED OFF OR ON/OFF CONTROL
5. WHEN CONNECTING THE INPUT WIRES FROM
X15A
X30A
X24A
NOTE) 8
X19A
t°
X2A
: CONNECTOR
: CONNECTOR
BLU : BLUE
BLK : BLACK
ORG : ORANGE
X15A
X35A
SELECTOR SWITCH (MAIN/SUB)
SS1
CONNECTOR (GROUP CONTROL ADAPTER)
CONNECTOR (FLOAT SWITCH)
CONNECTOR FOR OPTIONAL PARTS
THERMISTOR (AIR)
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER
SHOWS SHORT CIRCUIT CONNECTOR.
BRN : BROWN
YLW : YELLOW
R1T
4.
PNK : PINK
3. SYMBOLS SHOWS AS FOLLOWS: RED : RED WHT : WHITE GRN : GREEN
IN ACCORDANCEWITH THE ATTACHED INSTALLATION MANUAL.
2. IN CASE USING CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROL, CONNECT IT TO THE UNIT
: FIELD WIRING
: TERMINAL
CONTROL KIT IS BEING USED.
3D034206D
8. X24A IS CONNECTED WHEN THE INFRARED REMOTE
MANUAL AND ENGINEERING DATA, ETC.
INFRARED REMOTE CONTROL BY INSTALLATION
SWITCH (SS1, SS2) OF WIRED REMOTE CONTROL AND
7. CONFIRM THE METHOD OF SETTING THE SELECTOR
DATA AND CATALOGS, ETC. BEFORE CONNECTING.
THE COMBINATION SYSTEM, CONFIRM ENGINEERING
6. REMOTE CONTROL MODEL VARIES ACCORDING TO
ATTACHED THE UNIT.
IN DETAILS, REFER TO THE INSTALLATION MANUAL
PC
NE
R1T
OPERATION CAN BE SELECTED BY REMOTE CONTROL
M1F
MS
3~
X20A
F1U
X27A
A1P
R2T
A3P
1.
A1P
HAP
N
L
X2M
R3T
A2P
NOTES
(INDOOR UNIT)
CONTROL BOX
SIDE
A1P
L
N
220-240V
~
50HZ
POWER SUPPLY
A1P
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
FXAQ20MA / 25MA / 32MAVE / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
Appendix
Appendix
Terminal block (Control)
Electronic expansion valve)
Wired remote control
R1T
Thermistor (Air)
SS1
Selector switch (Main/sub)
Connector for optional parts
X18A Connector (Wiring adapter
for electorical appendices)
X2M
Y1E
Notes
1.
Terminal block
Connector
Terminal
2.
Field wiring
3. In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance
with the attached instruction manual.
4. When connecting the input wires from outside, forced off or on/off control
operation can be selected by remote control.
In details, refer to the installation manual attached the unit.
5. Symbols show as follows
PNK : Pink
WHT : White
YLW : Yellow
ORG : Orange
BLU : Blue
BLK : Black
RED : Red
BRN : Brown
6. Use copper conductors only.
Indoor unit
Printed Circuit board
Capacitor (M1F)
Fuse (B, 5A, 250V)
Light emitting diode
(Service monitor-green)
K1R-K3R Magnetic relay (M1F)
M1F
Motor (Indoor fan)
Q1M Thermo switch
(M1F embedded)
R1T
Thermistor (Air)
R2T-R3T Thermistor (Coil)
T1R
Transformer (220-240V/22V)
X1M
Terminal block (Power)
A1P
C1
F1U
HAP
220V
~
60Hz
220-240V
~
50Hz
Power supply
Wired remote control
(Optional accessory)
Note 4
Input from outside
Note 3
Transmission wiring
central remote control
Control box
3D039826D
SiENBE34-802
Wiring Diagrams
FXLQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
FXNQ20MA / 25MA / 32MA / 40MA / 50MA / 63MAVE
243
244
Wired remote control
R1T Thermistor (Air)
SS1 Selector switch (Main/Sub)
Receiver/display unit
(Attached to infrared remote control)
A3P Printed circuit board
A4P Printed circuit board
BS1 Push button (ON/OFF)
H1P Light emitting diode
(On-red)
H2P Light emitting diode
(Timer green)
H3P Light emitting diode
(Filter sign-red))
H4P Light emitting diode
(Defrost-orange)
SS1 Selector switch (Main/sub)
SS2 Selector switch
(Wireless address set)
Connector for optional parts
X24A Connector (Infrared remote control)
X30A Connector (interface
adapter for sky air series)
X35A Connector (group control adapter)
Note 3
BEV Unit
220-240V
~
50Hz
Power supply
Indoor unit
Notes
1.
Terminal block
Connector
2.
Field wiring
3. The BEV unit shows an outline, please refer to a wiring diagram of BEV unit pasting in detail.
4. In case using central remote control, connect it to the unit in accordance with the attached instruction manual.
5. X24A is connected when the infrared remote control kit is being used.
6. Remote control model varies according to the combination system.
Confirm engineering materials and catalogs, etc. before connecting.
7. Confirm the method of setting th selector switch (SS1,SS2) of wired remote control and infrared remote control by installation manual and engineering data, etc.
8. Symbols show as follows
RED : Red
BLK : Black
WHT : White
YLW : Yellow
GRN : Green
BLU : Blue
Indoor unit
A1P Printed circuit board
A2P Printed circuit board
(Transformer 220~240V/16V)
C1
Capacitor (M1F)
HAP Light emitting diode
(Service monitor green)
HBP Light emitting diode
(service monitor green)
M1S Motor (Swingflap)
M1F Motor (Indoor fan)
M1P Motor (Drain pump)
Q1M Thermo switch (M1F embedded)
R1T Thermistor (Air)
R2T Thermistor (Coil)
RyA Magnetic relay (M1A)
RyP Magnetic relay (M1P)
S1Q Limit switch (swing flap)
S1L Float switch
SS1 Selector switch (Emergency)
V1TR Phase control circuit
X1M Terminal strip
X2M Terminal strip
RC Signal receiver
TC Signal transmission circuit
Note 5
3D044973A
Control box
Wired remote
control
Receiver/display unit
Wiring Diagrams
SiENBE34-802
FXUQ71MA / 100MA / 125MAV1
Appendix
SiENBE34-802
Wiring Diagrams
BEVQ71MA / 100MA / 125MAVE
BEV unit
A1P Printed circuit board assy
A2P Power supply printed circuit
Power supply
220-240C
220V
~
~
50Hz
60Hz
board assy (220-240V/16V)
F1U Fuse (B, 10A, 250V)
HAP Light emitting diode
(service monitor-green)
R3T Thermistor (Gas)
SS1 Selector switch (M/S)
X1M Terminal strip (Power)
X2M Terminal strip (Transmission)
To indoor
unit
Y1E Electronic expansion valve
Z1C-Z2C
Z3C-Z4F
Noise filter
Control box
To outdoor unit
Notes
1.
Terminal
Connector
2.
Field wiring
3. This wiring diagram only shows the BEV unit.
See the wiring diagrams and installation manuals for the wiring and settings for the indoor, outdoor and BS units.
4. See the indoor unit’s wiring diagram when installing optional parts for the indoor unit.
5. Only one indoor unit may be connected to the BEV unit.
See the indoor unit’s wiring diagram for when connecting the remote control.
6. Always use de sky air connection adapter for the indoor unit when using a central control unit.
Refer to the manual attached the unit when connecting.
7. Cool/heat changeover of indoor units connected to BEV unit cannot be carried out unless they are conencted to BS unit.
In case of a system with BEV unit only, cool/heat selector is required.
8. Set the SS1 to “M” only for the BEV unit connected to the indoor unit which is to have cool/heat switching capability, when
connecting the BS unit.
The ‘M/S” on the SS1 stands for “Main/Sub”. This is set to “S” when shipped from the factory.
9. Connect the attached thermistor to the R3T.
10. Symbols show as follows
3D044901B
Appendix
245
Option List
SiENBE34-802
3. Option List
3.1
Option List of Controllers
Operation Control System Optional Accessories
Type
No. Item
1 Wired remote control
Infrared remote cooling only
2
control
heat pump
3 Simplified remote control
Simplified remote control for hotel
4
use
5 Centralised remote control
6 Unified ON/OFF control
7 Schedule timer
8 Wiring adapter
9 Wiring adapter (hour meter)
Wiring adapter for electrical
10 appendices (1)
adapter for electrical
11 Wiring
appendices (2)
12 Remote sensor
13 Installation box for adapter PCB
Electrical box with earth terminal
14 (3 blocks)
Electrical box with earth terminal
15 (2 blocks)
Noise filter (for electromagnetic
16 interface only)
17 External control adapter
18 Interface adapter for SkyAir series
19 Connector for forced on/forced off
FXFQ
FXZQ
FXCQ
FXKQ
FXDQ
FXDQM8
FXSQ
FXMQ
FXUQ
FXHQ
FXAQ
FXLQ
FXNQ
BRC1D52
BRC7F533 BRC7E531 BRC7C67 BRC4C63
BRC4C64
BRC4C66 BRC7C529 BRC7E66 BRC7E619
BRC7F532 BRC7E530 BRC7C62 BRC4C61
BRC4C62
BRC4C65 BRC7C528 BRC7E63 BRC7E618
BRC4C64
BRC4C62
—
BRC2C51
—
BRC2C51
—
BRC3A61
—
BRC3A61
DCS302C51
DCS301B51
DST301B51
—
KRP1B57*1
—
EKRP1C11*1
—
EKRP1B2
KRP2A526*1
KRP1B61 KRP1B61 KRP1B56
—
EKRP1B2*2
—
—
KRP1C64 KRP4A53 KRP1B3
EKRP1B2
—
—
KRP1B61
—
KRP2A516*1 KRP2A61 KRP2A516 KRP2A53 KRP2A516 KRP2A61
KRP2A62*
KRP2A51
KRP4AA53*1 KRP4A536*1 KRP4A516*1 KRP4A51 KRP4A516 KRP4A54 KRP4A516 KRP4A51
KRP4A52*
KRP4A51
KRCS01-1B
KRCS01-4
KRP1H98 KRP1BA101 KRP1B96*3/4
—
KRP1BA101
—
—
KJB311A
KJB212AA
KJB212A
—
—
KRP1B97 KRP1C93*3 KRP4A93*3/4
—
KEK26-1A
DTA104A52 DTA104A51*1
DTA104A61
DTA104A53 DTA104A51 DTA104A61
DTA104A62 DTA104A51
—
DTA102A52
—
—
EKRORO
—
DTA104A61
Note:
1. Installation box is required
2. Fixingbox is KRP1A90
3. Up to 2 adapters can be fixed per installation box
4. Only 1 installation box can be installed per indoor unit
Various PC Boards
No.
Part name
1
Adapter for wiring
2
DIII-NET Expander Adapter
Model No.
KRP1B56
KRP1B57
KRP1B61
KRP1B3
KRP4A53
DTA109A51
Function
„ PC board when equipped with auxiliary electric heater in the indoor unit.
„ Up to 1,024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
„ Wiring restrictions (max. length: 1,000 m, total wiring length: 2,000 m, max. number of
branches: 16) apply to each adapter.
System Configuration
No.
Part name
Model No.
1
Residential central remote control
Note2
DCS303A51
2
Central remote control
DCS302C51
2-1
3
3-1
3-2
Electrical box with earth terminal
(3 blocks)
Unified ON/OFF controller
Electrical box with earth terminal
(2 blocks)
Noise filter (for electromagnetic
interface use only)
4
Schedule timer
5
Interface adapter
for SkyAir-series
6
6-1
DIII -NET
Expander Adapter
Mounting plate
KJB311A
Function
• Up to 16 groups of indoor units (128 units) can be easily controlled using the large LCD
panel. ON/OFF, temperature setting and scheduling can be controlled individually for
indoor units.
• Up to 64 groups of indoor units(128 units) can be connected, and ON/OFF, temperature
setting and monitoring can be accomplished individually or simultaneously. Connectable up
to 2 controllers in one system.
DCS301B51
KJB212A(A)
• Up to 16 groups of indoor units(128 units) can be turned, ON/OFF individually or
simultaneously, and operation and malfunction can be displayed. Can be used in
combination with up to 8 controllers.
KEK26-1A
DST301B51
R-407C/R-22
HDTA102A52
R-410A
HDTA112B51
DTA109A51
KRP4A92
• Programmed time weekly schedule can be controlled by unified control for up to 64 groups
of indoor units (128 units). Can turn units ON/OFF twice per day.
• Adapters required to connect products other than those of the VRV System to the highspeed DIII-NET communication system adopted for the VRV System.
* To use any of the above optional controllers, an appropriate adapter must be installed on
the product unit to be controlled.
• Up to 1024 units can be centrally controlled in 64 different groups.
• Wiring restrictions (max. lengh : 1,000m, total wiring lengh : 2,000m, max. number of
branches : 16)
apply to each adapter.
• Fixing plate for DTA109A51
Note:
1. Installation box for H adapter must be procured on site.
2. For residential use only. Cannot be used with other centralized control equipment.
246
Appendix
SiENBE34-802
Option List
Building Management System
No.
Part name
1
1-1
1-2
Basic
intelligent Touch
Controller
Hardware
Model No.
intelligent Touch
Controller
Hardware DIII-NET plus adapter
Option
DCS601C51
DCS601A52
• Additional 64 groups (10 outdoor units) is possible.
P. P. D.
DCS002C51
• P. P. D.: Power Proportional Distribution function
Web
DCS004A51
• Monitors and controls the air conditioning system using the Internet
and a Web browser application on a PC.
Software
1-3
1-4
Electrical box with earth terminal (4 blocks)
Basic
2
intelligent
Manager III
KJB411A
128 units
DAM602B52
256 units
DAM602B51
Number of
Hardware units to be 512 units
connected
768 units
1024 units
2-1
2-2
Option
Function
• Air-Conditioning management system that can be controlled by a
compact all-in-one unit.
Software
2-3
DAM602B51x2
• Wall embedded switch box.
• Air conditioner management system that can be controlled by
personal computers.
DAM602B51x3
DAM602B51x4
P.P.D.
DAM002A51
• Power Proportional Distribution function
Web
DAM004A51
• Monitors and controls the air conditioning system using the Internet
and a Web browser application on a PC.
Eco
DAM003A51
• ECO (Energy saving functions.)
Optional DIII Ai unit
DAM101A51
• External temperature sensor for intelligent Manager III.
2-5
Di unit
DEC101A51
• 8 pairs based on a pair of On/Off input and abnormality input.
2-6
Dio unit
DEC102A51
3-1
3-2
4
5
6
7
8
Contact/analog
signal
3
Communication line
2-4
DPF201A51
DPF201A52
• Enables temperature measurement output for 4 groups; 0-5VDC.
DPF201A53
• Enables temperature setting input for 16 groups; 0-5VDC.
*1 Interface for use in BACnet®
DMS502B51
Optional DIII board
DAM411B51
Optional Di board
DAM412B51
*2 Interface for use in LONWORKS®
DMS504B51
Parallel interface
Basic unit
Temperature
measurement units
Temperature
setting units
Unification adapter for
computerized control
[
• 4 pairs based on a pair of On/Off input and abnormality input.
• Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.
Operation and monitoring of air-conditioning systems through
BACnet® communication.
• Expansion kit, installed on DMS502B51, to provide 2 more DIII-NET
communication ports. Not usable independently.
• Expansion kit, installed on DMS502B51, to provide 16 more
wattmeter pulse input points. Not usable independently.
• Interface unit to allow communications between VRV and BMS.
Operation and monitoring of air-conditioning systems through
LONWORKS® communication.
• Enables ON/OFF command, operation and display of malfunction;
can be used in combination with up to 4 units.
HDCS302A52
• Interface between the central monitoring board and central control
units.
Notes:
1. BACnet® is a registered trademark of American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and AirConditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
H
2. LONWORKS®‚ is a registered trade mark of Echelon Corporation.
H
3. Installation box for H adapter must be procured on site.
H
Appendix
247
Option List
3.2
SiENBE34-802
Option List of Outdoor Unit
RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6P
Optional accessories
Cool/Heat Selector
Distributive
Piping
Fixing box
RXYSQ4PA7Y1B
RXYSQ5PA7Y1B
RXYSQ6PA7Y1B
RXYSQ4PA7V1B
RXYSQ5PA7V1B
RXYSQ6PA7V1B
KRC19-26A6
KJB111A
Refnet header
KHRQ22M29H
Refnet joint
KHRQ22M20T
Central drain plug
KKPJ5F180
4TW26101
248
Appendix
Appendix
2
c
j
C
3
d
k
D
4
e
l
E
5
f
m
F
6
g
n
G
7 H2
c
1
d
2
e
4
f
5
g
6
h
j
3
B
7
1
c
2
d
3
[Example] unit 8: a+i≤150 m
b
e
4
5
f
6
g
Actual pipe length
How to calculate the additional refrigerant to be charged
Additional refrigerant to be charged R (kg)
R should be rounded off in units of 0.1 kg
Indoor
unit
R=
(
Total length (m) of liquid
piping size at Ø9.5
)
x0.054+
(
Total length (m) of liquid
piping size at Ø6.4
)
x0.022
d: Ø9.5x13 m
e: Ø6.4x10 m
f: Ø6.4x10 m
R=[73 x 0.054] + [69 x 0.022] = 5.46
a: Ø9.5x30 m
b: Ø9.5x10 m
c: Ø9.5x10 m
5.5 kg
g: Ø6.4x10 m
h: Ø6.4x20 m
i: Ø9.5x10 m
h
7 H2
8
i
H1
Indoor capacity
index
20+25+32+40+50
63+80+100+125
j: Ø6.4x10 m
k: Ø6.4x9 m
Piping size
(outer diameter x minimum thickness)
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Ø12.7x0.8
Ø6.4x0.8
Ø15.9x1.0
Ø9.5x0.8
• Pipe size for direct connection to indoor unit must be the same as the
connection size of indoor unit.
C. Piping between refrigerant branch kit and indoor unit
Refrigerant branch kit name
KHRQ22M29H
[Example] unit 8: i≤40 m
Example for refrigerant branch using refnet joint and refnet header
Piping size (outer diameter x minimum thickness)
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
Ø15.9x1.0
Ø9.5x0.8
• Use the pipe size from the following table.
B. Piping between refrigerant branch kits
Outdoor unit capacity type
RXYSQ4~6
Use the following refnet header
[Example] unit 6: b+h≤40 m, unit 8: i+k≤40 m
Refrigerant branch kit name
KHRQ22M20T
Pipe size selection
A. Piping between outdoor unit and refrigerant branch kit
• Match to the size of the connection piping on the outdoor unit.
Caution on selecting connection pipes
If the overall equivalent piping length is ≤90 m, be sure to
Outdoor
unit connection piping size
enlarge the pipe diameter of the gas-side main piping. If the
recommended pipe size is not available, stick to the original
Piping size (outer diameter x minimum
pipe diameter (which may result in a small capacity decrease).
Outdoor unit
thickness)
[Gas side]
capacity type
Gas pipe
Liquid pipe
RXYSQ4+5: Ø15.9→Ø19.1
RXYSQ6: Ø19.1→Ø22.2
RXYSQ4+5
Ø15.9x1.0
(Ø19.1x1.0)
Ø9.5x0.8
Main pipe
First refrigerant
RXYSQ6
Ø19.1x1.0
(Ø22.2x1.0)
(enlarge)
branch kit
Outdoor unit capacity type
RXYSQ4~6
Use the following refnet joint
[Example] unit 8: b+c+d+e+f+g+p≤40 m
Pipe length from rst refrigerant branch kit (either refnet joint or refnet header) to indoor unit ≤40 m
Difference in height between adjacent indoor units (H2)≤15 m
Difference in height between outdoor and indoor units (H1)≤50 m (≤40 m if outdoor unit is located in a lower position).
H2
a
Difference in
height
8
k
Total piping length from outdoor unit to all indoor units between 10 m and 300 m
[Example] unit 6: a+b+h?150 m, unit 8: a+i+k≤150 m
H1
i
A
b
Branch with refnet header
Total extension
length
[Example] unit 8: a+b+c+d+e+f+g+p≤150 m
8
H1
p
a
Branch with refnet joint and refnet header
Equivalent pipe length between outdoor and indoor units ≤175 m (Assume equivalent pipe length of refnet joint to be 0.5 m and of the refnet header to be 1.0 m. (for calculation purposes))
Refrigerant branch kits can only be used with R-410A.
Refrigerant branch kit selection
i
h
1
B
A
b
Pipe length between outdoor and indoor units ≤150 m
a
Branch with refnet joint
Equivalent length
Actual pipe length
Between indoor and indoor Difference in
units
height
Between outdoor and
indoor units
Between outdoor and
indoor units
Allowable length after the branch
Allowable
height
Maximum
allowable
length
refnet header
refnet joint
indoor unit
Example of connection
(Connection of 8 indoor units Heat pump system)
SiENBE34-802
Example of connection
4. Example of connection
249
Example of connection
250
SiENBE34-802
Appendix
SiENBE34-802
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
5. Thermistor Resistance / Temperature
Characteristics
Indoor unit
Outdoor unit for fin thermistor
Appendix
R1T
TºC
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0.0
88.0
79.1
71.1
0
2
4
6
8
64.1
57.8
52.3
47.3
42.9
10
12
14
16
18
38.9
35.3
32.1
29.2
26.6
20
22
24
26
28
24.3
22.2
20.3
18.5
17.0
30
32
34
36
38
15.6
14.2
13.1
12.0
11.1
40
42
44
46
48
10.3
9.5
8.8
8.2
7.6
50
52
54
56
58
7.0
6.7
6.0
5.5
5.2
60
62
64
66
68
4.79
4.46
4.15
3.87
3.61
70
72
74
76
78
3.37
3.15
2.94
2.75
2.51
80
82
84
86
88
2.41
2.26
2.12
1.99
1.87
90
92
94
96
98
1.76
1.65
1.55
1.46
1.38
For air suction
For liquid pipe
For gas pipe
R1T
R2T
R3T
Outdoor unit For outdoor air
For suction pipe 1
For heat exchanger
For suction pipe 2
For Subcooling heat exchanger outlet
For Liquid pipe
T°C
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
0.0
197.81
186.53
175.97
166.07
156.80
148.10
139.94
132.28
125.09
118.34
111.99
106.03
100.41
95.14
90.17
85.49
81.08
76.93
73.01
69.32
65.84
62.54
59.43
56.49
53.71
51.09
48.61
46.26
44.05
41.95
39.96
38.08
36.30
34.62
33.02
31.50
30.06
28.70
27.41
26.18
25.01
23.91
22.85
21.85
20.90
20.00
19.14
18.32
17.54
16.80
16.10
0.5
192.08
181.16
170.94
161.36
152.38
143.96
136.05
128.63
121.66
115.12
108.96
103.18
97.73
92.61
87.79
83.25
78.97
74.94
71.14
67.56
64.17
60.96
57.94
55.08
52.38
49.83
47.42
45.14
42.98
40.94
39.01
37.18
35.45
33.81
32.25
30.77
29.37
28.05
26.78
25.59
24.45
23.37
22.35
21.37
20.45
19.56
18.73
17.93
17.17
16.45
15.76
T°C
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
0.0
16.10
15.43
14.79
14.18
13.59
13.04
12.51
12.01
11.52
11.06
10.63
10.21
9.81
9.42
9.06
8.71
8.37
8.05
7.75
7.46
7.18
6.91
6.65
6.41
6.65
6.41
6.18
5.95
5.74
5.14
4.96
4.79
4.62
4.46
4.30
4.16
4.01
3.88
3.75
3.62
3.50
3.38
3.27
3.16
3.06
2.96
2.86
2.77
2.68
2.60
2.51
R1T
R3T
R4T, R6T
R5T
R6T, R4T
R7T, R8T
(kΩ)
0.5
15.76
15.10
14.48
13.88
13.31
12.77
12.25
11.76
11.29
10.84
10.41
10.00
9.61
9.24
8.88
8.54
8.21
7.90
7.60
7.31
7.04
6.78
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.53
6.06
5.84
5.43
5.05
4.87
4.70
4.54
4.38
4.23
4.08
3.94
3.81
3.68
3.56
3.44
3.32
3.21
3.11
3.01
2.91
2.82
2.72
2.64
2.55
2.47
251
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
SiENBE34-802
Outdoor Unit
Thermistors for
Discharge Pipe
(R2T)
T°C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
252
0.0
640.44
609.31
579.96
552.00
525.63
500.66
477.01
454.60
433.37
413.24
394.16
376.05
358.88
342.58
327.10
312.41
298.45
285.18
272.58
260.60
249.00
238.36
228.05
218.24
208.90
200.00
191.53
183.46
175.77
168.44
161.45
154.79
148.43
142.37
136.59
131.06
125.79
120.76
115.95
111.35
106.96
102.76
98.75
94.92
91.25
87.74
84.38
81.16
78.09
75.14
72.32
0.5
624.65
594.43
565.78
538.63
512.97
488.67
465.65
443.84
423.17
403.57
384.98
367.35
350.62
334.74
319.66
305.33
291.73
278.80
266.51
254.72
243.61
233.14
223.08
213.51
204.39
195.71
187.44
179.57
172.06
164.90
158.08
151.57
145.37
139.44
133.79
128.39
123.24
118.32
113.62
109.13
104.84
100.73
96.81
93.06
89.47
86.04
82.75
79.61
76.60
73.71
70.96
T°C
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
0.0
72.32
69.64
67.06
64.60
62.24
59.97
57.80
55.72
53.72
51.98
49.96
48.19
46.49
44.86
43.30
41.79
40.35
38.96
37.63
36.34
35.11
33.92
32.78
31.69
30.63
29.61
28.64
27.69
26.79
25.91
25.07
24.26
23.48
22.73
22.01
21.31
20.63
19.98
19.36
18.75
18.17
17.61
17.07
16.54
16.04
15.55
15.08
14.62
14.18
13.76
13.35
0.5
70.96
68.34
65.82
63.41
61.09
58.87
56.75
54.70
52.84
50.96
49.06
47.33
45.67
44.07
42.54
41.06
39.65
38.29
36.98
35.72
34.51
33.35
32.23
31.15
30.12
29.12
28.16
27.24
26.35
25.49
24.66
23.87
23.10
22.36
21.65
20.97
20.31
19.67
19.05
18.46
17.89
17.34
16.80
16.29
15.79
15.31
14.85
14.40
13.97
13.55
13.15
T°C
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
0.0
13.35
12.95
12.57
12.20
11.84
11.49
11.15
10.83
10.52
10.21
9.92
9.64
9.36
9.10
8.84
8.59
8.35
8.12
7.89
7.68
7.47
7.26
7.06
6.87
6.69
6.51
6.33
6.16
6.00
5.84
5.69
5.54
5.39
5.25
5.12
4.98
4.86
4.73
4.61
4.49
4.38
4.27
4.16
4.06
3.96
3.86
3.76
3.67
3.58
3.49
3.41
(kΩ)
0.5
13.15
12.76
12.38
12.01
11.66
11.32
10.99
10.67
10.36
10.06
9.78
9.50
9.23
8.97
8.71
8.47
8.23
8.01
7.78
7.57
7.36
7.16
6.97
6.78
6.59
6.42
6.25
6.08
5.92
5.76
5.61
5.46
5.32
5.18
5.05
4.92
4.79
4.67
4.55
4.44
4.32
4.22
4.11
4.01
3.91
3.81
3.72
3.62
3.54
3.45
3.37
Appendix
SiENBE34-802
Pressure Sensor
6. Pressure Sensor
Detected Pressure
PH = 1.38V-0.69
PL = 0.57V-0.28
PH : High pressure (MPa)
VL : Low pressure (MPa)
V : Voltage (V)
PH : Detected Pressure [High Side] MPa
PL : Detected Pressure [Low Side] MPa
VH : Output Voltage [High Side] VDC
VL : Output Voltage [Low Side] VDC
High Pressure (PH)
Low Pressure (PL)
Output Voltage (VH, VL)
(V3053)
Appendix
253
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules
SiENBE34-802
7. Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power
Transistors Modules
Checking failures in power semiconductors mounted on inverter PC board
Check the power semiconductors mounted on the inverter PC board by the use of a multiple
tester.
<Items to be prepared>
1 Multiple tester : Prepare the digital type of multiple tester with diode check function.
<Preparation>
1 Turn OFF the power supply. Then, after a lapse of 10 minutes or more, make measurement
of resistance.
1 To make measurement, disconnect all connectors and terminals.
Inverter PC board (RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7Y1B)
W
V
U
C+
C-
254
Appendix
SiENBE34-802
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules
Inverter PC board (RXYSQ4 / 5 / 6PA7V1B)
C+
C–
W
V
U
Appendix
255
Method of Replacing the Inverter’s Power Transistors Modules
SiENBE34-802
Power module checking
When using the digital type of multiple tester, make measurement in diode check mode.
Tester terminal
+
-
C+
U
V
Criterion
Remark
Not less than 0.3V
(including ∞)*
It may take time to
determine the voltage
due to capacitor
charge or else.
W
U
C-
Not less than 0.3V
(including ∞)*
C+
0.3 to 0.7V
(including ∞)*
U
0.3 to 0.7V
(including ∞)*
V
W
U
V
W
C-
V
W
*There needs to be none of each value variation.
The following abnormalities are also doubted besides the PC board abnormality.
1 Faulty compressor (ground fault, ground leakage)
1 Faulty fan motor (ground leakage)
256
Appendix
SiENBE34-802
Part 9
Precautions for New
Refrigerant (R-410A)
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .........................................258
1.1 Outline ..................................................................................................258
1.2 Refrigerant Cylinders............................................................................260
1.3 Service Tools........................................................................................261
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
257
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-802
1. Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
1.1
Outline
1.1.1 About Refrigerant R-410A
„ Characteristics of new refrigerant, R-410A
1. Performance
Almost the same performance as R-22 and R-407C
2. Pressure
Working pressure is approx. 1.4 times more than R-22 and R-407C.
3. Refrigerant composition
Few problems in composition control, since it is a Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant.
Refrigerant name
Composing
substances
Design pressure
Refrigerant oil
Ozone destruction
factor (ODP)
Combustibility
Toxicity
HFC units (Units using new refrigerants)
R-407C
R-410A
Non-azeotropic mixture Quasi-azeotropic mixture
of HFC32, HFC125 and of HFC32 and JFC125
HFC134a (*1)
(*1)
3.2 MPa (gauge pressure) 4.0 MPa (gauge pressure)
= 32.6 kgf/cm2
= 40.8 kgf/cm2
HCFC units
R-22
Single-component
refrigerant
2.75MPa (gauge pressure)
= 28.0 kgf/cm2
Synthetic oil (Ether)
Mineral oil (Suniso)
0
0
0.05
None
None
None
None
None
None
H1. Non-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having different
boiling points.
H2. Quasi-azeotropic mixture refrigerant: mixture of two or more refrigerants having similar
boiling points.
H3. The design pressure is different at each product. Please refer to the installation manual for
each product.
(Reference) 1 MPa 10.19716 kgf / cm2
Pressure-Enthalpy curves of HFC-32/125 (50/50wt%)
258
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-802
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
„ Thermodynamic characteristic of R-410A
Temperature
(°C)
Steam pressure
(kPa)
Liquid
Vapor
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Density
(kg/m3)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific heat at constant
pressure (kJ/kgK)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific enthalpy
(kJ/kg)
Liquid
Vapor
Specific entropy
(kJ/KgK)
Liquid
Vapor
259
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
1.2
SiENBE34-802
Refrigerant Cylinders
„ Cylinder specifications
2 The cylinder is painted refrigerant color (pink).
2 The cylinder valve is equipped with a siphon tube.
Siphon tube
Cylinder
Refrigerant can be charged in liquid state with cylinder in
upright position.
Caution: Do not lay cylinder on its side during charging, since
it cause refrigerant in gas state to enter the system.
„ Handling of cylinders
(1) Laws and regulations
R-410A is liquefied gas, and the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law must be observed in
handling them. Before using, refer to the High-Pressure Gas Safety Law.
The Law stipulates standards and regulations that must be followed to prevent accidents
with high-pressure gases. Be sure to follow the regulations.
(2) Handing of vessels
Since R-410A is high-pressure gas, it is contained in high-pressure vessels.
Although those vessels are durable and strong, careless handling can cause damage that
can lead to unexpected accidents. Do not drop vessels, let them fall, apply impact or roll
them on the ground.
(3) Storage
Although R-410A is not flammable, it must be stored in a well-ventilated, cool, and dark
place in the same way as any other high-pressure gases.
It should also be noted that high-pressure vessels are equipped with safety devices that
releases gas when the ambient temperature reaches more than a certain level (fusible plug
melts) and when the pressure exceeds a certain level (spring-type safety valve operates).
260
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-802
1.3
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
Service Tools
R-410A is used under higher working pressure, compared to previous refrigerants
(R-22,R-407C). Furthermore, the refrigerating machine oil has been changed from Suniso oil to
Ether oil, and if oil mixing is occurred, sludge results in the refrigerants and causes other
problems. Therefore, gauge manifolds and charge hoses that are used with a previous
refrigerant (R-22,R-407C) can not be used for products that use new refrigerants.
Be sure to use dedicated tools and devices.
„ Tool compatibility
Tool
Compatibility
HFC
HCFC
R-410A
R-407C
R-22
Gauge manifold
Charge hose
5
5
{
Charging cylinder
Gas detector
Vacuum pump
(pump with reverse flow
preventive function)
Weighting instrument
{
5
{
2Do not use the same tools for R-22
and R-410A.
2Thread specification differs for
R-410A and R-407C.
2Weighting instrument used for HFCs.
2The same tool can be used for HFCs.
2To use existing pump for HFCs,
vacuum pump adapter must be
installed.
{
Charge mouthpiece
5
Flaring tool (Clutch type)
Torque wrench
Pipe cutter
Pipe expander
Pipe bender
{
{
{
{
{
Pipe assembling oil
5
Refrigerant recovery
device
Check your recovery device.
Refrigerant piping
Reasons for change
See the chart below.
2Seal material is different between
R-22 and HFCs.
2Thread specification is different
between R-410A and others.
2For R-410A, flare gauge is necessary.
2Torque-up for 1/2 and 5/8
2Due to refrigerating machine oil
change. (No Suniso oil can be used.)
2Only φ19.1 is changed to 1/2H material
while the previous material is "O".
As for the charge mouthpiece and packing, 1/2UNF20 is necessary for mouthpiece size of
charge hose.
„ Copper tube material and thickness
Pipe size
φ6.4
φ9.5
φ12.7
φ15.9
φ19.1
φ22.2
φ25.4
φ28.6
φ31.8
φ38.1
φ44.5
Material
O
O
O
O
O
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
R-407C
Thickness
t (mm)
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Material
O
O
O
O
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
1/2H
R-410A
Thickness
t (mm)
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.4
1.6
* O: Soft (Annealed)
H: Hard (Drawn)
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
261
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-802
1. Flaring tool
Flare gauge
„ Specifications
2 Dimension A
Unit:mm
Nominal size
A +0
-0.4
Tube O.D.
Do
Class-2 (R-410A)
Class-1 (Conventional)
1/4
6.35
9.1
9.0
3/8
9.52
13.2
13.0
1/2
12.70
16.6
16.2
5/8
15.88
19.7
19.4
3/4
19.05
24.0
23.3
„ Differences
2 Change of dimension A
Dimension A
For class-1: R-407C
For class-2: R-410A
Conventional flaring tools can be used when the work process is changed.
(change of work process)
Previously, a pipe extension margin of 0 to 0.5mm was provided for flaring. For R-410A air
conditioners, perform pipe flaring with a pipe extension margin of 1.0 to 1.5mm.
(For clutch type only)
Conventional tool with pipe extension margin adjustment can be used.
262
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-802
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
2. Torque wrench
„ Specifications
2 Dimension B
Nominal size
1/2
5/8
Unit:mm
Class-1
24
27
Class-2
26
29
Previous
24
27
No change in tightening torque
No change in pipes of other sizes
„ Differences
2 Change of dimension B
Only 1/2", 5/8" are extended
For class-1: R-407C
For class-2: R-410A
Dimension B
3. Vacuum pump with check valve
Vacuum pump adapter
Reverse flow preventive
vacuum adapter
„ Specifications
2 Discharge speed
50 l/min (50Hz)
60 l/min (60Hz)
2 Suction port UNF7/16-20(1/4 Flare)
UNF1/2-20(5/16 Flare) with adapter
z Maximum degree of vacuum
Select a vacuum pump which is able to keep
the vacuum degree of the system in excess of
–100.7 kPa (5 torr – 755 mmHg).
„ Differences
2 Equipped with function to prevent reverse oil flow
2 Previous vacuum pump can be used by installing adapter.
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
263
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-802
4. Leak tester
„ Specifications
2 Hydrogen detecting type, etc.
2 Applicable refrigerants
R-410A, R-407C, R-404A, R-507A, R-134a, etc.
„ Differences
2 Previous testers detected chlorine. Since HFCs do not contain chlorine, new tester detects
hydrogen.
5. Refrigerant oil (Air compal)
„ Specifications
2 Contains synthetic oil, therefore it can be used for piping work of every refrigerant cycle.
2 Offers high rust resistance and stability over long period of time.
„ Differences
2 Can be used for R-410A and R-22 units.
6. Gauge manifold for R-410A
„ Specifications
2 High pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 5.3 MPa (-76 cmHg to 53 kg/cm2)
2 Low pressure gauge
- 0.1 to 3.8 MPa (-76 cmHg to 38 kg/cm2)
2 1/4" → 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
2 No oil is used in pressure test of gauges.
→ For prevention of contamination
264
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-802
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
2 Temperature scale indicates the relationship between pressure and temperature in gas
saturated state.
„ Differences
2 Change in pressure
2 Change in service port diameter
7. Charge hose for R-410A
(Hose with ball valve)
„
2
2
2
Specifications
Working pressure 5.08 MPa (51.8 kg/cm2)
Rupture pressure 25.4 MPa (259 kg/cm2)
Available with and without hand-operate valve that prevents refrigerant from outflow.
„
2
2
2
Differences
Pressure proof hose
Change in service port diameter
Use of nylon coated material for HFC resistance
8. Charging cylinder
Can not be used
„ Specifications
2 Use weigher for refrigerant charge listed below to charge directly from refrigerant cylinder.
„ Differences
2 The cylinder can not be used for mixed refrigerant since mixing ratio is changed during
charging.
When R-410A is charged in liquid state using charging cylinder, foaming phenomenon is
generated inside charging cylinder.
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
265
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-802
9. Weigher for refrigerant charge
„ Specifications
2 High accuracy
TA101A (for 10-kg cylinder) = ± 2g
TA101B (for 20-kg cylinder) = ± 5g
2 Equipped with pressure-resistant sight glass to check liquid refrigerant charging.
2 A manifold with separate ports for HFCs and previous refrigerants is equipped as standard
accessories.
„ Differences
2 Measurement is based on weight to prevent change of mixing ratio during charging.
10. Charge mouthpiece
„ Specifications
2 For R-410A, 1/4"→ 5/16" (2min → 2.5min)
2 Material is changed from CR to H-NBR.
„ Differences
2 Change of thread specification on hose connection side (For the R-410A use)
2 Change of sealer material for the HFCs use.
266
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A)
SiENBE34-802
Index
A
A0 .........................................................................142
A1 .........................................................................143
A3 .........................................................................144
A6 .........................................................................146
A7 .........................................................................147
A8 .........................................................................149
A9 .........................................................................150
Abnormal Discharge Pipe Temperature ...............172
Abnormal Power Supply Voltage .........................149
About Refrigerant R-410A ....................................258
Actuation of High Pressure Switch .......................164
Actuation of Low Pressure Sensor .......................166
Address Duplication of Central Remote Control ..201
Address Duplication, Improper Setting .................210
AF .........................................................................152
AJ .........................................................................153
Applicable range of Field setting ............................92
Outdoor Unit ................................................... 30
Electronic Expansion Valve PI Control .................. 51
Error of External Protection Device ..................... 142
Excessive Number of Indoor Units ...................... 200
F
F3 ........................................................................ 172
F6 ........................................................................ 173
Failure of Combination (Between Indoor unit PC
Board and Fan PC Board) ............................ 158
Failure of Transmission (Between Indoor unit PC
Board and Fan PC Board) ............................ 154
Fan Motor (M1F) Lock, Overload ........................ 146
Field Setting .......................................................... 87
Field Setting from Outdoor Unit ........................... 104
Field Setting from Remote Control ........................ 87
Freeze Prevention ................................................. 70
Functional Parts Layout ........................................ 44
C
H
C1 .........................................................................154
C4 .........................................................................156
C5 .........................................................................157
C6 .........................................................................158
C9 .........................................................................159
CA ........................................................................160
CC ........................................................................161
Centralized Control Group No. Setting .................100
Check for causes of drop in low pressure ............218
Check for causes of rise in high pressure ............217
Check Operation ....................................................82
Check Operation not Executed ............................193
CJ .........................................................................162
Compressor PI Control ...........................................50
Contents of Control Modes ..................................102
Cool / Heat Mode Switching .................................113
Cooling Operation Fan Control ..............................52
H9 ........................................................................ 174
Heating Operation Prohibition ............................... 64
High Pressure Protection Control .......................... 60
High Voltage of Capacitor in Main Inverter Circuit ....
188
D
Defrosting Operation ..............................................56
Demand Operation .................................................64
Detailed Explanation of Setting Modes ..................93
Discharge Pipe Protection Control .........................62
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control”
Blinks (Repeats Double Blink) ......................216
Display “Under Host Computer Integrate Control”
Blinks (Repeats Single Blink) ........................213
Drain Level above Limit ........................................152
Drain Pump Control ................................................65
E
E1 .........................................................................163
E3 .........................................................................164
E4 .........................................................................166
E5 .........................................................................168
E7 .........................................................................169
E9 .........................................................................170
Electrical and Functional Parts
Index
I
Improper Combination of Optional Controllers for
Centralized Control ...................................... 208
Inverter Compressor Abnormal ........................... 184
Inverter Compressor Motor Lock ......................... 168
Inverter Current Abnormal ................................... 185
Inverter Protection Control .................................... 63
Inverter Start up Error ......................................... 186
J
J3
J5
J6
J7
J9
JA
JC
........................................................................ 175
........................................................................ 176
........................................................................ 177
........................................................................ 178
........................................................................ 179
........................................................................ 180
........................................................................ 181
L
L1 ........................................................................ 182
L4 ........................................................................ 183
L5 ........................................................................ 184
L8 ........................................................................ 185
L9 ........................................................................ 186
LC ........................................................................ 187
List of Electrical and Functional Parts
Indoor Unit ...................................................... 32
Louver Control for Preventing Ceiling Dirt ............. 67
Low Pressure Drop Due to Refrigerant Shortage or
Electronic Expansion Valve Failure .............. 189
Low Pressure Protection Control .......................... 61
i
SiENBE34-802
M
M1 ........................................................................206
M8 ........................................................................207
MA ........................................................................208
Malfunction code indication by outdoor unit PC board
.......................................................................138
Malfunction of Capacity Determination Device ....153
Malfunction of Discharge Pipe Thermistor (R2T) .175
Malfunction of Drain Level Control System (S1L) 144
Malfunction of High Pressure Sensor ...................180
Malfunction of Humidity Sensor System ..............161
Malfunction of Inverter Radiating Fin Temperature
Rise ...............................................................183
Malfunction of Low Pressure Sensor ...................181
Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion
Valve (Y1E) ...................................................150
Malfunction of Moving Part of Electronic Expansion
Valve (Y1E, Y3E) ..........................................170
Malfunction of Outdoor Unit Fan Motor ................169
Malfunction of PC Board ......................................182
Malfunction of Swing Flap Motor (M1S) ...............147
Malfunction of System, Refrigerant System Address
Undefined ......................................................204
Malfunction of Thermistor (R1T) for Suction Air ...159
Malfunction of Thermistor (R2T) for Heat Exchanger
156
Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T) for Gas Pipes ....157
Malfunction of Thermistor (R3T, R5T) for Suction Pipe
1, 2 ................................................................176
Malfunction of Thermistor (R4T) ..........................179
Malfunction of Thermistor (R6T) ..........................177
Malfunction of Thermistor (R7T) for Outdoor Unit
Liquid Pipe ....................................................178
Malfunction of Thermistor for Discharge Air .........160
Malfunction of Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control
162
Malfunction of Transmission between Central Remote
Control and Indoor Unit .................................202
Malfunction of Transmission between Centralized
Remote Control and Indoor Unit ...................205
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor and
Outdoor Units in the Same System ...............198
Malfunction of Transmission between Indoor Units
and Outdoor Units .........................................194
Malfunction of Transmission between Inverter and
Control PC Board ..........................................187
Malfunction of Transmission between Main and Sub
Remote Controls ...........................................197
Malfunction of Transmission between Optional
Controllers for Centralized Control ................207
Malfunction of Transmission between Remote Control
and Indoor Unit .............................................196
MC ........................................................................210
Method of Replacing The Inverter’s Power Transistors
and Diode Modules .......................................254
N
Normal Operation ...................................................49
Operation Lamp Blinks ........................................ 211
Operation Mode .................................................... 48
Operation when Power is Turned On .................... 85
Option List ........................................................... 246
Outdoor Unit PC Board Layout ............................. 86
Outdoor Unit Thermistors for Discharge Pipe ..... 252
P
P1 ........................................................................ 188
PC Board Defect ................................. 143, 163, 206
Power Supply Insufficient or Instantaneous Failure ..
191
Precautions for New Refrigerant (R-410A) .......... 258
Pressure Sensor ................................................. 253
Protection Control ................................................. 60
Pump-down Residual Operation ........................... 57
R
Refrigerant Circuit ................................................. 40
Refrigerant Cylinders .......................................... 260
Refrigerant Overcharged ..................................... 173
Restart Standby .................................................... 58
S
Service Tools ...................................................... 261
Setting by Dip Switches ...................................... 104
Setting by pushbutton switches ........................... 106
Setting of Low Noise Operation and Demand
Operation ..................................................... 115
Setting of Refrigerant Additional Charging Operation
119
Special Control ...................................................... 53
Specifications .......................................................... 6
Startup Control ...................................................... 53
Stopping Operation ............................................... 59
Swing Flaps ........................................................... 71
Symptom-based Troubleshooting ....................... 125
System is not Set yet .......................................... 203
T
Test Operation
Procedure and Outline .................................... 74
Thermistor Resistance / Temperature Characteristics
...................................................................... 251
Thermostat Sensor in Remote Control .................. 68
U
U0 ........................................................................ 189
U2 ........................................................................ 191
U3 ........................................................................ 193
U4 ........................................................................ 194
U5 ........................................................................ 196
U8 ........................................................................ 197
U9 ........................................................................ 198
UA ....................................................................... 200
UC ....................................................................... 201
UE ............................................................... 202, 205
UF ....................................................................... 203
UH ....................................................................... 204
O
Oil Return Operation ..............................................54
ii
Index
SiENBE34-802
Drawings & Flow Charts
A
H
abnormal discharge pipe temperature .................172
abnormal power supply voltage ...........................149
actuation of high pressure switch .........................164
actuation of low pressure sensor .........................166
address duplication of central remote control ......201
address duplication, improper setting ..................210
high pressure protection control ............................ 60
high voltage of capacitor in main inverter circuit . 188
C
centralized control group no. setting ....................100
brc1c type ......................................................100
brc4 type ........................................................101
brc7 type ........................................................101
group no. setting example .............................101
check for causes of drop in low pressure .............218
check for causes of rise in high pressure .............217
check for fan motor connector ..............................219
check operation ......................................................82
check operation not executed ..............................193
check work prior to turn power supply on ...............74
compressor motor lock .........................................168
contents of control modes ....................................102
how to select operation mode ........................103
cooling operation fan control ..................................52
D
display “under host computer integrate control” blinks
(repeats double blink) ...................................216
display “under host computer integrate control” blinks
(repeats single blink) .....................................213
display of sensor and address data .....................134
drain level above limit ...........................................152
drain pump control .................................................65
when the float switch is tripped and “af” is displayed on the remote control ..............66
when the float switch is tripped during heating operation .................................................66
when the float switch is tripped while the cooling
thermostat is off ..................................65
when the float switch is tripped while the cooling
thermostat is on ..................................65
E
error of external protection device ........................142
excessive number of indoor units .........................200
F
failure of combination (between indoor unit pc board
and fan pc board) ..........................................158
failure of transmission (between indoor unit pc board
and fan pc board) ..........................................154
fan motor (m1f) lock, overload .............................146
freeze prevention ...................................................70
functional parts layout ............................................44
Drawings & Flow Charts
I
improper combination of optional controllers for centralized control .............................................. 208
inverter compressor abnormal ............................. 184
inverter current abnormal .................................... 185
inverter protection control ...................................... 63
inverter start up error ........................................... 186
L
louver control for preventing ceiling dirt ................. 67
low pressure drop due to refrigerant shortage or electronic expansion valve failure ....................... 189
low pressure protection control ............................. 61
M
malfunction of capacity determination device ...... 153
malfunction of discharge pipe thermistor (r2t) ..... 175
malfunction of drain level control system (s1l) .... 144
malfunction of high pressure sensor ................... 180
malfunction of humidity sensor system ............... 161
malfunction of inverter radiating fin temperature rise
183
malfunction of low pressure sensor ..................... 181
malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion
valve (20e) ................................................... 150
malfunction of moving part of electronic expansion
valve (y1e, y3e) ............................................ 170
malfunction of outdoor unit fan motor .................. 169
malfunction of swing flap motor (ma) .................. 147
malfunction of system, refrigerant system address undefined ......................................................... 204
malfunction of thermistor (r1t) for outdoor air ...... 174
malfunction of thermistor (r1t) for suction air ....... 159
malfunction of thermistor (r2t) for heat exchanger ....
156
malfunction of thermistor (r3t) for gas pipes ........ 157
malfunction of thermistor (r3t, r5t) for suction pipe 1, 2
...................................................................... 176
malfunction of thermistor (r4t) ............................. 179
malfunction of thermistor (r6t) ............................. 177
malfunction of thermistor (r7t) for outdoor unit liquid
pipe .............................................................. 178
malfunction of thermistor for discharge air .......... 160
malfunction of thermostat sensor in remote control ..
162
malfunction of transmission between central remote
control and indoor unit .................................. 202
malfunction of transmission between centralized remote control and indoor unit ......................... 205
malfunction of transmission between indoor and outdoor units in the same system ..................... 198
iii
SiENBE34-802
malfunction of transmission between indoor units and
outdoor units .................................................194
malfunction of transmission between inverter and control pc board ..................................................187
malfunction of transmission between main and sub remote controls ................................................197
malfunction of transmission between optional controllers for centralized control .............................207
malfunction of transmission between remote control
and indoor unit ..............................................196
method of replacing the inverter’s power transistors
modules ........................................................254
O
operation lamp blinks ...........................................211
operation mode ......................................................48
operation of the remote control’s inspection / test operation button ................................................132
outdoor unit pc board layout ...................................86
P
pc board defect ....................................143, 163, 206
piping diagrams ....................................................222
power supply insufficient or instantaneous failure 191
pressure sensor ...................................................253
R
refrigerant circuit ....................................................40
refrigerant overcharged ........................................173
remote control self-diagnosis function ..................135
remote control service mode ................................133
S
self-diagnosis by wired remote control .................129
self-diagnosis by wireless remote control ............130
setting of low noise operation and demand operation
115
image of operation .........................................116
setting of refrigerant additional charging operation ....
119
check operation .............................................121
simplified remote control ........................................90
brc2c51 ............................................................90
system is not set yet .............................................203
T
thermostat sensor in remote control .......................68
cooling .............................................................68
heating .............................................................69
torque wrench ......................................................263
troubleshooting by remote control ........................128
turn power on .........................................................74
W
weigher for refrigerant charge ..............................266
wired remote control ...............................................87
wireless remote control - indoor unit ......................89
brc4 type ..........................................................89
brc7 type ..........................................................89
wiring diagrams ....................................................227
iv
Drawings & Flow Charts
Daikin Europe N.V. is approved by LRQA for its Quality
Management System in accordance with the ISO9001
standard. ISO9001 pertains to quality assurance regarding
design, development, manufacturing as well as to services
related to the product.
ISO14001 assures an effective environmental
management system in order to help protect human health
and the environment from the potential impact of our
activities, products and services and to assist in
maintaining and improving the quality of the environment.
The present publication is drawn up by way of information only and does not
constitute an offer binding upon Daikin Europe N.V.. Daikin Europe N.V. has
compiled the content of this publication to the best of its knowledge. No
express or implied warranty is given for the completeness, accuracy,
reliability or fitness for particular purpose of its content and the products and
services presented therein. Specifications are subject to change without
prior notice. Daikin Europe N.V. explicitly rejects any liability for any direct or
indirect damage, in the broadest sense, arising from or related to the use
and/or interpretation of this publication. All content is copyrighted by Daikin
Europe N.V..
Naamloze Vennootschap
Zandvoordestraat 300
B-8400 Oostende - Belgium
www.daikin.eu
BTW: BE 0412 120 336
RPR Oostende
SiENBE34-802 • 04/2009 • Copyright © Daikin
Daikin units comply with the European regulations that
guarantee the safety of the product.
VRV products are not within the scope of the Eurovent
certification programme.
ÉSiENBE34-802iËÍ
Prepared in Belgium by Lannoo (www.lannooprint.be), a company whose concern for
the environmont is set in the EMAS and ISO 14001 systems.
Responsible Editor: Daikin Europe N.V., Zandvoordestraat 300, B- 8400 Oostende
Daikin’s unique position as a manufacturer of air
conditioning
equipment,
compressors
and
refrigerants has led to its close involvement in
environmental issues. For several years Daikin has
had the intension to become a leader in the provision
of products that have limited impact on the
environment. This challenge demands the eco design
and development of a wide range of products and an
energy management system, resulting in energy
conservation and a reduction of waste.